language-pack-gnome-oc-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560250013051 5ustar language-pack-gnome-oc-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321560250014105 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560250013762 5ustar language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000001407000012321556612015772 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/oc/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000017106012316541441023273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual de <application>Totem Movie Player</application> 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem Movie Player is a media player for GNOME that runs on GStreamer by default, but can also be run on xine. It has support for most audio and video codecs including DVDs among many others. Features include TV-out, fullscreen, subtitles, and more. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.26 of Totem Movie Player. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem Introduccion The Totem Movie Player application is a movie player for the GNOME desktop based on the GStreamer framework and xine library, and enables you to play movies or songs. Totem Movie Player provides the following features: Support for a variety of video and audio files. A variety of zoom levels and aspect ratios, and a fullscreen view. Seek and volume controls. Una tièra de lectura. Subtitle support. Complete keyboard navigation. Comprehensive set of plugins, including a subtitle downloader, YouTube browser, and disc burner. Totem Movie Player also comes with additional functionality such as: Video thumbnailer for GNOME. Audio preview application for GNOME. Nautilus properties tab. Per començar To Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> You can start Totem Movie Player in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . Linha de comanda To start Totem Movie Player from a command line, type the following command, then press Return: totem To view other command line options that are available, type totem --help, then press Return. When You Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> When you start Totem Movie Player, the following window is displayed.
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Start Up Window Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
The Totem Movie Player window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts. The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to use in Totem Movie Player. Display area. The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song. Barra laterala. The sidebar displays properties of the file played and acts as playlist. It can also be used by various plugins, such as the MythTV, YouTube and Video Search plugins. They can be selected by clicking on the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Elapsed time slider. The elapsed time slider displays the elapsed time of the movie or song that is playing. It also enables you to skip forward or backward in a movie or song by dragging the slider's handle along the bar, or by clicking on a point on the bar. Seek control buttons. The seek control buttons enable you to move to the next or previous track, and to pause or play a movie or song. Volume button. The volume button enables you to adjust the volume. Statusbar. The statusbar displays status information about the movie or song that is playing. Utilizacion Dobrir un fichièr To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. You can drag a file from another application such as a file manager to the Totem Movie Player window. If you drag the file to the display area, the file will replace the current playlist and will start playing immediately. If you drag the file to the playlist in the sidebar, the file will be appended to the current playlist. The Totem Movie Player application will open the file and play the movie or song. Totem Movie Player displays the title of the movie or song in the titlebar of the window and in the playlist in the sidebar. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. You can double-click on a video or an audio file in the Nautilus file manager to open it in the Totem Movie Player window. Dobrir un emplaçament To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. If you have a URI in the clipboard already, it will automatically be pasted into the combination box. To Play a Movie (DVD or VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . To Pause a Movie or Song To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . To View Properties of a Movie or Song To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. To Seek Through Movies or Songs To seek through movies or songs, you can use the following methods: To skip forward To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . To skip backward To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . To skip to a time To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. The spin box also allows more natural language to be used. You can enter a time in the formats "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" or "ss"; where "hh" is the hour, "mm" is the minute and "ss" is the second to skip to. To move to the next movie or song To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. To move to the previous movie or song To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. To Change the Zoom Factor To Change the Video Size To change the zoom factor of the display area, you can use the following methods: To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. To Change the Video Aspect Ratio To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . To Adjust the Volume To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . You can also use the volume button: click on the volume button and choose the volume level with the slider. To Make the Window Always on Top To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window from always being on top, disable the Always on Top plugin again. See for more information. To Show or Hide Controls To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. If the Show Controls option is selected, Totem Movie Player will show the menubar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar on the window. If the Show Controls option is unselected, the application will hide these controls and show only the display area. Gerir una tièra de lectura To Show or Hide the Playlist To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. Manage a Playlist You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. To Select or Unselect Repeat Mode To enable or disable repeat mode, choose EditRepeat Mode. To Select or Unselect Shuffle Mode To enable or disable shuffle mode, choose EditShuffle Mode. To Choose Subtitles To choose the language of the subtitles, select ViewSubtitles and choose the subtitle language you want to display. To disable the display of subtitles, select ViewSubtitlesNone. By default, Totem Movie Player will choose the same language for the subtitles as the one you normally use on your computer. Totem Movie Player will automatically load and display subtitles for a video if it finds a subtitle file with the same name as the video being played, and the extension asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa or ass. If the file containing the subtitles has a different name from the video being played, you can right-click on the video in the playlist and choose Select Text Subtitles from the popup menu to load the correct subtitle file. You may also choose subtitles by choosing ViewSelect Text Subtitles. Using the Subtitle Downloader plugin, you can also download subtitles from the OpenSubtitles service. See for more information. To Take a Screenshot To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem Movie Player will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the Save Screenshot dialog. To Create a Screenshot Gallery To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. You may specify the width of the individual screenshots in the gallery using the Screenshot width entry. The default width is 128 pixels. You may also specify the number of screenshots to be put in the gallery. By default, this is calculated based on the length of the movie; however, this may be overridden by deselecting the Calculate the number of screenshots checkbox and entering the new number in the Number of screenshots spin box. Plugins Totem Movie Player has many features which are present in the form of plugins — pieces of the software which are only loaded if necessary. To Enable a Plugin To view the list of installed plugins, choose EditPlugins. The Configure Plugins dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive Configure button on the right. To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately. To disable a plugin again, deselect its checkbox. Plugins will remain enabled or disabled as set even when Totem Movie Player is closed. Always on Top When enabled, the Always on Top plugin will force the main Totem Movie Player window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again. Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client The Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin allows Totem Movie Player to play multimedia content from UPnP media servers (such as Coherence servers) on the local network. With the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client sidebar. The tree view in the sidebar will list the available media servers. Clicking on one will expand it to show the types of media it can serve, and clicking on a media folder will expand it to list the media files available. Double-clicking on a media file will add it to Totem Movie Player's playlist and play it. You may alternatively right-click on a file and choose Play or Enqueue to play the file immediately or add it to the playlist, respectively. If the media server allows it, choosing Delete from a file's context menu allows you to delete that file from the media server. Gromit Annotations The Gromit Annotations plugin allows you to draw on top of movies as they are played using Gromit. You must have Gromit installed before you can enable the plugin — consult your operating system documentation for information on how to do this. With the plugin enabled, press CtrlD to toggle Gromit on or off. When Gromit is enabled, your pointer will change to a crosshair. To draw on the screen, hold down your mouse button and drag your pointer around, before releasing your mouse button. Press CtrlD again to toggle Gromit off. To clear the screen of annotations, press CtrlE, or close Totem Movie Player. Jamendo The Jamendo plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the Jamendo service. To Configure the Plugin The Jamendo plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the Jamendo Plugin Configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection). Once you're done, click OK. To Display the Jamendo Sidebar With the Jamendo plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Jamendo from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Jamendo sidebar. To Search for Music Enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the Jamendo sidebar. You can search by either artist or by tags. Click on the search button to start your search. Search results will be displayed in the tree view in the Search Results page of the sidebar, and can be browsed through using the arrow buttons at the bottom of the sidebar. Albums are listed, and if you click on an album, its tracks will be listed below it. Click again to hide the album's tracks. With an artist selected, you can click on the Jamendo Album Page button to open that album's page on the Jamendo website. Double-clicking an album, or choosing Add to Playlist from the album's context menu, will replace your playlist with all the tracks on that album and begin streaming the first track from Jamendo's website. Double-clicking an individual track will replace your playlist with just that track. Popular Albums and Latest Releases Viewing the Popular page in the Jamendo sidebar will load a list of the most popular albums on Jamendo at the moment, which can be played as with search results. Viewing the Latest Releases page will likewise load a list of the latest albums released on Jamendo. Local Search The Local Search plugin allows you to search for playable movies and audio files on your computer from within Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Local Search from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Local Search sidebar. To perform a search, enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the sidebar and click Find. Your search terms may include wildcards such as *, which will match any character. For example, the search *.mpg will find all movies with the .mpg file extension. Search results may be browsed using the Back and Forward buttons at the bottom of the sidebar, and you may jump to a specific results page by entering its number in the spin box. Publish Playlist The Publish Playlist plugin allows you to publish playlists on your local network to allow other computers to access and play them. To Configure the Plugin The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. You can also select the Use encrypted transport protocol checkbox if you wish to encrypt the shared playlists when they're transmitted over the network. Once you're done, click Close. To Publish Playlists With the plugin enabled, you do not need to explicitly publish playlists; they are automatically made available on the network as a Zeroconf website. To Browse your Neighborhood To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select Neighborhood from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer. Subtitle Downloader The Subtitle Downloader plugin allows you to find and download subtitle files from the OpenSubtitles service. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialog. Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the Find button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags. Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by reloading the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the Play with Subtitle button to download the subtitles and reload the movie. Downloaded subtitle files are cached (in ~/.cache/totem/subtitles, by default) so that they do not need to be downloaded again when playing the movie again. When downloading new subtitles for a movie, any previously downloaded subtitles for that movie are deleted. Thumbnail The Thumbnail plugin sets Totem Movie Player's main window icon to a thumbnail of the current movie, and updates the icon when new movies are loaded. If a thumbnail doesn't exist for the current movie (or if you're playing an audio file), the main window icon will be reset to the Totem Movie Player logo. Video Disc Recorder The Video Disc Recorder plugin allows you to burn the current playlist to a DVD or VCD using Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube Browser The YouTube Browser plugin allows you to search and browse YouTube, and play YouTube videos directly in Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select YouTube from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the YouTube sidebar. To search for a YouTube video, enter your search terms in the entry at the top of the sidebar, then click Find. The search results will be listed in the tree view below. More results will be loaded automatically as you scroll down the list. To play a video, double-click it in the results list, or choose Add to Playlist from its context menu. When a video is played, a list of related videos will automatically be loaded in the Related Videos page of the YouTube sidebar. YouTube videos can be opened in a web browser by choosing Open in Web Browser from their context menu. This will open the video in its original location on the YouTube website. D-Bus Service The D-Bus Service plugin broadcasts notifications of which track is playing in Totem Movie Player on the D-Bus session bus. Applications such as Gajim can listen for such notifications and respond accordingly by, for example, updating your instant messaging status message to display the video currently being played in Totem Movie Player. Preferéncias To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . General Ret Select network connection speed from the Connection speed drop-down list. Text Subtitles Automatically load subtitle files: select this option to automatically load any subtitle files with the same filename as a movie when the movie is loaded. Font: select this option to change the font used to display subtitles. Encoding: select this option to change the encoding used to display subtitles. Visualizar Visualizar Select the resize option if you want Totem Movie Player to automatically resize the window to the size of the video when a new video is loaded. Select the screensaver option if you want to allow the screensaver to activate when playing audio files. Some monitors with integrated speakers may stop playing music when the screensaver is activated. Visual Effects Visual: select this option to show visual effects while an audio file is playing. Type of visualization: select type of visualization from the drop-down list. Visualization size: select visualization size from the drop-down list. Color balance Brightness: use the slider to specify the level of brightness. Contrast: use the slider to specify the level of contrast. Saturation: use the slider to specify the level of saturation. Hue: use the slider to specify the level of hue. You may use the Reset to Defaults button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions. Audio Audio Output Select audio output type from the Audio output type drop-down list. A prepaus de <application>Totem Movie Player</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012316541441022430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/log-close.page0000644000373100047300000000157212300453753025423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove the log you are currently viewing from the side pane. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Close log

Close the log that you are currently viewing by pressing CtrlW, or by clicking FileClose. This removes it from the side pane until you open the log again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/log-view.page0000644000373100047300000000214312300453753025263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open and view logs. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open log

Open logs by clicking FileOpen. Your opened logs will be displayed in the side pane, to the left of the main area. You can view a log in the side pane by clicking it.

You can expand some logs. This will show you a list of dates. By clicking one of the dates, you can view only the log lines from that date, instead of the whole log.

The logs you have open when you quit the log viewer will be opened when you start it up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000270212300453753026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the GNOME System Log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduccion

Log File Viewer is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your system logs. Log File Viewer comes with a few functions that can help you manage your logs, including a log monitor and log statistics display.

Log File Viewer is useful if you are new to system administration because it provides an easier, more user-friendly display of your logs than a text display of the log file. It is also useful for more experienced administrators, as it contains a monitor to enable you to continuously monitor crucial logs.

Log File Viewer is useful only to those who have access to the system log files, which generally requires root access.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/index.page0000644000373100047300000000043612300453753024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Log File Viewer Help
Working with the <app>Log File Viewer</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/log-search.page0000644000373100047300000000326012300453753025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Search the text in the log that you are currently viewing. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search log

To search the log you are currently viewing:

Show the Find bar by pressing CtrlF, or by clicking ViewFind. The bar will be shown below the log.

Enter your search term into the field and press Enter to see the first result.

The search is case sensitive.

Use the Find Previous and Find Next buttons to browse through the results.

If you can not see the result highlighted, try scrolling to the left.

Press Esc to hide the find bar once you are finished with the search.

You can only hide the find bar if you are currently focused on the search field. The bar will hide itself if you view another log.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/pref-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000237412300453753026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Increase or decrease the size of the text. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change font size

You can increase, decrease and reset the font size that the log is displayed in:

Increase font size

Click ViewZoom In, or press Ctrl+

 Decrease font size

Click ViewZoom Out, or press Ctrl-

 Reset to default size

Click ViewNormal Size, or press Ctrl0

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/log-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000172212300453753025265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy text from the log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy log

Highlight the section of the log that you want to copy with the cursor and press CtrlC, or click EditCopy.

You can press CtrlA, or click EditSelect All, to select all the text in the log which you are currently viewing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-log/log-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000645512300453753025610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Include or exclude shown lines using regular expressions. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Filter log

The log viewer allows you to filter log content based on regular expressions. To set up or manage a new filter:

Open the filter manager dialog by clicking Filters: Manage Filters.

Click Add to add a new filter, or select an existing filter and click Properties to edit it.

Fill in the form or edit the fields that you wish to change:

Name:

The identifier for the filter

 Regular Expression:

What the filter will filter for

 Highlight:

This option emphasizes the line containing the regular expression

Background:

This is the font color

The default font color is black, which does not emphasize the text.

 Foreground:

This is the highlight color

The default highlight color is black, which shows solid black lines as a result, so it would be wise to change it.

 Hide:

This option hides the lines containing the regular expression from the shown log

Click Apply to save the new filter or save changes to an existing one

Back at the filter manager dialog, click Close to apply the changes.

Check the box next to the name of the filter that you want to enable in Filters:. If you want to view only the filters which have Highlight enabled and are checked, check Filters:Show matches only.

If there is a conflict between a hidden and a highlighted filter, the line many show as an empty white line.

If you uncheck a filter while viewing only matches, the log will show the lines without any formatting, regardless of whether they were hidden or highlighted before. The filter should reset when you check a highlighted filter.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247512307647155024277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000173512307647156023062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000237012307647156025101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. The Okular document viewer does not support them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000452512307647156025514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000371712307647156024544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using SyncTeX with the LaTeX Beamer class. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer with SyncTeX

Beamer is a LaTeX class for creating slides for presentations.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000660112307647156024353 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000440712307647156023255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Barra d'espleches
Show or hide the toolbar

Click ViewToolbar.

The default toolbar contains only a basic set of tools:

Previous and Next for moving from page to page.

A tool to adjust the zoom level.

The 'page select' tool.

You can modify the toolbar if you prefer a different set.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

Show the toolbar.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar and the separator item.

To add new items to the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

 To remove items from the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

 To rearrange items on the toolbar:

drag them to their new position on the toolbar.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473212307647156024300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000454012307647156025570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000355112307647156024510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to play presentations. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Presentations
Starting a presentation

To start a presentation:

Open a file

Click ViewPresentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moving through a presentation

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000243512307647156024353 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000227512307647156024225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000210312307647156025011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to add support for SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set-up SyncTeX

The following packages need to be installed in order to add support for SyncTeX:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

In gedit, enable the SyncTeX Plugin:

Click EditPreferencesPlugins tab.

Check SyncTeX.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441012307647156025420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000236312307647156025074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000455412307647156025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247312307647156024302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000437612307647156024106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Opening a document in fullscreen mode evince --fullscreen file.pdf
Opening a document in presentation mode evince --presentation file.pdf
Opening a document in preview mode evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000153112307647156023621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000144612307647156025715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Annotations can only be added to PDF files. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can't add annotations?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000275312307647156024507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When you copy text, the text that is pasted might be different from what you had selected. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why didn't the text I selected copy properly?

If you highlight and copy text from a document using the document viewer and then paste it into another application, the formatting may alter. It may also contain different characters than the original selection. This often happens when copying text from a PDF document with multiple columns.

This problem happens because of how some document formats handle text. The actual text in the document is stored differently from the way it is displayed. This may result in a copy that does not appear as expected.

Unfortunately, there is no real way of fixing this problem. Copying less text at a time, or copying the text into a text editor may minimise the problem. You can locate a text editor by clicking ActivitiesApplicationsAccessoriesgedit.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000320712307647156023247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to open a document. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opening a document

You can open a document using any one of the following ways:

Double-click on the file icon in the File Manager.

Double clicking opens PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files in the Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in the File Manager and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document View window is already open you can:

drag a file icon into the window from the File Manager. The new file will open in a new window (provided the file is of a file type supported by Document Viewer).

choose FileOpen from the Menubar. In the Open Document dialog box, choose the file you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000447512307647156025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307647156023235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000425212307647156023634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000134512307647156023601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bookmarks

The document viewer does not have a bookmark system. However, you can use annotations like bookmarks.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000177612307647156023244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't use the document viewer to edit files. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000212612307647156024113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000243312307647156022736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Forms

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442112307647156024274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000317112307647156023226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a word or phrase in a document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Finding text in a document

Click EditFind or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Type the word or phrase you want to look for and a search will start automatically.

The Find Previous and Find Next buttons let you skip from one search result to another.

To hide the search bar, click anywhere in the document.

If the word or phrase you searched is not present in the entire document, the message will say Not found. However, if it appears in the document at least once, the message will inform you of how many times the word you searched occur on each page. This is apparent if you skip from one result to another as described above or scroll through the document.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000505512307647156025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000334012307647156024053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To collate:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000255312307647156024360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213012307647156024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000127512307647156024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Evince Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduccion

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000350512307647156024272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000213412307647156023303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX support is available. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is SyncTeX?

SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

Video Demonstration Press Ctrlclick to sync.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001331612307647156024322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Navigating, scrolling and zooming. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moving around a document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Using the scroll bar on the document window.

Using the up and down arrow keys of your keyboard.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.

Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the Previous or Next buttons on the toolbar.

Use the Go Menu:

GoNext Page

GoPrevious Page

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in the 'page select' tool on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click GoFirst Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click GoLast Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click ViewContinuous.

Zooming in and out

Click ViewZoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click ViewZoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Best Fit option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Page Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click ViewDual.

You can use the whole of your screen to view the document:

Click ViewFullscreen or press F11.

To exit from the full screen mode:

Press F11 or Escape

or click the Leave Fullscreen button at the top of the screen.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000214512307647156023246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Document Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000212012307647156023443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling password protected PDFs. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Password-protected documents

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Open Document.

There are two types of passwords:

The user password is needed to view the document.

The master password is required to print the document as well as view it.

These passwords are set by the person who created the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331212307647156023602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Document Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473112307647156024356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000510512307647156023300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I can't print a document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Printer problems

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Go back to the Document Viewer and try to print the document again.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000351512307647157023765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PDF by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PDF

You can convert documents of the following format types into PDF format:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PDF file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000311512307647157023262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported formats

The document viewer supports the following formats:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000174012307647157024734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to compile your TeX document with SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Compile TeX with SyncTeX

Adding the line \synctex=1 in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

Alternatively, you can run the pdflatex command with the -synctex=1 option:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000270512307647157025326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PostScript

You can convert documents of the following format types to PostScript files:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PostScript file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000237512307647157023450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a document

To print a document:

Click FilePrint

Choose your printer from the list

Click Print.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000435312307647157024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000476712307647157024565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Flip between the document viewer and gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search with SyncTeX

After you compile your TeX file with SyncTeX, you will be able to search. SyncTeX even supports forward and backward search from an included file.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000262212307647157025604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing a document on paper of a different size, shape or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001524112307647157023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts
Default shortcuts
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open a document.

CtrlO

Open a copy of the current document.

CtrlN

Save a copy of the current document with a new file name.

CtrlS

Print the current document.

CtrlP

Close the current document window.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moving around the document

Move up/down a page.

Arrow keys

Move up/down a page several lines at a time.

Page Up / Page Down

Go to the previous/next page.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Home

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

End

Go to the beginning of the document.

CtrlHome

Go to the end of the document.

CtrlEnd
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Select all the text in a document.

CtrlA
Finding text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Go to the next search result.

CtrlG

Go to the previous search result.

CtrlShiftG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlLeft arrow

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlRight arrow

Zoom in.

Ctrl+

Zoom out.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

You can add/change the shortcut as follows:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000322312307647157026153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Customize annotations

Right click on the annotation icon in the document.

Select Annotation Properties.

In the Annotation Properties window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.

The annotation properties will be applied to the note for which you made the changes only. Each note can have a different set of properties.

Can I permanently change the default annotation properties?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000471012307647157024350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000354212307647157024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000376112307647157024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000203712307647157024402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000241612307647157025743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126112307647157025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't remove annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Removing annotations

You can't remove an annotation in the document viewer at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000251312307647157023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to SVG

You can convert documents of the following format types to SVG files:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as an SVG file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000343312307647157022721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Evince Document Viewer Evince Document Viewer Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media>Evince document viewer
Reading documents
Presentations and other supported formats
Printing
Annotations and bookmarks
Interactive forms
Frequently asked questions
Advanced
Tips and tricks
SyncTeX
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307647157022557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000157212307647157024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click ViewInverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000340412307647157024754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which editor can you use to edit your TEX file? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported editors
<app>gedit</app>

Forward Search (from gedit to the document viewer) and Backward search (from the document viewer to gedit) are both supported.

Vim-latex

The gedit plugin contains a python script (evince_dbus.py) that can be used to get SyncTeX working with Vim. In order to use vim-latex together with the document viewer you need to follow the next steps:

Copy the evince_dbus.py to some directory in your path and give it +x permissions.

Modify your ~/.vimrc file and add the following lines.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Now you can use Forward search from vim-latex by typing \ls. Backward search is not yet supported.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000432312307647157024146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotion to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307647157024460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contact the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000665512307647157024312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000635512307647157024303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-monitor/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000013623312300454133026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
System Monitor Manual V2.2 2009 Paul Cutler 2004 Sun Microsystems 2001 2002 2004 Bill Day Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Bill Day
billday@bellatlantic.net
 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project
pcutler@foresightlinux.org
 System Monitor Manual V2.2 March 2009 Paul Cutler pcutler@foresightlinux.org GNOME Documentation Project System Monitor Manual V2.1 February 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project System Monitor Manual V2.0 November 2002 Bill Day billday@bellatlantic.net GNOME Documentation Project Procman Manual V0.11 January 2002 Bill Day billday@bellatlantic.net GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.24.4 of System Monitor. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the System Monitor application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. System Monitor gives users a graphical user interface for monitoring CPU, network, and memory activities as well as a way for viewing and stopping system processes. System Monitor gnome-system-monitor procman Introduccion The System Monitor application enables you to monitor system processes, usage of system resources, and file systems. You can also use System Monitor to modify the behavior of your system. The System Monitor window contains three tabbed sections: Processes Shows active processes, and how processes are related to each other. Provides detailed information about individual processes, and enables you to control active processes. Resources Displays the current usage of the following system resources: CPU (central processing unit) time Memory and swap space Network usage File Systems Lists all mounted file systems along with basic information about each. Per començar To Start System Monitor You can start System Monitor in the following ways: System menu Choose Administration System Monitor. Linha de comanda Execute the following command: gnome-system-monitor When You Start System Monitor When you start System Monitor, the following window is displayed:
System Monitor Window Shows System Monitor main window.
The System Monitor window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands that you need to work with System Monitor. Display area The display area contains the system monitor information. The display area contains the following tabbed sections: Processes Contains a list of processes organized as a table, a list of load averages over the past few minutes, and an End Process button. Resources Contains a CPU History graph, a Memory and Swap History graph, and a Network History graph. File Systems Contains a table of currently mounted file systems. Utilizacion To Display the Process List To display the process list, select the Processes tab. In the Processes tab, the processes are organized as a table. The rows of the table display information about the processes. The columns represent information fields for the processes, such as the name of the user who owns the process, the amount of memory currently being used by the process, and so on. From left to right, the Processes tab displays the following columns by default: Process Name Estatut %CPU Nice ID Memòria For information about how to change the columns displayed in the process list, see . Parent Processes and Child Processes A parent process is a process that spawns another process. The spawned process is a child process of the original parent process. By default, System Monitor does not show process dependencies. For information about how to change the default display behavior, see . Process Priority and Nice Values Processes run in order of priority: high-priority processes run before low-priority processes. Child processes generally inherit their priority from their parent process. The priority of a process is set by the nice value of the process, as follows: A nice value of 0 means that the process has normal priority. The higher the nice value, the lower the priority. The lower the nice value, the higher the priority. For information about how to change the priority of a process, see . To Sort the Process List To sort the process list, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. By default, the processes are listed by name, in alphabetical order. To list the processes in reverse alphabetical order, click on the Process Name column header. Click on any column header to sort the processes by the information in that column, in alphabetical or numerical order. Click again on the column header to sort the data in reverse alphabetical or reverse numerical order. To Modify the Contents of the Process List You can modify the contents of the process list in several ways. To Show All Processes To show all processes in the process list, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Choose View All Processes . To Show Only Processes Owned by the Current User To show only the processes that are owned by the current user, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Choose View My Processes . To Show Only Active Processes To show only the active processes in the process list, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Choose View Active Processes . To Show Dependencies To show process dependencies in the process list, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Choose ViewDependencies. If the Dependencies menu item is selected, the processes are listed as follows: Parent processes are indicated by a triangle symbol to the left of the process name. Click on the triangle symbol to show or hide the associated child processes. Child processes are indented, and listed with their parent process. If the Dependencies menu item is not selected: Parent processes and child processes are not distinguishable. All processes are listed in alphabetical order. To Display Memory Maps for a Process To display memory maps for a process, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Select the process in the process list. Choose ViewMemory Maps. The Memory Maps dialog displays the information in tabular format. The name of the process is displayed above the memory-map table. From left to right, the Memory Maps dialog displays the following columns: Filename The location of a shared library that is currently used by the process. If this field is blank, the memory information in this row describes memory that is owned by the process whose name is displayed above the memory-map table. VM Start The address at which the memory segment begins. VM End The address at which the memory segment ends. VM Size The size of the memory segment. Flags The following flags describe the different types of memory-segment access that the process can have: p The memory segment is private to the process, and is not accessible to other processes. r The process has permission to read from the memory segment. s The memory segment is shared with other processes. w The process has permission to write into the memory segment. x The process has permission to execute instructions that are contained within the memory segment. VM Offset The virtual memory offset of the memory segment. Device The major and minor device numbers of the device on which the shared library filename is located. Inode The inode on the device from which the shared library location is loaded into memory. Click on any column header to sort the data by the information in that column, in alphabetical or numerical order. Click again on the column header to sort the data in reverse alphabetical or reverse numerical order. Click Close to close the Memory Maps dialog. To Change the Priority of a Process To change the priority of a process, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Select the process for which you want to change the priority. Choose EditChange Priority. The Change Priority dialog is displayed. Use the slider to set the nice value of the process. The nice value sets the priority of the process: the lower the nice value, the higher the priority. To specify a nice value lower than zero, non-root users must enter the root password. Click on the Change Priority button. To End a Process To end a process, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Select the process that you want to end. Choose EditEnd Process, or click on the End Process button. By default, a confirmation alert is displayed. For information about how to display or hide the confirmation alert, see . Click on the End Process button to confirm that you want to end the process. System Monitor forces the process to finish normally. This is the preferred way to stop a process. To Terminate a Process To terminate a process, perform the following steps: Select the Processes tab to display the process list. Select the process that you want to terminate. Choose EditKill Process. By default, a confirmation alert is displayed. For information about how to display or hide the confirmation alert, see . Click on the Kill Process button to confirm that you want to terminate the process. System Monitor forces the process to finish immediately. You usually terminate a process only if you cannot end the process normally as described in . To Monitor CPU Usage To monitor CPU usage, select the Resources tab. System Monitor displays the CPU usage history in graphical format. Underneath the graph, System Monitor also displays the current CPU usage, as a percentage. To Monitor Memory and Swap Usage To monitor memory and swap usage, select the Resources tab. System Monitor displays the memory usage history and the swap usage history in graphical format. Underneath the graph, System Monitor also displays the following numerical values: Used memory out of total memory Used swap out of total swap To Monitor Network Activity To monitor network activity, select the Resources tab. System Monitor displays the network history in graphical format. Underneath the graph, System Monitor also displays the following numerical values: Received data per second and total Sent data per second and total To Monitor File Systems To monitor file systems, select the File Systems tab. System Monitor displays mounted file systems in tabular format. From left to right, the table displays the following columns: Periferic Location of block file Repertòri Mount point (directory to access) of device Tipe File system type Total Total capacity Free Amount of space not in use Available Amount of space which can be used Utilisat Amount of space which is used (and percentage of Total) Preferéncias To configure System Monitor, choose EditPreferences. The Preferences dialog contains the following tabbed sections: Processes Behavior Update interval in seconds Use this spin box to specify the interval at which you want to update the process list. Enable smooth refresh Select this option to refresh smoothly. Alert before ending or killing processes Select this option to display a confirmation alert when you end a process or terminate a process. Divide CPU usage by CPU count Select this to divide each process' CPU% in the Processes table by the number of CPUs. Information Fields Use the following options to select which fields are displayed in the process list: Process Name Select this option to display the name of the process. This column may also contain an icon to indicate the application that is associated with the process. User Select this option to display the name of the user who owns the process. Status Select this option to display the current status of the process: sleeping or running. Virtual Memory Select this option to display the amount of virtual memory that is allocated to the process. Resident Memory Select this option to display the amount of physical memory that is allocated to the process. Writable Memory Select this option to display the amount of memory that can be written by the process. Shared Memory Select this option to display the amount of shared memory that is allocated to the process. Shared memory is memory that can be accessed by another process. X Server Memory Select this option to display the amount of X server memory that is used by the process. % CPU Select this option to display the percentage of CPU time currently being used by the process. CPU Time Select this option to display the amount of CPU time that has been used by the process. Started Select this option to display when the process began running. Nice Select this option to display the nice value of the process. The nice value sets the priority of the process: the lower the nice value, the higher the priority. ID Select this option to display the process identifier, also known as the pid. The pid is a number that uniquely identifies the process. You can use the pid to manipulate the process on the command line. Memory Select this option to display the amount of system memory that is currently being used by the process. Security Context Select this option to display the security context in which the process is running. Command Line Select this option to display the command line that was used to start the process, including arguments. Resources Graphs Update interval in seconds Use this spin box to specify how often you want to update the System Monitor graphs. Show network speed in bits Select this option to use bits instead of bytes for displaying network speed in the System Monitor graphs. File Systems Behavior Update interval in seconds Use this spin box to specify how often you want to update the File Systems table. Show all file systems Select this option to show all file systems, including temporary and system ones.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-system-monitor/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012300454133025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000336612270236024025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Commandline

To view commandline options for gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --help

To view the version number of your gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --version

Print debug information

This command may be useful when your are filing a bug and need to post debug information: gnome-sudoku -v

Profile information

This command is useful if you are filing a bug about slow performance. It will show the perfomance of different functions that run, and possibly reveal which specific function(s) may be responsible for poor performance. This information attached to a bug could make it easier to fix the problem, but this command is used mostly by programmers.

gnome-sudoku -p

When you exit the application, the terminal will show you performance statistics.

Step through <app>GNOME Sudoku</app>

This command is mostly used by programmers to step through the code: gnome-sudoku -w

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/notes.page0000644000373100047300000000347012270236024024071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Nòtas

Notes, or pencilmarks, can be added to any cell. They allow you to mark possible values for a cell, or store other data that might help you. Notes will store all characters in order, but will remove repetitions of characters.

To add notes to a cell:

Select the cell

Click on the part of a cell that is above the line that appears when you hover over it. Alternatively, type N.

Type your notes

Press Enter or click outside of the text box.

You can also take notes in the bottom of the cell by clicking in the bottom of the cell or by typing M. However, this area is used when you click Show All Possible Numbers. If you plan to use this area, you should not use Show All Possible Numbers.

You can add a number to the notes at the top of the square by typing Ctrl1 through Ctrl9

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000715112270236024024603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Radoslav Asparuhov rasparuhov@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Strategy

There is only one possibility for each cell in a Sudoku puzzle. The following strategies will help you systematically discover the solution for every cell.

Strategy 1:

Choose the row with the most numbers in it.

You should choose the row or column with the most numbers. For simplicity, these instructions are written as if a row had the most numbers in it.

Determine which numbers in the row are missing.

Choose one of the empty cells in this row. Determine which of the missing numbers are in that column or in that 3x3 box.

Using notes, enter the missing numbers which are not in that column or 3x3 box, into the the upper field. These numbers are candidate solutions for that cell.

Go to the next empty cell of the chosen row and repeat the above method. Repeat this for every row and column, starting at those with the most numbers and continuing through to the least. Always look carefully for the numbers and don't forget the 3x3 boxes.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy 1.
Strategy 2:

Find the number which appears most often.

Now look at the left vertical alignment of the 3x3 boxes and locate the column(s) in which this number appears.

In this alignment, go to a 3x3 box which does not contain this number in any of its cells. Using notes, enter this number in every empty cell of the column in which this number does not appear. If the number appears in the row of one of these cells, do not enter it in that cell's notes.

Repeat the last two steps for the center and right vertical alignments.

Find the next number which appears most, and repeat until you have done this for all 9 numbers.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy2.

If neither of the above strategies solves the puzzle on its own, you can alternate strategies. You can also combine the strategies.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000163112270236024024400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo, Redo, Hint, and Track Additions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/index.page0000644000373100047300000000307112270236024024045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Sudoku GNOME Sudoku Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Sudoku logo</media> GNOME Sudoku

Gnome Sudoku is based on the popular number-based logic puzzle in which one must fill a 9 X 9 square with the correct digits. The unique puzzles can be played on screen or printed to take along. All games persist across sessions and you can resume any old game at any time, as well as replay any game you've already won.

Game Play
Useful tips
Printing
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000554612270236024026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of the keyboard shortcuts you can use in Sudoku.

Starting and exiting

Is there a word that encapsulates both starting AND restarting? Didn't include restarting here for the sake of brevity - Chris

New game

CtrlN

Reset game

CtrlB

Close the sudoku window

CtrlW
Hints and Notes

Hint

CtrlH

Track Additions

CtrlT

Clear notes from the top of a cell

CtrlJ

Clear notes from the bottom of a cell

CtrlK

Add a number to the top notes of a cell

Ctrl#

Remove a number to the top notes of a cell

Alt#
Other

Print displayed puzzle

CtrlP

Undo

CtrlZ

Redo

CtrlShiftZ

Open Help

F1

Switch to fullscreen mode

F11
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000176312270236024025411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Enlusiment

You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colors. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, click SettingsHighlighter.

Sudoku with highlighting.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/print-inprogress-game.page0000644000373100047300000000220212270236024027165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print your game

You can print the sudoku are playing to a file or to a printer.

To print the sudoku you are currently playing:

Click GamePrint.

Select your printer.

Click Print.

If you don't have a printer in the list, see Set up a local printer.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/print-blank-puzzles.page0000644000373100047300000000302612270236024026671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print blank sudokus

To print one or more blank puzzles:

Click GamePrint multiple sudokus.

Select the total number of sudokus to print from the drop down menu.

Select the number of sudokus per page from the next drop down menu.

Select difficult level of the games you would like to print.

Games that have already been played are not printed by default. If you don't care about repeating games, select Include games you've already played in list of games to print in the Details category.

Games that are printed are not marked as played by default. You can choose to Mark games as played once you've printed them. under the Details category.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712270236024025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212270236024024374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000207712270236024024075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Game rules

In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each cell with a number between 1 and 9, inclusive, such that no number is repeated in any row, column or 3x3 box.

In a solved sudoku, each row, column, and 3x3 box contains all the numbers 1 through 9.

Each puzzle has only one solution.

Outline of a row, a column and a 3x3 box using highlighting option.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/basics.page0000644000373100047300000000423012270236024024200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basics

Sudoku can be played using the keyboard, the mouse, or any combination of the two.

Using the keyboard

To select a cell, use the arrow keys to move the blue outline onto it.

To put a number in a cell, select the cell, and then press the number.

To remove a number from a cell, select the cell, and then press the Delete key, the Backspace, or the 0 key.
Using the mouse

To select a cell, move your mouse over it and click.

To put a number in a selected cell, click on the center of the cell, and then click on the number you wish to input.

To remove a number from a selected cell, click in the center of the cell and then click Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/statistics.page0000644000373100047300000000341112270236024025126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Statistics

To view the statistics about the current puzzle, click GamePuzzle Statistics.

Very hard puzzle statistics box example

GNOME Sudoku ranks puzzles based on the number of cells that can be rapidly filled.

The puzzle statistics box shows:

the overall difficulty

the number of cells which can be filled by elimination, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only a 2 can go in this box, so it must be a 2)

the number of cells that can be filled by the process of filling, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only one cell in this row can be a 2, so it must be a 2)

the number of times in solving the puzzle that the program used the trial-and-error algorithm to solve the puzzle

All sudoku puzzles can be solved without ever having to guess. When the statistics box says that Sudoku used trial-and-error X number of times, it does not mean that a human would have to use trial-and-error to solve the puzzle.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112270236024024364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312270236024023703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/trackers.page0000644000373100047300000000667612270236024024572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Track trial-and-error solutions

Trackers can be used to keep track of trial-and-error solutions. Tracked moves are entered in a different color to help make the moves visually distinct from moves made earlier in the game. This feature is particularly useful when solving difficult games.

Using the tracker:

You can toggle the tracker interface in one of the following ways:

Click ToolsTrack Additions.

Click Track Additions in the toolbar. If the toolbar is not visible, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected.

To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.

You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add.

You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply.

You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.

Some sudoku players believe you should never use trial-and-error to solve a puzzle. These players should not use this feature.
Video Demonstration Click ToolsTrack Additions. You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected. To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker. You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add. You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply. You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312270236024024756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

GNOME Sudoku is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-sudoku. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/save-resume.page0000644000373100047300000000271012270236024025171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save and resume
Saving your game

Your games are saved automatically every few minutes and whenever you change games or close the application.

Resuming your game

Whenever you start Sudoku or click New, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it. To open the puzzle, just double click on it.

If you'd like to stop playing one game and begin another, just select New and begin your new game.

Resuming previous games.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000351612270236024024067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

To show possible values for all cells click:

SettingsShow Possible Numbers.

To ask Sudoku to show a cell that is easy to fill:

Click ToolsHint, or Hint in the toolbar.

These features work based on the logical possibilities given the current board and not work by looking at the solution. This means that if you made an error in an earlier move, these features may show incorrect possible values.

A cell which usually has only one possible solution based on the current state of the board is outlined with flashing red. In the case of a puzzle that has no cells that have only one possible solution, a cell with two possible solutions or the least amount of possible solutions will be highlighted. Clicking Hint multiple times may not always point you to the same cell.

You can edit the possible numbers by clicking in the bottom of the cell.

These features can make easy puzzles too easy, so you should use this mode sparingly.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-sudoku/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000323612270236024024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/list.page0000644000373100047300000000527512320470040022620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --list option. List Dialog

Use the --list option to create a list dialog. Zenity returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard output.

Data for the dialog must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialog through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.

If you use the --checklist or --radiolist options, each row must start with either 'TRUE' or 'FALSE'.

The list dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a --column option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.

<cmd>--checklist</cmd>

Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains check boxes.

<cmd>--radiolist</cmd>

Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains radio boxes.

<cmd>--editable</cmd>

Autorizar la modificacion dels elements visualizats.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Specifies what string is used when the list dialog returns the selected entries.

<cmd>--print-column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies what column should be printed out upon selection. The default column is '1'. 'ALL' can be used to print out all columns in the list.

The following example script shows how to create a list dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --list \ --title="Choose the Bugs You Wish to View" \ --column="Bug Number" --column="Severity" --column="Description" \ 992383 Normal "GtkTreeView crashes on multiple selections" \ 293823 High "GNOME Dictionary does not handle proxy" \ 393823 Critical "Menu editing does not work in GNOME 2.0"
List Dialog Example Zenity list dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/warning.page0000644000373100047300000000150512320470040023302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --warning option. Warning Dialog

Use the --warning option to create a warning dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --warning \ --text="Disconnect the power cable to avoid electrical shock."
Warning Dialog Example Zenity warning dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/file-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000405612320470040024543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --file-selection option. File Selection Dialog

Use the --file-selection option to create a file selection dialog. Zenity returns the selected files or directories to standard output. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.

The file selection dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialog when the dialog is first shown.

 <cmd>--multiple</cmd>

Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialog.

 <cmd>--directory</cmd>

Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialog.

 <cmd>--save</cmd>

Set the file selection dialog into save mode.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Specifies the string that is used to divide the returned list of filenames.

The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh FILE=`zenity --file-selection --title="Select a File"` case $? in 0) echo "\"$FILE\" selected.";; 1) echo "No file selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
File Selection Dialog Example Zenity file selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/color-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320470040024742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --color-selection option. Color Selection Dialog

Use the --color-selection option to create a color selection dialog.

The color selection dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--color</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set the initial color.(ex: #FF0000)

 <cmd>--show-palette</cmd>

Show the palette.

The following example script shows how to create a color selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh COLOR=`zenity --color-selection --show-palette` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $COLOR.";; 1) echo "No color selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Color Selection Dialog Example Zenity color selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/entry.page0000644000373100047300000000303712320470040023000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --entry option. Text Entry Dialog

Use the --entry option to create a text entry dialog. Zenity returns the contents of the text entry to standard output.

The text entry dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialog.

 <cmd>--entry-text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialog.

 <cmd>--hide-text</cmd>

Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --entry \ --title="Add new profile" \ --text="Enter name of new profile:" \ --entry-text "NewProfile" then echo $? else echo "No name entered" fi
Text Entry Dialog Example Zenity text entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000423512320470040022766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --forms option. Forms Dialog

Use the --forms option to create a forms dialog.

The forms dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--add-entry</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Entry in forms dialog.

 --add-password<cmd/>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog. (Hide text)

 <cmd>--add-calendar</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Calendar in forms dialog.

 <cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>SEPARATOR</var>

Set output separator character. (Default: | )

 <cmd>--forms-date-format</cmd>=<var>PATTERN</var>

Set the format for the returned date. The default format depends on your locale. format must be a Format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a forms dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --forms --title="Add Friend" \ --text="Enter information about your friend." \ --separator="," \ --add-entry="First Name" \ --add-entry="Family Name" \ --add-entry="Email" \ --add-calendar="Birthday" >> addr.csv case $? in 0) echo "Friend added.";; 1) echo "No friend added." ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Forms Dialog Example Zenity forms dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/text.page0000644000373100047300000000421512320470040022622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --text-info option. Text Information Dialog

Use the --text-info option to create a text information dialog.

The text information dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialog.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard output when the dialog is closed.

 <cmd>--font</cmd>=<var>FONT</var>

Specifies the text font.

 <cmd>--checkbox</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Enable a checkbox for use like a 'I read and accept the terms.'

 <cmd>--html</cmd>

Enable html support.

 <cmd>--url</cmd>=<var>URL</var>

Sets an url instead of a file. Only works if you use --html option.

The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog:

#!/bin/sh # You must place file "COPYING" in same folder of this script. FILE=`dirname $0`/COPYING zenity --text-info \ --title="License" \ --filename=$FILE \ --checkbox="I read and accept the terms." case $? in 0) echo "Start installation!" # next step ;; 1) echo "Stop installation!" ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Text Information Dialog Example Zenity text information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/password.page0000644000373100047300000000234412320470040023501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --password option. Password Dialog

Use the --password option to create a password entry dialog.

The password entry dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--username</cmd>

Display the username field.

The following example script shows how to create a password entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh ENTRY=`zenity --password --username` case $? in 0) echo "User Name: `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f1`" echo "Password : `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f2`" ;; 1) echo "Stop login.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Password Entry Dialog Example Zenity password entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/intro.page0000644000373100047300000000201512320470041022766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zenity enables you to create the various types of simple dialog. Introduccion

Zenity enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:

Calendièr

Seleccion de fichièrs

Forms

Tièra

Icòna de notificacion

Messatge

Error

Entresenhas

Question

Alèrta

Password entry

Avançament

Text entry

Text information

Scale

Color selection

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/error.page0000644000373100047300000000144412320470041022771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --error option. Error Dialog

Use the --error option to create an error dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an error dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --error \ --text="Could not find /var/log/syslog."
Error Dialog Example Zenity error dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/info.page0000644000373100047300000000151012320470041022565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --info option. Info Dialog

Use the --info option to create an information dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an information dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --info \ --text="Merge complete. Updated 3 of 10 files."
Information Dialog Example Zenity information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012320470041022612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000424612320470041023414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --calendar option. Calendar Dialog

Use the --calendar option to create a calendar dialog. Zenity returns the selected date to standard output. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.

The calendar dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialog.

 <cmd>--day</cmd>=<var>day</var>

Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. day must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

 <cmd>--month</cmd>=<var>month</var>

Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. month must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

 <cmd>--year</cmd>=<var>year</var>

Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialog.

 <cmd>--date-format</cmd>=<var>format</var>

Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. Format must be a format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --calendar \ --title="Select a Date" \ --text="Click on a date to select that date." \ --day=10 --month=8 --year=2004 then echo $? else echo "No date selected" fi
Calendar Dialog Example Zenity calendar dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/usage.page0000644000373100047300000002023012320470041022736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user. Utilizacion

When you write scripts, you can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

You can create a dialog to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialog, or to select a file from a file selection dialog.

You can create a dialog to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialog to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialog to alert the user.

When the user closes the dialog, Zenity prints the text produced by the dialog to standard output.

When you write Zenity commands, ensure that you place quotation marks around each argument.

For example, use:

zenity --calendar --title="Holiday Planner"

Do not use:

zenity --calendar --title=Holiday Planner

If you do not use quotation marks, you might get unexpected results.

Access Keys

An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialog. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialog option.

Some Zenity dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

"_Choose a name".
Exit Codes

Zenity returns the following exit codes:

Exit Code

Descripcion

0

The user has pressed either OK or Close.

1

The user has either pressed Cancel, or used the window functions to close the dialog.

-1

An unexpected error has occurred.

5

The dialog has been closed because the timeout has been reached.
Opcions generalas

All Zenity dialogs support the following general options:

<cmd>--title</cmd>=<var>title</var>

Specifies the title of a dialog.

 <cmd>--window-icon</cmd>=<var>icon_path</var>

Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialog. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.

<cmd>--width</cmd>=<var>width</var>

Specifies the width of the dialog.

 <cmd>--height</cmd>=<var>height</var>

Specifies the height of the dialog.

 <cmd>--timeout</cmd>=<var>timeout</var>

Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialog is closed.
Opcions d'ajuda

Zenity provides the following help options:

<cmd>--help</cmd>

Displays shortened help text.

 <cmd>--help-all</cmd>

Displays full help text for all dialogs.

 <cmd>--help-general</cmd>

Displays help text for general dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-calendar</cmd>

Displays help text for calendar dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-entry</cmd>

Displays help text for text entry dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-error</cmd>

Displays help text for error dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-info</cmd>

Displays help text for information dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-file-selection</cmd>

Displays help text for file selection dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-list</cmd>

Displays help text for list dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-notification</cmd>

Displays help text for notification icon options.

 <cmd>--help-progress</cmd>

Displays help text for progress dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-question</cmd>

Displays help text for question dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-warning</cmd>

Displays help text for warning dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-text-info</cmd>

Displays help for text information dialog options.

 <cmd>--help-misc</cmd>

Displays help for miscellaneous options.

 <cmd>--help-gtk</cmd>

Visualiza l'ajuda per las opcion GTK+.
Miscellaneous Options

Zenity also provides the following miscellaneous options:

<cmd>--about</cmd>

Displays the About Zenity dialog, which contains Zenity version information, copyright information, and developer information.

 <cmd>--version</cmd>

Displays the version number of Zenity.
Opcions GTK+

Zenity supports the standard GTK+ options. For more information about the GTK+ options, execute the zenity --help-gtk command.

Environment Variables

Normally, Zenity detects the terminal window from which it was launched and keeps itself above that window. This behavior can be disabled by unsetting the WINDOWID environment variable.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/scale.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320470041022734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --scale option. Scale Dialog

Use the --scale option to create a scale dialog.

The scale dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text. (Default: Adjust the scale value)

 <cmd>--value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set initial value. (Default: 0) You must specify value between minimum value to maximum value.

 <cmd>--min-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set minimum value. (Default: 0)

 <cmd>--max-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set maximum value. (Default: 100)

 <cmd>--step</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set step size. (Default: 1)

 <cmd>--print-partial</cmd>

Print value to standard output, whenever a value is changed.

<cmd>--hide-value</cmd>

Hide value on dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a scale dialog:

#!/bin/sh VALUE=`zenity --scale --text="Select window transparency." --value=50` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $VALUE%.";; 1) echo "No value selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Scale Dialog Example Zenity scale dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/message.page0000644000373100047300000000111212320470041023254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error, Info, Question, Warning Message Dialog

For each type, use the --text option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/notification.page0000644000373100047300000000205312320470041024323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --notification option. Icòna de notificacion

Use the --notification option to create a notification icon.

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the notification area.

The following example script shows how to create a notification icon:

#!/bin/sh zenity --notification\ --window-icon="info" \ --text="There are system updates necessary!"
Exemple d'icòna de notificacion Zenity notification icon example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/question.page0000644000373100047300000000147412320470041023512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --question option. Question Dialog

Use the --question option to create a question dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a question dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --question \ --text="Are you sure you wish to proceed?"
Question Dialog Example Zenity question dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/index.page0000644000373100047300000000144512320470041022750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team Glynn Foster Nicholas Curran Yasumichi Akahoshi yasumichi@vinelinux.org

GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL)

 Manual de Zenity
Dialogs
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/zenity/progress.page0000644000373100047300000000421712320470041023505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --progress option. Progress Dialog

Use the --progress option to create a progress dialog.

Zenity reads data from standard input line by line. If a line is prefixed with #, the text is updated with the text on that line. If a line contains only a number, the percentage is updated with that number.

The progress dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialog.

 <cmd>--percentage</cmd>=<var>percentage</var>

Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialog.

 <cmd>--auto-close</cmd>

Closes the progress dialog when 100% has been reached.

 <cmd>--pulsate</cmd>

Specifies that the progress bar pulsates until an EOF character is read from standard input.

The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog:

#!/bin/sh ( echo "10" ; sleep 1 echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1 echo "20" ; sleep 1 echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1 echo "50" ; sleep 1 echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1 echo "75" ; sleep 1 echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1 echo "100" ; sleep 1 ) | zenity --progress \ --title="Update System Logs" \ --text="Scanning mail logs..." \ --percentage=0 if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then zenity --error \ --text="Update canceled." fi
Progress Dialog Example Zenity progress dialog example
usr/share/gnome/help-langpack/xchat-gnome/oc/xchat-gnome.xml0000644000373100047300000011201312270536237025744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual de <application>XChat-GNOME</application> 2005-2006 Brian Pepple 2006 Joachim Noreiko Brian Pepple Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Brian Pepple Projècte Fedora
bpepple@fedoraproject.org
Joachim Noreiko Projècte de documentacion de GNOME
jnoreiko@yahoo.com
Manual de XChat-GNOME 2.1 Decembre de 2006 Joachim Noreiko jnoreiko@yahoo.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Manual de XChat-GNOME 2.0 Novembre de 2005 Brian Pepple bpepple@fedoraproject.org Projècte de documentacion de GNOME This manual describes version 0.16 of XChat-GNOME. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the XChat-GNOME application or this manual, follow the directions in the Feedback section of the GNOME User Guide. A user manual which describes the use of the XChat-GNOME IRC client. XChat-GNOME xchat-gnome Introduccion The XChat-GNOME application is an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) program for the GNOME desktop. XChat-GNOME provides the following features: Notification Area Icon Plugin Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) Transfers Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) Chats Adherence to GNOME Human Interface Guidelines (HIG) Per començar Starting <application>XChat-GNOME</application> You can start XChat-GNOME in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose Internet XChat-GNOME IRC Chat . Linha de comanda To start XChat-GNOME from a command line, type xchat-gnome, then press Return: To view other command line options that are available, type xchat-gnome --help, then press Return When You Start <application>XChat-GNOME</application> When you start XChat-GNOME, the following window is displayed.
<application>XChat-GNOME</application> Main Window Shows XChat-GNOME main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, display area, and scrollbars. Menubar contains IRC, Edit, Network, Discussion, Go, and Help menus.
The XChat-GNOME window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to use in XChat-GNOME. Panèl de servidors The Server Pane shows the Servers and Channels currently connected. User Button The User Button shows the number of users present in the selected Channel. Click the User Button to show a list of users. User's in the list marked as away are "Grayed out". Discussion Area The Discussion Area presents the discussion occurring in the selected Channel. Type into the message input line at the bottom of the discussion area to chat in the selected Channel. Utilizacion Connecting to an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) Server To connect to an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) Server, choose IRC Connect . The Connect dialog is displayed. Select the Server that you wish to connect to, then click Connect. Viewing Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) File Transfers Information To view Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) file transfer information, choose IRC File Transfers . Editing Text Podètz editar de tèxt de mai d'un biais : To delete the selected text from the file and move the selected text to a buffer, choose Edit Cut . To copy the selected text to a buffer, choose Edit Copy . To insert the contents of the buffer at the cursor position, choose Edit Paste . You must cut or copy text before you can paste text into the file. To clear all text from the Discussion Area for the currently selected Channel, choose Edit Clear. Reconnecting to a Server To reconnect XChat-GNOME to an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, choose Network Reconnect . Disconnecting from a Server To disconnect XChat-GNOME from an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, choose Network Disconnect . Saving a Channel Transcript To save a transcript of a Channel, choose Ctrl S Discussion Save Transcript . Sortir d'un canal When you leave a channel, you are removed from the participants and can no longer chat in it, but the discussion up to that point remains in the Server Pane. To leave a Channel, choose Ctrl Q Discussion Leave . Closing a Channel When you close a channel, the channel is removed from the list in the Server Pane. To close a Channel, choose Ctrl W Discussion Close . Navigating through Channels To view previous channel, choose Alt Up Go Previous Discussion To view next channel, choose Alt Down Go Next Discussion Navigating Through Servers Per visualizar lo servidor precedent, causissètz CtrlNautAnarRet precedenta Per visualizar lo servidor seguent, causissètz CtrlNautAnarRet seguenta Sortir de XChat-GNOME To quit XChat-GNOME, choose Ctrl Q IRC Quit . Preferéncias To modify the preferences of XChat-GNOME, choose Edit Preferences . The Preferences dialog contains the following sections: Preferéncias d'IRC General Enter the Nickname you wish to use in the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) channel. Enter your Real Name, which is displayed on /whois requests. Enter the Quit Message you wish to be shown to other users when you leave an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) network. Enter the Part Message you wish to be shown to other users when you leave an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) channel but remain connected to that channel's network. Enter the Away Message you wish to be shown to people who try to contact you when you are away. Enlusiment Specify words or phrases that should be highlighted in a different text colour when another chat user says them. This is in addition to your nickname, which is always highlighted. Use Interface Select the Use System Terminal Font option to use the same fonts as your system terminal. Select the Use this font option to open the Font Selection dialog box. Select the Show colors option to enable color nicknames in discussion area. Select the Show timestamps option to show timestamps of discussion. Colors Colors del tèxt Use the Built-in schemes drop-down box to specify how XChat-GNOME should display the text and backgroud color. Select one of the following options: Use the Black on White option to provide black text on a white background. Use the White on Black option to provide white text on a black background. Use the Custom option to create a custom color scheme. The following options are only able to be changed if Built-in schemes is set to Custom. Click on the Foreground color button to display the color selector dialog. Select a foreground color for the XChat-GNOME discussion area. Click on the Background color button to display the color selector dialog. Select the background color for the XChat-GNOME discussion area. Click on the Foreground mark button to display the color selector dialog. Select the forground mark color for the XChat-GNOME discussion area. Click on the Background mark button to display the color selector dialog. Select the background mark color for the XChat-GNOME discussion area. Colors mIRC Select the buttons of the colors that you wish to change, to display the color selector dialog. The colors are only able to be changed if Built-in schemes is set to Custom. Colors suplementàrias Selct the buttons of the colors that you wish to change, to display the color selector dialog. The colors are only able to be changed if Built-in schemes is set to Custom. Transferiments de fichièrs e DCC Transferriment de fichièrs Use the Download file to button to select the folder where you wish to download file. Use the Move completed files to button to select the folder where you wish for completed downloads to be moved. Select Convert spaces to underscore in filenames if you wish to have spaces converted to underscores in the filename. Select Save senders nickname in filenames to add the senders nickname to the downloaded file name. Paramètres DCC Select the Auto-accept DCC Chat option to automatically accept Direct Client-to-Client (DCC) chats. Select the Auto-accept DCC File Transfers option to automatically accept Direct Client-to-Client (DCC) file transfers. Select the Get IP Address From Server option to use your providers DNS to resolve an IP address. Select the Use This IP Address option and enter your IP address, to use a static IP address. Throttling Use the Individual send KB/s spin box to set your individual maximum upload speed. Use the Global send KB/s spin box to set your global maximum upload speed. Use the Individual receive KB/s spin box to set your individual maximum download speed. Use the Global receive KB/s spin box to set your global maximum download speed. Rets Internet Relay Chat (IRC) Servers To add an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, click the Add button to open the Network Properties dialog. To edit an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, click the Edit button to open the Network Properties dialog. To remove an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, click the Remove button. Escriptes e ajustons Escript e ajustons To enable or disable a plugin or script, select the Enable option next to the appropriate item. To add a new plugin or script, click the Open button to open the file open dialog. To remove a plugin or script, select the appropriate item and click on the Remove buton . Network monitor Use the Network Manager to control connection state. Auto Away Mark yourself as away when screensaver is active. Sound notification Raise an audio notification when a word is highlighted (including your nick) or when you receive a private message. Notification Add an icon in the notification area informing you of events in xchat-gnome. This allows one to minimize to notification area if Always display notification icon is selected from Notification preferences. On-screen display Display a notification box when a word is highlighted (including your nick) or when you receive a private message. URL scrapper Display all the urls from your conversation in a ugly box. Network Properties The Network Properties dialog for XChat-GNOME, allows you to set the properties for an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server, and contains the following tabs: Paramètres ret General Enter the Name for the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server. Select the Automatically connect to network option to connect to a network when starting XChat-GNOME. Select the Use secure connection (SSL) option to connect with Secure Socket Layer (SSL). Select the Cycle until connected option to continue attempts to connect to network, until successful. Use the Character encoding drop-down box to specify which character encoding XChat-GNOME should use. Enter the Server Password, if the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server requires it. Utilizaires e canals Users Info Select the Use global user settings option to use the global settings used in the General section of . Select the Use the user settings option to set the Nick name and Real Name specific to this Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server. Automatically Join Channels Click the Add button to add a new channel. Click the Edit button to edit the selected channel. Click the Remove button to remove the selected channel. The channel name should begin with a pound sign (#). Servidors Servidors Click the Add button to add a new Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server. Click the Edit button to edit the selected Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server. Click the Remove button to remove the selected Internet Relay Chat (IRC) server. To specify custom port use (/) as seperator, as "host/port" A prepaus de <application>XChat-GNOME</application> To find more information about XChat-GNOME, please visit the XChat-GNOME Web page. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, see the Feedback section of the GNOME User Guide. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/omf-langpack/xchat-gnome/xchat-gnome-oc.omf0000644000373100047300000000154712270536237024460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 (Brian Pepple) (Joachim Noreiko) (Brian Pepple) Manual de XChat-GNOME Novembre de 2005 A user manual which describes the use of the XChat-GNOME IRC client. user's guide usr/share/help-langpack/oc/rhythmbox/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000022527112317327147024201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Legidor de musica Rhythmbox 2002 Mark Finlay 2002 2002 Mark Humphreys 2005 2006 Baptiste Mille-Mathias 2006 Victor Osadci 2008 Dean Sas Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Mark Finlay GNOME Documentation Project
sisob@eircom.net
 Mark Humphreys GNOME Documentation Project
marquee@users.sourceforge.net
 Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
 Victor Osadci GNOME Documentation Project
Victor.Osadci.GNOME@xhtml.md
 Dean Sas Ubuntu Documentation Project
dean@deansas.org
 Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.2 October 2002 Mark Finlay GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.3 August 2003 Mark Humphreys GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.4 October 2005 Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V2.0.2 April 2006 Luca Ferretti GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V2.0.3 May 2008 Dean Sas GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 0.11.5 of Rhythmbox Music Player. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Rhythmbox Music Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Rhythmbox is the full featured music player for GNOME Desktop. Rhythmbox rhythmbox Music Player Introduccion Rhythmbox Music Player is a music player and library for tagged files that supports various music formats. Current Rhythmbox Music Player features include: Play various format music files from your tagged organized Library. Display information on the songs through meta-data reading. Display songs in an organized view. Create static playlists by dragging and dropping from the Library view. Create automatic playlists from criterias. Search for songs in the sources list like Library or Playlists. Listen to Internet radio stations. Read Audio CDs, and retrieve information like track title from the Internet. Burn Audio CDs from playlists. Transfer music to iPod, MTP and USB Mass Storage music players . Per començar To Launch the <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> You can launch the Rhythmbox Music Player in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Sound & Video Rhythmbox Music Player. Command Line Type rhythmbox, then press Return. Running the Assistant The first time you launch the Rhythmbox Music Player, an assistant will help you import your music. On the second panel of the assistant, press the Browse button and select the folder where your music is stored. Rhythmbox Music Player Window Overview The Rhythmbox Music Player window enables you to browse and play your favorite music. shows the interface of the Rhythmbox Music Player with its main components.
The <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Window Show the Rhythmbox Music Player window showing the different parts on the Rhythmbox Music Player interface. Callouts: Menubar, Player area, Browser, Side pane, Statusbar.
Table 1 describes the components of Rhythmbox Music Player window. <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Window Components Id Component Descripcion 1 Barra de menuts Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in Rhythmbox Music Player window. 2 Barra d'espleches Provides access to player functions and details about the currently playing track. 3 Time Slider Displays the position of the read of a track; it enables to jump to another part of a track. 4 Side Pane Displays a list of available sources. 5 Navegador Allows to browse and filter the Library tracks by Genre, Artist or Album name. The Browser also provides a search function to display only tracks that match your criteria. 6 Tracks list Lists the tracks that belong to the selected source. 7 Barra d'estat Displays informations about the source selected in the side pane.
The Side Pane The side pane is where you can access your music library, internet radio, your playlists and audio CDs. The side pane can contain the following sources: The Rhythmbox Music Player library, where all of the imported tracks will appear. The iRadio source, with all internet radio stations. Podcasts. All playlists (normal and smart). Audio CD's inserted into the computer's CD drives. Portable players like iPod plugged to your computer. The DAAP Music shares discovered on the local network. Music stores like Jamendo and Magnatune. The display of the side pane can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewSide Pane . La barra d'espleches del legidor The toolbar area provides access to details about the currently playing track. When no track is being played, this area shows no information. When a track is played, the track name is displayed, and underneath, the artist and the album names. A tracker is also displayed, showing the progress of the playing track. When the tracker has focus, the arrow keys can be used to Fast-Forward or Rewind the playing track. Shows player area If you are using a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can adjust the volume by scrolling up or down while the mouse pointer is over the volume button. The Statusbar The statusbar contains additional information about the number of songs and the duration of the source selected. The display of the statusbar can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewStatusbar. Shows statusbar <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> Minimized Window Rhythmbox Music Player comes with a minimized mode. This mode enables access only to the menubar and the player function of Rhythmbox Music Player. To switch to the small display, select View Small Display. Shows the Rhythmbox Music Player in small display mode Using Rhythmbox Music Player Playing Music To play a track, choose Control Play, or select the track and press the Play button on the toolbar, or simply double-click on the track to start playing. When the track ends, Rhythmbox Music Player jumps to play the next track in the list showed in view pane. In the Library you can play all songs from an artist or a single album simply selecting Album or Artist entry in the library browser. Next/Play/Previous The Next and Previous buttons can be used to skip between tracks while playing. If a track is currently playing, the previous button will restart the track. Pressing the Play button will start playing the current track. Shows buttons Previous, Play and Next in toolbar. Repetar The option Repeat makes the Rhythmbox Music Player restart to play tracks from the beginning of the list when it reach the last track. To activate repeat, choose Control Repeat, or press the button Repeat on the toolbar. Shows repeat button in the statusbar. Aleatòri The option Shuffle makes the Rhythmbox Music Player play tracks in a random order. To activate shuffle, choose Control Shuffle, or press the button Shuffle on the toolbar. Shows shuffle button in the statusbar. Contraròtle de volum The volume control is located in the right hand of the toolbar. Pressing the loudspeaker icon will show the volume slider. Sliding this up and down will increase and decrease the volume. The loudspeaker icon will change to reflect the relative volume. Shows volume slider in toolbar. You can adjust the volume by using the mouse scroll wheel over the loudspeaker icon. Library Source The Library is the main source available in the Rhythmbox Music Player, it is the database that contains all the music files that you import in the Rhythmbox Music Player (The Library stores the path to access your music files, not the files themself). The Library can not only contains music files which are physically on your computer (in your HOME Directory for instance), but it can also contains music files available over remote network services. Some examples of supported network services are : Public FTP Authenticated FTP NFS Windows Share The files imported in the Library are displayed in the track list with the information (like the Artist name or the Album name) stored in the tags embedded on the tracks. Rhythmbox Music Player uses these tags to display the tracks in an organized manner. Tags can be modified by choosing MusicProperties and filling in the details on the window that appears. Add tracks in the Library To add tracks to the Library, you can follow these different methods: To import only one track, choose MusicImport File from the menu, then select the file in the file selector and press the Open button. If you want to import several music files located in a folder, choose MusicImport Folder from the menu, then select the folder in the file selector and press the Open button. All the music files located in the folder and its sub-folders will be imported. Drag and drop files from the file manager (like Nautilus) over the Rhythmbox window. If you have enabled the watch directory function (see ), all the music files stored under the chosen directory will be added to the Library. New files added later will be also added. Remove tracks from the Library To remove a track from the library but leave it on the disk, choose menu EditRemove. The track and its properties (like rating or the play count) are removed from the Rhythmbox database. To delete a track from the Library and also from your disk, choose EditMove to Trash. The track will be removed in the same way as previous, but the file will be moved in to the file manager Trash. Find tracks using Search Rhythmbox comes with a search function, which enables you to find and filter tracks by using a search term. Enter some text in the search entry, and as you type, only the tracks that match the text entered will be displayed. The search function does the lookup in all of the tags of the tracks stored in the Library. To perform a more precise search, you can choose to lookup only in specific tags Artists, Albums or Titles. Find tracks using the Browser The Browser is another convenient way to find tracks. The Browser is a two or three pane view which enable to navigate among music genres, artists and albums and display tracks that match the chosen criteria. First, to display the Browser, select View Browser. Select artist, album and genre, and as you choose, only the tracks that match your choice will be displayed in the track list. The criteria on the columns apply from the left to the right. You can choose several criteria of the same category by using the key Ctrl. You can also find from a selected track in the track list, all of the tracks with the same genre, artist or album name. Select a track in the track list, right-click on it, and choose Browse this Genre/Artist/Album. Then the browser will filter the tracks using the criteria chosen. Radio Source The Internet Radio tuner can be used to listen to streamed audio files over a network, local or Internet.
Internet Radio in <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application>
Adding a station To add a new station to the Internet Radio tuner, choose Music New Internet Radio Station, then enter the URL of the Internet radio, then press the button Add. Viewing and Changing the settings of a station You can view and edit the settings of an Internet Radio station using the menu MusicProperties. You can also change the properties of a station by selecting the station and right-click, then choose Properties. When you access the properties of a radio stream, you can modify its title, its genre; you can also modify the stream location, and set a rating to it. Removing a station To remove a radio station from the radio stations list, choose Edit Remove; you can also right-click on the station and select Remove. Podcast Source Podcasting is a new way to broadcast audio content over the web; when an author publishes an episode, podcast suscribers are informed, through an XML feed. Rhythmbox Music Player enables you to subscribe to podcast feeds, so when a new episode is available you'll be informed, it will download this episode and it will play it. You can find more information about podcasts and podcasting by visiting the definition of Podcast on the site Wikipedia.
The Podcast interface The Podcast interface with some registered podcasts
Podcast Management Apondre un podcast To register to a podcast, choose MusicNew Podcast Feed, then in the new window, enter the URL of the podcast feed. Rhythmbox will retrieve the list of episodes and the latest episode will be downloaded on your hard disk. To add a new podcast feed, you can also right-click over the Podcasts source, and select New Podcast Feed. Suprimir un podcast To delete a podcast, right-click on the podcast feed's name in the browser, and choose Delete Podcast Feed, then choose Delete Feed Only if you want to keep the podcast's episodes, or choose Delete Feed And Item if you want to delete the feed and all its related episodes. Update feeds To know if new episodes have been published for a podcast, right-click over the podcast name in the browser and choose Update Podcast Feed. If new episodes were published, they will appear in the episode list. Rhythmbox Music Player checks regularly, on its own, the podcast feeds list to find out if they were updated. You can also check all podcasts, by right-clicking over the Podcasts source and choose Update All Feeds. Access Podcast Feed properties To access to the Feed properties, right-click on the Feed name, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Author , the Last Updated date and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the feed Source, Language and the Copyright properties. You can view the properties, and also edit the rating. Episode Management Download a podcast episode To download an episode on your disk, right-click on the episode, and choose Download Post, Rhythmbox will start to download the episode in the location defined in the preferences. You can see the download progress of an episode in the column Status. By default, podcasts are downloaded in folder Podcasts/ in your home directory. To change location, see . Read a podcast episode To play a podcast episode, select the episode you want to read, and choose ControlPlay; you can also press the button Play. The episode have to downloaded before to read it, see to know how to download a podcast episode. Delete a podcast episode To delete an episode from a podcast, right-click on the episode, and choose Delete, then choose Delete Episode Only if you to keep the episode file on your disk, or choose Delete Episode And File if you want to remove the episode from the list and delete the file from your disk. After you delete an episode, it will no longer be available in the list of episodes, even if you update the podcast. Display Podcast Episode properties To access to the episode properties, right-click on the episode, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Feed, the publication Data and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the podcast Source, Duration, the Bitrate, the Last Played Date, the Play count and the Rating. Play Queue Source Play queue is a source designed to temporarily store the next tracks you want to play. When you add a track to the Play Queue, Rhythmbox Music Player will automatically switch to this source, after the track has played. Once a track has been played, it will be automatically removed from the Play Queue Source. Once the Play Queue is empty, Rhythmbox Music Player will play the source which was played before. Add a track to the Play Queue To add a track: Select the track you want to play, in any source. Choose EditAdd to playqueue. Remove a track in Play Queue To remove a track stored in Play Queue: Select the track you want to remove in Play Queue source. Choose EditDelete . Playlists Source Playlists are sources which are created from the tracks available in the Library source. They enable you to gather tracks following a particular 'genre', a specific group of artists, or even tracks that are of a particular 'mood', or whatever you want. Rhythmbox Music Player has 2 kinds of playlists: Static Playlists Smart Playlists Rhythmbox lets you burn the tracks of your playlists to an Audio CD. Static Playlists Static playlists are playlists built from tracks dropped from the Library. Create a static playlist To create a new playlist, choose MusicPlaylistNew Playlist. An empty playlist without name appears in the side pane. Enter a name for the playlist and press Enter. Add tracks to a playlist To add tracks to a playlist, select tracks from the track list from the library and drag and drop your selection over the playlist icon in the side pane. You can also drop over a playlist a genre, an artist, or an album name from the browser, and all the tracks that belongs to the chosen category will be added to the playlist. You can create a playlist with tracks in one action. Select tracks from the Tracks List, or directly one or more categories from the browser (Genre, Artist or Album) and drop the selection over the Side pane. It will automatically create a named playlist. Remove tracks from a playlist To remove tracks from a playlist, first select the tracks to remove, and then you have two methods: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the selection and choose Delete. This operation deletes the track only from playlist and not from the Library. Suprimir una tièra de lectura estatica To delete a static playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. This operation deletes only the playlist and not the tracks stored in the playlist deleted. Smart Playlists Smart Playlists are playlists built from criteria, so tracks are added to it dynamically; all of the tracks matching the criteria will be added to the playlist. Create a smart playlist To create a new playlist: Choose MusicPlaylistNew Automatic Playlist. Edit the playlist criteria through the query editor. Once your criteria have been chosen, click New to create the query. Edit a smart playlist Editing a smart playlist lets you modify the criteria set for this playlist. To edit a smart playlist, select the smart playlist, choose MusicPlaylistEdit, and edit the criteria. Once done, choose Close. Delete a smart playlist To delete a smart playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. Use the query editor Choose the criteria to apply to the rule. If you need one more criteria click on the button Add, a new line appears, and you can set a new criteria. If you want to limit the number of tracks in the playlist, tick Limit to:, and choose how to limit. You can limit by tracks, by total size (in MB or GB), or by duration (expressed in Minutes). Once you finish setting the criteria for the playlist, choose New; the playlist query editor window will close, and the playlist will display the tracks matched by your criteria. Audio CD Source Rhythmbox Music Player can also handle Audio CDs; it can play CDs and also let you burn your own. Lectura When an Audio CD is inserted, it will appear in the side pane, and the tracks on it can be displayed in Rhythmbox Music Player's main window. If you are connected to the Internet, the CD details will be retrieved and displayed. To play and pause playback, or to skip forward or backwards, use the same controls as used for playing from the library. Importing Audio CD If you wish to keep the tracks of your Audio CDs on your computer, you can import them. To import Audio CD tracks, choose Music Import Audio CD, it will start Sound-Juicer, an application dedicated to importing Audio CDs. To know more about Sound-Juicer, you can read the Sound-Juicer manual. To get imported tracks from Sound-Juicer automatically added to you Rhythmbox Library, you will have to configure Sound-Juicer to extract tracks into your Rhythmbox Library location and the Rhythmbox watch library feature has to be activated; refer to Sound-Juicer preferences and Rhythmbox Library preferences. Creating Audio CD Rhythmbox enables you to create you own Audio CDs with the music stored in the Rhythmbox Library. To create an Audio CD: Create a playlist, static or smart (see ) and add tracks. Choose MusicPlaylistCreate Audio CD Insert a blank CD. Click the button Create, the burning process starts. Portable Audio Player Source Rhythmbox can detect when an portable audio player is plugged to your computer, and is able to read tracks stored on it. Rhythmbox Music Player should be able to deal with most portable audio players including Apple iPod, MTP players and Mass Storage players. When you plug in a portable audio player, an icon for the Portable Audio Player is added to the side pane. This source works in the same way as the Library source. If Rhythmbox Music Player does not detect your device as a portable audio player, you can create an empty file named .is_audio_player at the top level hierarchy of the filesystem of your player. DAAP Share Source DAAP is a network protocol that allows you to share the music stored in Rhythmbox. DAAP stands for Digital Audio Access Protocol. As DAAP is a standard protocol for music sharing, you can listen and share music not only with other Rhythmbox users, but also with other users who use DAAP compatible software, like iTunes. When you start Rhythmbox, it will look for all DAAP shares published on your local network (your home or your office, not the whole Internet) by other users and will display them in the side pane. If sharing is enabled, at the same time Rhythmbox will publish your library and your playlists. In this way, you can listen to music stored on your friend's computers and they can listen your music. To disable the Rhythmbox DAAP sharing feature, see in the preferences. Zòna de notificacion Overview The Notification Area is a GNOME feature that adds a small icon to the panel while the program is running; this allows you to control Rhythmbox Music Player from your tray, and receive information when the Rhythmbox Music Player interface is not visible.
<application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application> in the Notification Area
Get information Tooltip information When you move the mouse cursor over the Rhythmbox Music Player icon, you can see the track artist, the track name and the time position. Fenèstra de notificacion Each time the track has changed or a podcast episode was downloaded, the Rhythmbox Music Player can inform you; it displays a notification window on the desktop, containing the information.
The notification window of <application>Rhythmbox Music Player</application>
The notification window can be disabled by deselecting the Show Notifications option from the context menu of the icon in the notification area. Control Rhythmbox Using the Rhythmbox Music Player icon in the notification area, the following commands can be sent to the application:
Notification Area (showing menu)
Play — If selected, plays the currently selected song. Previous — Skip to previous song in the selected source. Next — Skip to next song in the selected source. Show Window Player — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player window is visible or not on the desktop. Show Notifications — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player will notify you about track changes and various information. Quit — Quit the Rhythmbox Music Player. If you are using a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can adjust the volume by scrolling up or down while the mouse pointer is over the panel applet. You can quickly toggle Play/Pause by pressing the middle mouse button. Customizing Rhythmbox Music Player This section describes how to customize Rhythmbox Music Player to suit your requirements and preferences. Setting Your Preferences Using the Preferences dialog you can customize how you want Rhythmbox Music Player to look and behave. To display the Preferences dialog, choose EditPreferences. General Choose the way the Browser View will be displayed. You can choose to use three or two panes and what the panes should display. Choose the Visible Columns you want to display in Rhythmbox Music Player. This option affects the following sources: Library Audio CD Portable Players Playlists DAAP Music shares Music The Library Location is a folder that Rhythmbox Music Player will monitor to find new songs. When you add new audio files in this folder or its sub-folders with the file browser (like Nautilus), Rhythmbox Music Player will detect them and they will be added automatically in the Library. Avoid to set your Home folder as library location because this feature is CPU consuming. To disable the watch functionality deselect Watch my library for new files. If you want to add more than one folder to watch, use gconf-editor and add it to the list /app/rhythmbox/library_locations Podcasts The Download Location of Podcasts is defined by default to the Podcasts/ folder in your home directory. If this location doesn't fit your needs, select another folder in the drop-down list or choose Other to make the File Selector appear. Choose the frequency that Rhythmbox Music Player will check for new podcast episodes. Sharing The Rhythmbox Music Player can share your Library contents over your Local Area Network, to other Rhythmbox Music Player and Apple iTunes users. Select Share my music to enable the users of your network to see and read your songs. Enter the name of you want to appear of the network in the field Shared music name. Perfil last.fm The Last.fm profile plugin collects information about the songs you listen to and sends it to the Last.fm website, building up a profile of your listening habits. With this profile, you can: consult statistics, such as most played songs or most played artists. receive recommendations about artists that you might like. In order to use the Last.fm profile plugin, you must have a Last.fm account. If you don't already have one, use the Last.fm signup page to create one. Enter your Last.fm account details in the Username and Password fields in the Last.fm profile plugin configuration window. The configuration window for the Last.fm profile plugin also displays status information. If your Last.fm profile page shows that your profile is not being updated, the information displayed here may help you to diagnose the problem. Acorchis Acorchis de clavièr Player Shortcuts Acorchis Accions Ctrl p Lectura / pausa Ctrl Left Jump to the Previous Track / Back to the beginning of the track Ctrl Right Jump to the Next Track Ctrl Up Increase playback volume Ctrl Down Decrease playback volume Ctrl R Enable / Disable Repeat play Ctrl U Enable / Disable Shuffle play
General Shortcuts Acorchis Accions Ctrl A Tot seleccionar Shift Ctrl A Tot deseleccionar Ctrl J Jump to playing song Alt S Jump to search field Alt Return Display the Track Properties
Window Shortcuts Acorchis Accions Ctrl Q Quit the Rhythmbox Music Player Ctrl B Show / Hide the browser F9 Show / Hide the side pane Ctrl K Show / Hide the Queue Sidebar F11 Toggle / Untoggle the Full Screen mode
Multimedia Keys Rhythmbox Music Player supports the keys on multimedia keyboards, if configured in your desktop environment. Window Shortcuts Acorchis Accions Stop Arrestar Pause / Play Pause / Play Prev Previous Played Track Next Pista seguenta
Linux Infrared Remote Control The Rhythmbox Music Player includes a plugin for Linux Infrared Remote Control (LIRC) support. The following command strings are supported, using the program name 'rhythmbox': Window Shortcuts Command string Accion play Start playback pause Pause playback playpause Toggle between playing and paused shuffle Toggle the shuffle play order repeat Toggle the repeat play order next Skip to the next track previous Skip to the previous track seek_forward Skip 10 seconds forward in the playing track seek_backward Skip 10 seconds backward in the playing track volume_up Increase the playback volume by 10% volume_down Decrease the playback volume by 10% mute Mute the playback
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/rhythmbox/fdl-appendix.xml0000644000373100047300000006472512317327147024632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation License 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this License. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/rhythmbox/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012317327147023332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000336212300405422025210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME Games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community: you are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc: join the #i18n chanel on the irc.gnome.org server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356312300405422024640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licéncia

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000335712300405422025061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Strategy

Since each tile layout requires a different approach, there is no one universal strategy. However, there are some strategy tips to keep in mind while you play:

The general strategy is to keep removing matching tiles in such a way that each removed tile will expose further tiles. A good strategy would be to expose new tiles with every set of tiles you match and eliminate.

Choosing easily accessible tiles, such as those from the top levels, is not beneficial. This strategy leaves essential tiles under cover, increasing your chances of losing the game.

Since you are scored by how quickly you finish the game, time is the most important factor in the game. It is therefore important to be fast.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/gameplay.page0000644000373100047300000000316212300405422025010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basic gameplay

Mahjongg is played by matching two identical tiles per turn. A tile is eligible for matching if no part of another tile is lying directly on it, and it has a free long edge on either the left or the right. You win by removing all tiles, and you are scored by the amount of time it takes you to do so.

There are many different tile layouts to choose from.

To match two tiles:

Click on the a tile you want to match. If it is an eligible tile, it will be highlighted.

Click on a matching tile. If it is a truly a matching tile, both tiles will vanish.
Video demonstration

Video of gameplay
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312300405422025230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

Mahjongg is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mahjongg. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312300405422024155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212300405422024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/choosing.page0000644000373100047300000000112012300405422025012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Select a board

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/map.page0000644000373100047300000000510012300405422023760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Change tile layout

There are 9 different layouts. To select a different tile layout:

Click MahjonggPreferences.

Under Maps select a layout from the drop-down menu.

Click Close

Your new tile layout will take effect immediately unless you have already started a game and chose for the effect to take place after you are finished.

Easy

The Ziggurat

Four Bridges

Cloud

Tic-tac-toe

Red Dragon

Pyramid's Walls

Confounding Cross

Difficult
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000350212300405422025245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

Fullscreen

F11

Ajuda

F1

Hint

CtrlH

New game

CtrlN

Pausa

Pause

Use the toolbar Pause button if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Quit

CtrlQ

Tornar far

ShiftCtrlZ

Anullar

CtrlZ
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000260212300405422024341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rules

Tiles must be identical to be removed.

Fully and partially covered tiles cannot be matched.

Tiles must have a free long edge in order to be eligible for matching.

You can undo a move without penalty.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

If the arrangement does not allow further tiles to be matched, you will be given the option to shuffle the tiles in order to keep playing.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/scoring.page0000644000373100047300000000201112300405422024645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Scoring

In Mahjongg, you are scored by how quickly you can complete a board.

To view the highscore board:

Select MahjonggScores

The scores are stored on a per map basis. You can view the highscores for a particular map by selecting it from the drop-down menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/index.page0000644000373100047300000000223012300405422024313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> Mahjongg Mahjongg GNOME Mahjongg help. Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">Mahjongg logo</media> Mahjongg

Mahjongg is a simple pattern recognition game. You score points by matching identical tiles.

Playing Mahjongg
Useful tips
Advanced
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712300405422026064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/pause.page0000644000373100047300000000224012300405422024322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pausing your game

You can pause your current game using one of the following methods:

The Pause button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000220012300405422024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Show/hide the toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click MahjonggToolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo Move, Redo Move, Hint and Pause.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/moves.page0000644000373100047300000000173412300405422024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moves left

The Moves Left counter is located on the toolbar. It displays the number of different moves that can be made. It can help you see how far you are from running out of moves, and whether you've seen all possible moves.

Mahjongg counters

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mahjongg/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000417712300405422024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

Hint highlights two tiles that can be matched. If you have already selected one tile, it will show a match for that piece if one exists.

Hint can be accessed by clicking MahjonggHint. Alternatively, use the Hint button in the toolbar, or press CtrlH.

Hint can make Mahjongg too easy, and should be used sparingly.

There is a 30-second penalty for each use of the "hint" option.
Video demonstration You can use Hints to help you find identical tiles. Press CtrlH. There is a 30 s penalty for each use of this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/neighbor.xml0000644000373100047300000000372012307311654024002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Vesin Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Dealt to the Tableau in the manner described below. Tableau Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Click on Kings to remove them. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen as long as the two cards are touching horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Opcions Pas cap Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remove cards higher up on the table first as this creates more movement within the grid. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/plait.xml0000644000373100047300000000523512307311654023321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Plait Written by W. Borgert Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Third row from the right side in the middle. Two redeals are allowed. Waste Fourth row from the right in the middle, directly left of the stock. Foundation Right eight piles. One card is already there at start. This is the base card. All fields have to be started with this card. Plait The group of cards in the middle of the table. Starts with 20 cards. Only the one top level card can be moved. Edges The four fields at the top and bottom, left and right of the plait. These are automatically refilled from the plait. Tableau The eight fields left and right of the plait, between the edge fields. Only one card per pile is possible. Goal Move all cards to Foundations. Règlas All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait, and from the waste. The game is lost if no available cards can be moved on to the Foundation piles and the Stock is empty. Scoring No scoring. You either win or lose. Strategy Pick the cards from the plait as soon as possible as they are hard to free. Then pick the cards from the tableau as it will give you empty slots to temporarily store some cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/labyrinth.xml0000644000373100047300000000454412307311654024206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Laberint Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Foundation Four piles top right. Aces are placed in their respective Foundation pile prior to shuffling the deck. Tableau One card is dealt face up in each Tableau pile at the start of the game. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Build any cards from the Tableau in suit and sequence on to the Foundation. Spaces are automatically filled from the Stock. Once the eight cards in the Tableau piles cannot be played, click on the Stock to deal a card to each pile. Empty slots in the Tableau are no longer filled automatically. Cards at the top and bottom of each Tableau pile is available for play on to the Foundation piles. There is no building on the Tableau. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Get plenty of sleep the night before so that you are bright and alert when you play this game. Move any card you possibly can on to the Foundation piles. Have fun! usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/clock.xml0000644000373100047300000000553112307311654023302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Relòtge Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Deal cards in a clock shape, for a total of twelve piles with four cards each. Stock Place last four cards in the Stock pile (middle of the Tableau) Flip over top card. Goal To reveal all the cards. Règlas Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analog clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analog watch/clock, this is the pattern: Clock Layout. Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double click on the appropriate receptor pile. Game is over when there are four kings in the middle. At this point, you've won if goal is achieved. Note that if a card in a pile is in the right place it is okay even if it is faced down. Scoring Each card in the appropriate pile of the clock (not counting Kings, as there are no Kings on real clocks) scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Find a way to automate this game. There are no decisions ever to be made. If you lose it's not your fault. (Contrariwise, if you win, it's just luck!) usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/forty_thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000553212307311654025102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forty Thieves Written by Ed Sirett Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt singly to the waste, The top card of the waste is available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Ten piles. Deal four rows face up to start. Tableau can be built down in suit. Cards are moved singly. Empty piles can be filled with any card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down in the same suit. Cards can only be moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card. As a short cut you can move more than one if there are enough empty spaces. Cards can also be moved in groups to the Foundation piles. Cards are played singly from the Stock to the waste pile, whose top card is available for play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation scores 5 points. When a Foundation pile is complete (from Ace to King), 60 more points are scored. Maximum possible score: 1000 Strategy Refrain from bringing cards to the tableau in order to obtain an empty space as soon as possible. Then balance the requirements to maintain empty spaces against the need to save low cards from being buried in the waste. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/aunt_mary.xml0000644000373100047300000000621012307311655024202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tanta Maria Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Six piles, deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on the first two piles then one card face down on all covered piles. Place three cards face up and the rest face down and so on. Repeat gradually revealing more cards each time until there are six rows with six cards. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Aunt Mary is extremely difficult and rarely solvable. The real challenge is not finishing but seeing how far you can get. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/streets_and_alleys.xml0000644000373100047300000000411612307311655026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Streets and Alleys Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle column. To be built from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Foundations.) Deal all cards face up and extended on to these eight piles so that there are seven cards in each pile on the left flank and six cards in each pile on the right flank and all cards are showing. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty piles can be filled with any single card. Foundations are built up in suit. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Build evenly on to Foundations if possible. Try and get an empty Tableau slot. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/giant.xml0000644000373100047300000000656012307311655023315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Giant Written by Ed Sirett Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here after dealing on the Tableau. Cards are dealt a row at a time onto the tableau piles. No redeals. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight piles. Deal one card face up to all eight piles. Reserve To the right of the Tableau. Initially empty. May contain any single card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colors. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below. Cards are dealt from the Stock to the Tableau in complete rows. The reserve may be empty or occupied as you wish. Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations. Opcions There are two ways to play. The difference between them is in how the cards may be built in the tableau. Same suit Cards must be of the same suit to be moved as a group and must be placed on a card of the same suit. Alternating colors To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colors. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite color. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy Avoid leaving small cards buried in the tableau. Use the Reserve wisely. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/athena.xml0000644000373100047300000000706012307311655023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Atenà Written by Alan Horkan, based on work by Jonathan Blandford Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down, and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Klondike only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/thirteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000452712307311655024036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thirteen Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. The top card is available for play. Tableau Deal face down seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Flip bottom row. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. The top card is available for play either with the available cards in the pyramid or with the card below. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Every pyramid needs a strong foundation. Get rid of the lower cards first, with an eye out to try to expose as many cards as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/monte_carlo.xml0000644000373100047300000000463012307311655024511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Monte Carlo Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt after concatenating the Tableau onto the empty slots. Tableau Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Cards can be removed in pairs that have the same value as long as the two cards are touching horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. At any point that there are empty piles in the Tableau, dealing from the Stock moves all the cards already in the Tableau from the right to left and moving them up a row to the far right if necessary making all the empty slots at the end. The Stock is then dealt on to these empty slots. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Keep an eye out as to how the Tableau will shrink when you deal. Sometimes leaving pairs in will allow more pairs to become available after a deal. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/canfield.xml0000644000373100047300000000657012307311655023761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Canfield Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over three at a time to Waste. Unlimited redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve On left under stock. Deal thirteen cards here with top card face up. Top card available for play to Foundations or Tableau. Tableau Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. Foundation Four piles top right. Deal one card face up on first Foundation pile. This card is now the base card. Built up by suit. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste by three. If the last flip has less than three cards, that many cards are flipped for that move only. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. This game used to be played in casinos. You would break even if your score is 10. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy A bird in hand is worth two in the bush. This game is hard to win. Most people play with the betting rules in mind and try to get as many points as possible. To this end, always move cards into the Foundations as soon as they are available. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/whitehead.xml0000644000373100047300000000527312307311655024155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whitehead Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal all cards face up such that there is one card in the first pile, two in the second pile, ending with seven in the seventh pile. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Empty Tableau slots are a prized commodity in this game. Sometimes keeping them around until you need them is a very good idea. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/jamestown.xml0000644000373100047300000000317212307311655024216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jamestown Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Tableau Nine piles in a 3x3 formation. Each Tableau pile is dealt one card face up. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Remove pairs of cards with the same rank. Empty piles are automatically filled from the Stock. Scoring Removing each pair of cards scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remove pairs of cards as fast as possible. That is the only challenge. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/cover.xml0000644000373100047300000000354312307311655023327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cover Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All remaining cards are placed here after dealing. Tableau Four piles. One card is dealt in each slot at the beginning of the game. Empty slots are immediately filled from the Stock. Goal Empty the Stock. Règlas Any two cards in the Tableau can be removed if they belong to the same suit. Spaces are immediately filled by cards in the Stock. The game is over when each suit is represented by one card in the Tableau. Scoring Each pair removed from the game scores two points. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy A quick short game with not much thought involved, cover is best played with minimal thought and quick reflexes. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/osmosis.xml0000644000373100047300000000544412307311655023707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Osmosis Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four spread piles on left. Deal three cards face down and one card face up in each Reserve pile. No building allowed. Foundation Four piles on right. Deal one card on to first Foundation. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Any card of the suit in the first Foundation can be played on to this Foundation pile at any time. Each ensuing Foundation can only be started with a card of the same rank as this first card. Once started, these latter foundations can be built on in suit as long as a card of the same rank already exists in the Foundation directly above it. Play cards from Reserves whenever possible following these rules. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Opcions Three card deals: Deal three cards at a time from Stock to Waste and enable unlimited redeals. Scoring One point for every card placed on Foundation. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy It's no coincidence that solitaire games are also known as "patience games". Do not automatically put first available card on the second (and third) foundation piles. Sometimes it is worth using a different suit so as to free up more cards in the Reserves. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/freecell.xml0000644000373100047300000000504012307311655023764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Freecell Written by Changwoo Ryu Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four left piles on top row. Each Reserve pile can only hold one card. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Tableau Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Cards in Reserve piles can be played back on to Tableau or on to the Foundation. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Space is a valuable commodity. Keep as many of the Reserve piles free as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/escalator.xml0000644000373100047300000000422112307311655024160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escalator Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals Waste To be taken from Stock. Tableau Deal face up seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Règlas All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Build on to the Waste from these available cards whenever possible by playing a card with a rank immediately above or immediately below the rack of the top card in the Waste. Aces are both above Kings and below Deuces. Cards are flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed from the Tableau scores one point. Maximum possible score: 28 Strategy Try to plan ahead so that you can make runs in the future. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/carpet.xml0000644000373100047300000000474112307311655023470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Carpet Written by Vincent Povirk Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Aces are removed before dealing and placed on the foundations. Tableau The "Carpet". Four rows of five cards dealt face up. Cards on the tableau are available for play. There is no building. Empty spaces are automatically filled from the waste if possible or the stock. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards on the tableau are in play. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card places in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Just put anything you can on the foundation. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/first_law.xml0000644000373100047300000000444012307311655024200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 First Law Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here in beginning. When emptied, cards are brought back from Tableau and put back in the Stock. Tableau Four piles on the right. Each deal from Stock will deal one card to each Tableau pile. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the Tableau piles. If any of the cards showing in the Tableau are of the same rank, move the others on to the leftmost of the like cards. Empty piles can only be filled by an ensuing deal from Stock. If at any point, all four cards showing are the same rank, they are removed. When Stock is empty, the Tableau piles are gathered, right pile on left, and placed back into stock. The first card dealt will always be the first card dealt until it is removed. There are unlimited redeals. Scoring Each set of four cards removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 13 Strategy Don't forget to use the brakes! This game might never end unless you decide carefully whether or not to make a move. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/helsinki.xml0000644000373100047300000000342212307311655024013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Helsinki Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are automatically placed on to the Tableau whenever a space opens up. Tableau Ten piles. Deal a card face up in every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven, and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly. Empty Tableau piles are automatically filled from the Stock. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Go as fast as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/fortress.xml0000644000373100047300000000406512307311655024060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortress Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Tableau Five piles one each side of the Foundation. Deal five cards face up on to each of these piles and one more on the top two piles. The top card in any Tableau pile is available for play. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau piles can be built up or down in suit. Only the top card in every pile is available for play. Empty slots can be filled with any available card. The Foundations are built up from Ace to King in suit. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Safeguard any empty Tableau slots you may create. They are the key to a successful game. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/scorpion.xml0000644000373100047300000000436412307311655024047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scorpion Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The last three cards are placed here after the deal. Tableau Seven piles to the right of Stock. * Deal one cards face down on each of the first four rows. Deal one card face up on the last three rows. Repeat from * two more times, dealing a total of three rows. Deal one card face up on each pile for four more rows. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each, each pile consisting of one suit and in rank order. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. At any point, clicking on the Stock will deal the last three cards, one each on the first three piles. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points. Maximum possible score: 100 Strategy Unknotting knots is not often easy. Avoid tangling yourself up with no way out. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/easthaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000477412307311655024176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easthaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal two cards face down and one card face up for every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas The Tableau is built down by alternate color. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating color can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King. Any empty Tableau slots must be filled if possible before dealing more cards. Clicking on the Stock deals one card face up on to each Tableau pile. The last deal places one card face up on the first three piles. There are no redeals. The Foundation is built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Each card placed on to a Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move cards up to the Foundation when you can because the next deal may block it. However since cards in the Foundation are no longer in play, you may get stuck later needing that card. Hopefully this conundrum will be the most difficult one facing you today. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/spider.xml0000644000373100047300000000777112307311655023506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aranha Written by Jonathan Blandford Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck placed here after dealing onto Tableau. Clicking deals one card face up to every pile. Foundation Top eight piles. Only used to hold sequences of cards going down from King down to Ace once completed. Tableau Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7, and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit. Goal To have eight sequences of cards going down from King down to Ace in the foundation. If you want an extremely difficult challenge, do not move completed sequences of cards to a foundation. You can also win by leaving the same eight sequences in the tableau. This is harder because there are fewer empty piles available. In fact, it is nearly impossible. Règlas Build down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or legal sequence. Clicking on the Stock pile at any time deals a card face up to every pile. However, all piles must be non-empty. If an empty pile exists, an error message will appear. A sequence of cards going down from King down to Ace can be moved to a foundation pile. Once there, these cards are no longer in play. Opcions There are three possible types of deck. Each deck has 104 cards. One Suit The deck is an octuple deck of Spades only. This is the simplest of the spider decks and a good way to learn the basics. Two Suits The deck is a quadruple deck of Hearts and Spades only. There are four complete sequences of cards for each suit. This is not quite as diabolical as the standard four suit spider deck. Four Suits The deck is a standard double deck. There are two complete sequences of cards for each suit. This is the standard Spider deck. It is also the most difficult. Many traditional implementations of Spider do not use a foundation and simply remove completed sequences of cards. This has no impact upon game play. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Maximum possible score: 96 Strategy If at first you don't succeed, don't become addicted. Build in suit whenever possible, but expose as many cards as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/backbone.xml0000644000373100047300000000615312307311655023755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backbone Written by Vincent Povirk Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Single pile below the foundations on the left. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau and Reserve. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste Single pile to the right of the Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Reserve Two stacks of 9 cards each, with a single above both stacks. Cards that are not obscured are available for play to anywhere except empty tableau spaces. Tableau Eight piles, four on each side of the reserve. A card is dealt to each tableau pile when the game starts. Build down in suit. Empty spaces can be filled with any card. Only one card can be moved at a time. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty slots can be filled with any card except from the reserve. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck twice. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy You can use empty spaces in the Tableau to move multiple cards. Be careful with Kings in the Reserve: the only way to remove them is by playing them to a Foundation on top of a Queen. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/scuffle.xml0000644000373100047300000000500212307311655023630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scuffle Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Aces are placed here at the start of play. Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the four Reserve piles. Two redeals allowed. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on each Foundation to begin the game. The Foundation piles are to be built up regardless of suit. Reserves Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Each time Stock is clicked, one card will be placed on each Reserve pile. Top card is available for play. Reserve cards can only be moved on to Foundations. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Play begins by dealing four cards face up on to the Reserve. If possible, play cards on to the Foundation from the Reserve. Continue this process until no cards are left in stock and no more moves on to the Foundation can be made. Take all cards left over on the Reserve and reshuffle. Place these cards back to the stock for redealing. There are two redeals. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep in mind what is underneath the Reserve piles. When given a choice, it is this knowledge which should help you decide which card to play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/sir_tommy.xml0000644000373100047300000000463712307311655024240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sir Tommy Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Cards are dealt singly to Waste. Waste To the right of the Stock. Can only hold one card. Card must immediately be placed on either a Foundation pile or on to the Reserve pile of your choice. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Waste. To be built in sequence from Ace to King regardless of suit. Reserves Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Cards in Reserve can only be played on to Foundation piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundations Règlas Build on to Foundations in sequence from Ace to King regardless of suit. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try not to place cards of higher rank on to cards of lower rank in the Reserve. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/thumb_and_pouch.xml0000644000373100047300000000571212307311655025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thumb and Pouch Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in any suit but own. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled by any legal sequence of cards. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by any suit but own. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a any legal sequence of cards. Cards are flipped from the stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Brute force may not always work, but in this case it probably will. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/block_ten.xml0000644000373100047300000000336512307311655024153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Block Ten Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Tableau Nine piles in a 3x3 formation. Each Tableau pile is dealt one card face up. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Remove cards in pairs that add up to ten. Jacks, Queens and Kings are removed in pairs. Tens cannot be removed. All empty slots are automatically filled by the Stock. Scoring Removing each pair of cards scores two points. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy This is a pure luck game. Therefore, any strategy involved would have to do with increasing your luck. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/gay_gordons.xml0000644000373100047300000000333612307311655024524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gay Gordons Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserve Top left pile. Deal two cards face up here. The top card is in play. Cannot be refilled or built on. Tableau Ten piles. Deal five cards face up in each pile. The top card in each pile is in play. Empty piles cannot be filled. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Remove cards in pairs that add up to eleven. Kings are paired off with Queens. Jacks are paired off with other Jacks. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to uncover cards that are buried under their pair-mate. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/klondike.xml0000644000373100047300000001133712307311655024011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Klondike Written by Jonathan Blandford Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game. Opcions There are three possible ways to play. The difference between them is in how the cards are dealt from the stock. Three card deals Cards are dealt from the stock three at a time. There is no limit to how many times you can redeal the stock. Single card deals Cards are dealt from the stock one at a time. However you can only turn the stock over and redeal twice. No redeals Cards are dealt one at a time from the stock. There is no redeal. Play this way if you want a challenge (and some frustration). Unlimited redeals Cards are dealt one at a time from the stock. There is no limit to how many times you can redeal the stock. Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional - depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/yield.xml0000644000373100047300000000462312307311655023317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rendement Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card and bottom card available for play. Tableau Deal cards face up in seven overlapping rows starting with seven cards on the first row, decreasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve an inverted pyramid. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top and bottom cards are available for play either by themselves or with the available cards in the pyramid. The top card of the Waste can also be played with the second card on the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Removing the bottom of the inverted pyramid is the hard part. Once that is achieved, it is sometimes better to remove cards from the Waste than the inverted pyramid, as there are more cards in play there. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/hopscotch.xml0000644000373100047300000000557112307311655024206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hopscotch Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Ace to four of clubs are placed here at beginning of play. Cards are dealt singly to Waste. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. Can only hold one card at a time. Card must immediately be placed on either a Foundation pile or on to the Reserve pile of your choice. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile, and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three, and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter. Reserve Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Cards in Reserve can only be played on to Foundation piles. Cards moved from Waste can be placed on any of the Reserve piles. Goal Move all cards on to Foundations. Règlas Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes, and fours for piles one, two, three, and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Hone your skills for this game. Luck will not get you very far here. Try not to cover cards you might need sooner. Consider saving a column just for kings (as they are the last card to be played on each Foundation). usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/peek.xml0000644000373100047300000000511112307311655023126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Peek Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four spread piles on left. Deal four cards face up in each Reserve pile. No building allowed. Foundation Four piles on right. Deal one card on to first Foundation. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Any card of the suit in the first Foundation can be played on to this Foundation pile at any time. Each ensuing Foundation can only be started with a card of the same rank as this first card. Once started, these latter foundations can be built on in suit as long as a card of the same rank already exists in the Foundation directly above it. Play cards from Reserves whenever possible following these rules. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Opcions Three card deals: Deal three cards at a time from Stock to Waste and enable unlimited redeals. Scoring One point for every card placed on Foundation. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy The Reserves are open for you to see. Choose your suit order wisely. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/eagle-wing.xml0000644000373100047300000000750712307311655024234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eagle Wing Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. One card is dealt in the first Fondation at the start of the game, this is the base card. Other Fondations must be started with a card of the same rank as the base card. To be built up in suit from the base card. Reserve Middle (and lowest) slot. Deal thirteen cards face down here. Flip card to fill any spaces in the Tableau. When only one card is left in the Reserve, it will flip up and can be played on Foundation or a Tableau pile. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Reserve.) Deal one card face up per slot. Tableau can be built down by suit. Cards can be moved singly to other slots on the Tableau, or in a group on to the Foundation. Each Tableau slot can hold a maximum of three cards. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the tableau are built down by suit. Cards can only be moved singly to another Tableau pile. However, to ease monotony, groups of cards can be moved to Foundation. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by a card from the Waste or from another Tableau pile. The Reserve exists mainly to deal cards into empty slots of the Tableau. However, when there is only one card left in the Reserve, it will become visible and is in play. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste singly. When the Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy A little planning goes a long way. Check before piling cards in a Tableau. Remember the three card in a slot rule. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/gaps.xml0000644000373100047300000000466212307311655023146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gaps Written by Zach Keene Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock All cards are dealt into four rows of 13 cards each; the aces are then discarded to leave four gaps. Two redeals are allowed. Goal To place all cards in sequence from 2 to king, in suit. Règlas Gaps in the leftmost column may be filled by moving a 2 of any suit there. A gap to the right of any non-King card may be filled by placing the card with the same suit but one rank higher into the gap. Gaps following Kings or other gaps may not be filled. Once a card is placed in a sequence starting with a 2 in the leftmost slot, it can no longer be moved. If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled, and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed. Opcions Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Check this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unchecked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing. Scoring Each card placed in sequence, starting with a two in the leftmost slot, is worth one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Put off making any move that will add a gap after a king for as long as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/fortunes.xml0000644000373100047300000000361012307311655024051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortunes Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deals a card to each Tableau pile when clicked. Tableau Four piles on right. Groups of cards can be moved on to empty piles. Goal To remove all cards except the four Aces. Règlas Aces are high cards. When two cards of the same suit are available, the one with the lower rank can be removed. When an empty slot appears, it can be filled with an group of cards. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy There is no reason to have an empty slot when dealing another batch of cards. However, when you have an empty slot, try to keep it empty as long as possible, as this is a great way to get rid of buried cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/diamond_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000463612307311655024640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Diamond Mine Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation One pile at top. Build in sequence for diamonds starting from any diamond of your choice. Tableau Thirteen piles. Deal three cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Remove all diamonds to the foundation and have all the other cards in suit and sequence with Aces being low in the Tableau. Règlas Cards (other than diamonds) can be built down in sequence regardless of suit. Builds of cards can be moved as a unit. Empty slots can be filled by any card (except for diamonds) or build of cards. Diamonds cannot be moved except to be place on to the Foundation. The diamond Foundation must be built up in sequence but can start from any number you want. Scoring Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points, and Kings as thirteen points. Each Ace through King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points. Maximum possible score: 100 Strategy Mining for diamonds is hard work. Keep in mind that not all diamonds are worth the same. Don't forget to clean up after yourself and put the other suits in order. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000736112307311655023277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/westhaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000447512307311655024222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Westhaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top row. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Ten piles of three cards each, with the last row of cards face up. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards. Foundation piles are to be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are no longer in play. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. Top card of Waste pile is always available for play. There are no redeals. Scoring Each card moved to Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Caution is for those who actually have money at stake. Live dangerously. Make any moves you can, as chance is on your side. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/spiderette.xml0000644000373100047300000000476512307311655024370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Spiderette Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deals a card to each Tableau pile when clicked. Foundation Four piles top right. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal one card face down on all seven piles, then one on the last six piles, followed by one on the last five piles. Continue in this manner until you have seven cards in the last pile. Flip up the top card on every pile. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each built down in suit and sequence. Règlas Cards in Tableau can be built down regardless of suit. Builds of cards in sequence and in the same suit can by moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each Tableau pile must be filled before any deal. Clicking on the Stock will deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. A build of all thirteen cards in a suit may be moved on to a Foundation pile. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Every pair of cards in suit and sequence scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep a Tableau pile empty whenever possible to create a swap space for moving around cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/accordion.xml0000644000373100047300000000440012307311655024143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accordion Written by Ed Sirett Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Fifty-four spaces in five rows of nine and a last row of seven. Deal cards face up one per space. The spaces should be considered as one continuous line, the rows simply arrange the tableau so all of it can be seen at once. Thus the rightmost space of a row is to be considered to the left of the leftmost space of the row below. Goal To remove all cards except one. Règlas Cards are moved singly. Any card can be moved over another card of the same suit or rank that is in the space immediately to its left or three spaces to its left. The card that is covered is removed from play. All the cards (if any) in spaces to the right of the resulting gap are moved to the left one space so as to close the gap. Double-clicking causes the card to move three spaces, if possible, or failing that one space to the left. Scoring Each card removed scores 1 point. Maximum possible score: 51 Strategy This is a diffcult game. Try to find two or three cards of the same rank at or near the last row. Try not to remove any card of this rank. At the end you can move these cards onto each other to win. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/eliminator.xml0000644000373100047300000000345312307311655024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eliminator Written by Wa (logicplace.com) Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Four piles. Deal 13 cards to each. (This is all of the cards.) Foundation Four to six empty slots that you build in either direction. Goal Move all cards to Foundation. Règlas Any card can be placed as the first card in the Foundation. Foundation piles can be built up or down from the top card's value, disregarding suit. Kings can be placed on Aces and vice versa. Scoring Every card moved from the Tableau on top of a card in the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 51 Strategy Make sure to look at all the cards coming up, and be sure you're not going to lock any cards that are necessary to move the one on top. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/kings_audience.xml0000644000373100047300000000574312307311655025165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 King's Audience Written by Zach Keene Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves (Antechamber) The outer rectangle of sixteen cards. Cards in the reserve are available to play, and are replenished from the Waste (or the Stock if no cards are currently in the Waste.) Stock Left slot in the center row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal. Waste Slot to the right of the Stock. The top card of the Waste is available to play. "Thrones" Top four slots in the "audience chamber" (the area inside the surrounding sixteen cards.) Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be move to one of these slots. Foundations Bottom four slots in the audience chamber. Whenever a Jack and an Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved to an empty Foundation slot, with the Jack on top. The foundation then may be built down in suit. Goal Move all cards to the foundation piles or thrones. Règlas Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner. Scoring Each card placed in the audience chamber receives one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy None; King's Audience is pretty much entirely based on luck. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/will_o_the_wisp.xml0000644000373100047300000000464512307311655025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Will o' the Wisp Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. When clicked, deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. Foundation Four piles top right. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal two cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each built down in suit and sequence. Règlas Tableau piles can be built down regardless of suit. Builds of cards in sequence and in the same suit can by moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each Tableau pile must be filled before any deal. Clicking on the Stock will deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. A build of all thirteen cards in a suit may be moved on to a Foundation pile. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Every pair of cards in suit and sequence scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep a Tableau pile empty whenever possible to create a swap space for moving around cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/bakers_dozen.xml0000644000373100047300000000420312307311655024651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bakers Dozen Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles at top. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Thirteen piles. Four cards are dealt face up on each pile. Kings are moved to the bottom of their respective piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas The top card on each Tableau can be moved to another Tableau pile if it has a value of one lower than the top card on the second pile. Suit is not relevant. Empty Tableau piles cannot be filled. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card moved to the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful not to bury low cards. Try to keep Tableau piles from emptying. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/ten_across.xml0000644000373100047300000000506712307311655024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ten Across Written by James LewisMoss Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Temporary Spots Locations to place one card out of play. The spots begin the game filled. One version of the game does not allow you to put new cards into these spots once they are empty. Tableau Ten piles across the bottom. To deal place 10 cards across going from left to right with the first and last cards face up. Continuing you place ten cards across the piles from right to left (reversed) with the first two and last two cards placed face up. Continue this pattern (reversed and one more card each pass) until 50 cards have been placed. Place the last two cards in the temporary spots at the top. Goal Form four piles in the tableau all of the same suit running from King to Ace. Règlas Only a King may be moved to a blank tableau spot. Cards may be moved only onto other cards if the suit matches and the moved card is one less than the moved to. This includes moving a pile of cards of different suits as long as the top card of the moved pile matches the bottom card of the location moved to. Opcions Allow temporary spots use: If checked the temporary spots may be reused. Scoring You win or lose. There is no scoring. Strategy This game is hard to win (being very influenced by how the cards are placed to begin with). Don't forget you have the temporary spots. Try to clear them quickly because they are very useful when you get stuck. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/bear_river.xml0000644000373100047300000000643512307311655024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bear River Written by Bruce and Joel Levin Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles at top. One card is dealt face up in the first Foundation pile. Tableau There are 18 Tableau piles arranged in three rows of six piles each. All cards are dealt face up and fanned, such that all cards are visible. The first five piles of each row start with three cards each. The sixth pile of each row starts with two cards each. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas One random card has already been dealt to a Foundation pile. The rank of that card becomes the Base Card. The other three cards with the same rank can be moved to an empty Foundation. Foundations are built up in ascending order, matching suit. Cards can "wrap-around" from Queen to King to Ace to Two. Cards on the Foundations may not be moved back onto Tableau piles. None of the Tableau piles can have more than three cards. The top card of each Tableau pile can be moved to any other Tableau pile if it matches suit and has a face value of one higher or one lower than the top card of the pile it is being moved to. Cards can "wrap-around" between King and Ace. There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles, and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it. Scoring Each card moved to the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to free up one or more Hole piles early. There is never a disadvantage in moving cards to the Foundations. Move as many as possible, as soon as possible. Cards that have a rank one lower than the Base Card can be very difficult to move. Be careful where you place them. Bear River can be won about one third of the time. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/lady_jane.xml0000644000373100047300000000677012307311655024144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lady Jane Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned on to the Reserve one on each pile per deal. When there are only two cards left in Stock, they are dealt such that both cards are available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one card on to first Foundation pile after dealing on to Tableau and Reserve. This card is now the base card. Built up by suit. Reserve Seven piles on the right. Top card of each pile is available for play on to either the Tableau or the Foundation. Empty spaces are not filled except by a deal from Stock. Tableau Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank. Cards are dealt from the Stock to the Reserve. Each deal places one card on each pile of the Reserve. The top card of each Reserve pile is always available for play on to either the Tableau or the Foundation. There is no building on the Reserve piles. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy The deeper something is, the harder it is to get to. Try and move cards out of the Reserve whenever possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/maze.xml0000644000373100047300000000540012307311655023137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Maze Written by Matthew Wilcox Configuracion Type of Deck 48 cards: Standard Deck without the kings Tableau Fifty-four spaces in six rows of nine each. Deal cards into spaces one to eight. Leave space nine blank. Deal cards into spaces ten to seventeen. Leave space eighteen blank. Deal the remaining cards similarly. Then remove all the kings (which play no further part in the game), so that six empty spaces remain in total. Any card can be moved into a space to the left of another card of the same suit and face value one higher. Any card can be moved into a space to the right of another card of the same suit and face value one lower. An ace may be moved to the right of a queen or in the top left space. A queen may be moved to the left of an ace or in the bottom right space. Goal Put each suit of cards into ascending order, with an ace in the top left corner, to create a run of cards: Ace to Queen of one suit, Ace to Queen of another, Ace to Queen of the third, Ace to Queen of the fourth. Règlas Cards are moved singly. Any card can be moved into a space to the left of another card of face value one higher in the same suit. Any card can be moved into a space to the right of another card of face value one lower in the same suit. An ace may be moved to the right of a queen or in the top left space. A queen may be moved to the left of an ace or in the bottom right space. Scoring Each card placed next to another card of the same suit in the correct order scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Multiple adjacent spaces enable you to generate long sequences of cards. Beware of getting trapped into a situation where you move one card endlessly between two points. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/elevator.xml0000644000373100047300000000426312307311655024032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Elevator Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Tableau Deal face down seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Flip bottom row. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Règlas All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Build on to the Waste from these available cards whenever possible by playing a card with a rank immediately above or immediately below the rank of the top card in the Waste. Aces are both above Kings and below Deuces. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed from the pyramid scores one point. Maximum possible score: 28 Strategy Every pyramid needs a strong foundation. Get rid of the lower cards first, with an eye out to try to expose as many cards as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/treize.xml0000644000373100047300000000444612307311656023517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Treize Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card and bottom card available for play. Tableau Deal cards face up in seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top and bottom cards are available for play either by themselves or with the available cards in the pyramid. The top card of the Waste can also be played with the second card on the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy This game is easier to win than Thirteen. This is because you can plan ahead and avoid blocks by strategic play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/definitions.xml0000644000373100047300000001657712307311656024540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glossari Author's note: These definitions are meant as a guideline only. See individual game rules as any game has the right to redefine or modify the rules to make it fun. Base card The first card dealt into a foundation pile. Other foundations usually have to start with a card of this rank. See: Foundation Build by alternate color Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not. Build by any suit but own Building by placing a card on to another card of any suit but the suit of the original card is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but placing a Heart on a Heart is not. Build by color Building by placing a card on to another card of the same color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not. Build regardless of suit It's all good. Build by suit Building by placing a card on to another card of the same suit is permitted. Example: Placing a Spade on a Spade is good, but placing a Spade on a Club is not. Build down Building by placing a card of a lower rank on to a card of a higher rank is permitted. Usually implies a difference of only one ranking between the two cards. Example: Placing a 10 on a Jack is good, but placing a 10 on a 9 is not. Build down by * Building by placing a card of a lower rank on to a card of a higher rank by * is permitted. Example: If * is 2, placing a 10 on a Queen is good, but placing a 10 on a Jack is not. Build up Building by placing a card of a higher rank on to a card of a lower rank is permitted. Usually implies a difference of only one ranking between the two cards. Example: Placing a Queen on a Jack is good, but placing a Queen on a King is not. Build up by * Building by placing a card of a higher rank on to a card of a lower rank by * is permitted. Example: If * is 2, placing a 10 on an 8 is good, but placing a 10 on a 9 is not. Build up or down Building by placing a card on to a card of one higher or one lower rank is permitted. Example: Placing a Jack on a Queen or a 10 is good, but placing a 10 on a Queen is not. Building The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/color, you can build by suit, build by color, build by alternate color, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list. Deck The set of cards used. Most games use a Standard deck, but games that use a Double deck, a Joker deck, or a Stripped deck are not uncommon. Double deck A deck of cards consisting of two Standard decks making a total of 104 cards. Foundation If a game has a foundation, the game is usually won by placing all the cards in the foundation pile(s). Joker deck A deck of cards consisting of a Standard deck and two jokers making a total of 54 cards. Pile A designated area where cards can exist. Rank The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 14. If low, aces are ranked as 1. J, Q, and K are usually ranked 11, 12, and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11. Reserve Cards in the reserve are usually available to play anywhere. Usually cannot be built on. Slot See Pile. Standard deck A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, 2 through 10, Jack, Queen, and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colors, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colors and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm. Stock The remainder of the deck after all the original cards have been dealt and are usually kept faced down. Suit Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts, and Diamonds. Tableau The playing field, where the main action occurs. Usually allows building. Waste A stack of cards face up, usually next to the Stock. Top card usually in play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/fourteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000335312307311656024040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fourteen Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Deal all cards face up evenly on to twelve piles. The first four piles will each have five cards while the other piles will all have four cards. The exposed card in each pile is in play. Empty piles cannot be filled. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens, and Kings are worth 11, 12, and 13 respectively. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Watch your step! Try to move cards that are resting on matching pairs as otherwise you might get stuck. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/chessboard.xml0000644000373100047300000000424712307311656024331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chessboard Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle. To be built up in suit from base card of your choice, wrapping from King to Ace if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Tableau Five piles one each side of the Foundation. Deal five cards face up on to each of these piles and one more on the top two piles. The top card in any Tableau pile is available for play. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau piles can be built up or down in suit. Only the top card in every pile is available for play. Empty slots can be filled with any available card. The Foundations are built up from the base card of your choice, wrapping from King to Ace if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Choose your base card wisely. The obvious choice may lead to nought but a dead end. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/royal_east.xml0000644000373100047300000000540112307311656024347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Royal East Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four corner piles of three by three grid. Deal one card on to first Foundation pile. This card is now the base card. Build up in suit, playing Aces on Kings as necessary. Tableau Deal one card face up on each of the five Tableau piles. These piles are the ones forming a cross in the three by three grid. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Kings can be placed on Aces. Cards can only be moved singly. Any available card can be played on an empty Tableau pile. Each Foundation pile must be started with a card the same rank as the base card. Foundation piles are to be built up in suit from base card, playing Aces on top of Kings if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. Top card of Waste pile is always available for play. There are no redeals. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Hidden treasures are wonderful things, but only if you know they are there. Keep track of what cards are in which piles as this information will probably come in handy. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/quatorze.xml0000644000373100047300000000464412307311656024067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quatorze Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Empty spaces in the Tableau are immediately filled in with cards from the Stock. Tableau Five-by-five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of the game. Empty spaces are filled in from the Stock. Once Stock is exhausted, spaces are filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the the rightmost space, leaving all empty spaces at the end. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12, and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column. Empty slots are automatically filled from the Stock. Once the Stock is exhausted, cards to the right of empty piles are automatically moved over to fill the space, with empty piles in the right column filled in by the cards of the leftmost column in the row below. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Oftentimes in the middle of this game, there is only one move. Make it. Once the Stock is exhausted, there is much more movement in the Tableau. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/gold_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000533212307311656024145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gold Mine Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over three at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste three at a time. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, game over. Only one chance to get it right and establish your gold mine. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful how you fill the empty foundation piles. With skill it is possible to win Gold Mine most of the time. If at first you do not succeed restart and try again. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/bakers_game.xml0000644000373100047300000000512212307311656024445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bakers Game Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles top right. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Four piles at top left. Each reserve can only hold one card. Tableau Eight piles underneath the Foundation and Reserves. The cards are dealt face up on to the Tableau, with seven cards each in the first four slots and six cards each in the last four slots. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/saratoga.xml0000644000373100047300000000760712307311656024020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saratoga Written by Alan Horkan, based on work by Jonathan Blandford Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Klondike only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/king_albert.xml0000644000373100047300000000464412307311656024476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 King Albert Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on the top. Foundations are built up in both suit and sequence from Ace to King. Reserve Seven piles on the right. One card is dealt face up on each Reserve pile at the start. There is no building on the Reserves. Empty Reserve piles can not be filled. Tableau Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second, and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards. Cards in the Reserve can be played on to the Tableau or the Foundation. Empty Reserve piles cannot be filled. Foundation piles are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are still in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remember that any card can be placed on an empty Tableau slot. Exposing new cards is the top priority in this game. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/valentine.xml0000644000373100047300000000521112307311656024171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Valentine Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All remaining cards are placed here after dealing. Waste Top right pile. Can only hold one card. Tableau Four piles. One card is dealt in each slot at the beginning of the game. Redealing from the stock moves all cards currently in the Tableau to the bottom of the Stock slot. Goal Have all the cards in the Tableau, each slot containing Ace to King of one suit. Avoid going crazy achieving this. Règlas If any two cards dealt on to the Tableau are the same suit and in sequence, place the lower card on to the higher. Aces are low, Kings are high and sequence does not wrap. Click on the Stock to fill in the empty slots that are made. When no plays can be made in the Tableau, click on the Stock to deal a card on to the Waste. If this card can be played on to any of the Tableau piles, do so. Repeat this process until there are no more moves in the Tableau or from the Waste. At this point, clicking on the Foundation again moves all the cards in the Tableau back to the bottom of the Stock. The card in the Waste is put in the first Tableau pile and the rest of the Tableau is filled with one card to each pile from the Stock. Scoring There is no scoring in this game. Strategy A great game for killing time, Valentine really has no strategy, unless the strategy is to play it instead of doing other, more important things, like going to bed. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/pileon.xml0000644000373100047300000000461512307311656023501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pileon Written by Nick Lamb Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards, and as few as none. Goal Rearrange the cards so that each pile contains all four cards from a single value. This should leave two piles empty, but it doesn't matter whether they are the same piles which were empty at the start. Règlas Cards can be moved on top of any other card or cards of the same value so long as no pile grows to have more than four cards. Groups of cards can be moved if they are of the same value, but it doesn't gain you anything. An empty slot can be filled with any card or group of cards with the same value. Once a pile contains all four cards of the same value it is frozen, and the top card is flipped to indicate that you need do nothing further to those cards. They are no longer in play, but it would be useless to move them anyway. Scoring When a pile of four cards is frozen you score 4 points, one for each card. There is no other way to score points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Keep one of the piles clear as much as possible. Don't allow a pile of three cards to build up on top of a single card, especially if the final card from the set is not a bottom card in another pile. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/agnes.xml0000644000373100047300000000536112307311656023307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Anhès Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt in batches of seven, one on every Tableau pile. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built in suit and sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. One card is dealt on to the first Foundation pile. The other Foundation piles must be started with cards of the same rank. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Groups of cards in sequence and same color can be moved as a unit. Each deal flips one card from the Stock to each pile of the Tableau. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to build down in suit whenever possible. Try to score as many points as you can as this game is very hard to win. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/isabel.xml0000644000373100047300000000321412307311656023444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Isabel Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Thirteen piles. Deal three cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Règlas Remove cards in pairs of equal rank. Every time a card is removed, the card underneath is flipped face up and becomes playable. Empty slots are not filled. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Each pile starts with four cards. The trick is to remember how many cards each slot has left at any given time so that you can try to remove cards evenly. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/golf.xml0000644000373100047300000000377512307311656023150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Golf Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Tableau Seven piles. Deal five cards face up on every pile. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Règlas The Waste can be built up or down from the available cards on the Tableau. Only Deuces can be placed on Aces and nothing can be played on to a King. Cards are dealt singly from Stock to Waste. There are no redeals. Scoring Every card moved from Tableau to Waste scores one point. Maximum possible score: 35 Strategy Remember that nothing can be played on to a King. Try to generate sequences where many cards can be removed without a new card from Stock. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/gypsy.xml0000644000373100047300000000531112307311656023360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gypsy Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt in batches of eight, one on every Tableau. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each deal flips one card from the Stock to each pile of the Tableau. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation scores 5 points. When a Foundation pile is complete (from Ace to King), 60 more points are scored. Each card pair on the Tableau in alternating order scores 2 points. Maximum possible score: 1000 Strategy Try and expose new cards in the Tableau whenever possible. Remember you can always bring cards from the Foundation back into play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/eight_off.xml0000644000373100047300000000512712307311656024144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eight Off Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on the left. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Eight piles at top. Each reserve can only hold one card. The first four Reserve piles are each dealt one card at the beginning of the game. Tableau Eight piles underneath the Reserves. The cards are dealt face up on to the Tableau, with six cards in each of the slots. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/odessa.xml0000644000373100047300000000452712307311656023473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Odessa Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on left. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles. Deal three rows face down followed by three rows face up. Then deal two more rows face up in the middle five piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. Groups of cards in sequence can be moved into an appropriate and receptive Foundation pile. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Opcions Pas cap Scoring When game is dealt, any sequence of cards going down in suit is awarded one point per card. Every move within the Tableau will award a point for every card in the newly created sequence. A point is also rewarded for every card placed on to the Foundation. Maximum possible score: 412 Strategy The more you can hold on to, the more you will have. Try to keep cards out of Foundations as long as possible. The larger the sequences, the more points are made. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/jumbo.xml0000644000373100047300000000537212307311656023330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jumbo Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here after dealing on the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste Directly to the right of the Stock. Cards to be dealt from the Stock during play one at a time. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Nine piles. Deal one card face down to all nine piles, then one card to first eight piles, followed by one card to first seven piles, etc. until there are nine cards in the first pile. Flip the last card dealt on each pile. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. There is one redeal. Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/zebra.xml0000644000373100047300000000572012307311656023314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zebra Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate color up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Tableau Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible. Spaces in Tableau are automatically filled from the Waste, or if Waste is empty, from the Stock. Stock is dealt on to Waste singly. Top card of Waste is available for play. There is one redeal. Foundations are built up by alternate color from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 96 Strategy There are very few second chances in the real world, so use them when you find them. Chances are you will need to use the second deal to win this game. Remember where the key cards are and you'll be glad you did. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/union_square.xml0000644000373100047300000000523212307311656024717 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Union Square Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Tableau Deal face up a four by four grid for the Tableau, making sixteen piles. Top card of each pile available for play. Foundation Four piles on the right. Foundation piles are built by suit from Ace to King, then King back to Ace. Goal Move all cards to Foundations. Règlas Cards in Tableau can be built either up or down in suit. However, each pile must follow only one of these rules. For example, if a Tableau pile has a three of clubs over a two of clubs, one can only play a four of clubs on this pile. Any available card can be played on to an empty Tableau pile. Foundation piles are to be built in suit from Ace to King, followed by another King, then back down to Ace, giving 26 cards per pile when game is won. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card of Waste is available for play. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy A string of beads can be added to from both ends, and so should your piles. Make good use of any empty slots to append cards. With a little perseverance, this game can be a lot of fun! usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/spider_three_decks.xml0000644000373100047300000000523212307311656026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Spider Three Decks written by Jonathan Blandford, Daniel Werner Configuracion Type of Deck Triple Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck placed here after dealing onto Tableau. Clicking deals one card face up to every pile. Foundation Top twelve piles. Not part of "official rules". Tableau Twelve piles. The first six piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 3 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit. Goal To have twelve sequences of cards (three for each suit) going down from King down to Ace in the foundation. If you want an extremely difficult challenge, you can also win by forming the same twelve sequences in the tableau. This is harder because there are fewer empty piles available. In fact, it is nearly impossible. Règlas Build down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or legal sequence. Clicking on the Stock pile at any time deals a card face up to every pile. Unlike in other Spider variants, empty piles are allowed at redeals. A sequence of thirteen cards can be moved to a foundation pile. Once there, these cards are no longer in play. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Maximum possible score: 144 Strategy If at first you don't succeed, don't become addicted. Build in suit whenever possible, but expose as many cards as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000002456612307311656024151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 AisleRiot"> ]> Manual d'<application>AisleRiot</application> AisleRiot is a collection of over 80 card games programmed in GNOME's scripting language, Scheme. 2001 Rosanna Yuen Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Rosanna Yuen GNOME Documentation Project
zana@webwynk.net
Telsa Gwynne
hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk
 AisleRiot Manual V3.2 September 2011 Rosanna Yuen zana@webwynk.net GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 3.2 of AisleRiot. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the AisleRiot application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Introduccion AisleRiot AisleRiot (also known as Solitaire or sol) is a collection of card games which are easy to play with the aid of a mouse. The rules for the games have been coded for your pleasure in the GNOME scripting language (Scheme). Playing <application>AisleRiot</application> Use the mouse to move cards. Click a card and drag it somewhere. Release the mouse button to deposit the card. Alternatively, you can move a card by clicking once to pick it up and clicking again to place it. To enable this way of moving cards, choose ControlClick to move. This can be faster than dragging and will be easier on your hand since you don't have to hold the mouse down. However, it may take a while to get used to. If a card can be moved to the foundation(s), you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move. Double clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game. In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of time. Watch for the Redeals Left message at the bottom of the window. A useful tip to know is that right-clicking on a face-up card which is partially obscured by a card laid over it will raise it so that you can see what it is. Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Klondike can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game - the menu will be inactive during the game. Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting Statistics from the Game menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment, there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons. The Games usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/auld_lang_syne.xml0000644000373100047300000000460612307311656025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Auld Lang Syne Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Aces are placed here at the start of play. Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the four Reserve piles. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on each Foundation to begin the game. The Foundation piles are to be built up regardless of suit. Reserve Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Each time Stock is clicked, one card will be placed on each Reserve pile. Top card is available for play. Reserve cards can only be moved on to Foundations. Goal Move all cards on to Foundations. Règlas Play begins by dealing four cards to the Reserve. If possible, play cards on to the Foundation from the Reserve. Continue this process until no cards are left in stock and no more moves on to Foundation can be made. A similar game that is a bit easier is Scuffle. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Do you believe in Luck? Although this game takes more skill to play than Clock, the skill involved entails paying attention. A great game for brainless play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/camelot.xml0000644000373100047300000000742412307311656023640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Camelot Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock All the cards are placed in the Stock at the beginning of the game. Cards are turned over one at a time to waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Can only hold one card which must immediately be played on to Tableau. Tableau Four by four grid, each capable of holding one card. Kings can only be placed in a corner space. Queens can only be placed in the middle two spaces of first and last row. Jacks can only be placed in the middle two spaces of first and last column. Goal Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens, and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this -- The Winning Tableau. -- and your Stock and Waste are empty. The suits do not matter. Règlas There are two phases to this game. Alternate between the two phases until game is lost or won. Start with Phase One until Tableau is completely filled. At that point, move to Phase Two. Please note that you cannot begin Phase Two unless the Tableau is completely filled. At any point, you can return to Phase One, but remember that you cannot go back to Phase Two unless the tableau is once again filled. An exception to this rule is if the stock and waste are empty. Phase One -- Click on the Stock to move a card into the empty Waste pile. If card is a: King: Place in one of the empty four corner spaces. Queen: Place in one of the empty middle two spaces of the top or bottom row. Jack: Place in any of the empty middle two spaces of the leftmost or rightmost column. Any other card: Place in any empty space. Phase Two -- Remove 10's singly by clicking on them. Remove pairs that add up to 10 by dragging one card on top of its pair. Game is lost if a picture card cannot be put in an appropriate spot or if all the spaces are filled and no cards can be removed. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 40 Strategy It is always safest in the middle. During Phase One of play, deal in the middle before going to the edges. If you see a possible pair, place that card on the edge so as to free more edge spaces during Phase Two of play. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/glenwood.xml0000644000373100047300000000633112307311656024026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glenwood Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau and Reserves. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. First Foundation pile is started by player selecting a card from the Reserves. Built up by suit, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Reserves Four piles of three cards each on the left hand side dealt face up. The top card in each Reserve is available for play. No cards can be put in empty Reserve piles. Tableau Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas The first item of play is to select an available card for the first Foundation. Once selected, all other Foundations must also start with this value. Foundations are built up by suit, wrapping from King to Ace where necessary. Once a card is placed on a Foundation pile, it is out of play. Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. There is one redeal. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful when selecting your first Foundation pile. Try to get the cards out of the Reserves as early as possible. Sometimes keeping cards in play is more important than moving them to the Foundation. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/cruel.xml0000644000373100047300000000542312307311656023323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cruel Written by Zach Keene Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left slot. Since all remaining cards are always dealt to the tableau, it will always be empty. Redeals are unlimited. Foundations Rightmost piles in the top row; the aces are placed here upon the start of the game. Build up in suit from ace to king. Tableau Up to thirteen piles, dealt four cards at a time until the stock is exhausted. Tableau piles can be built down in suit. Goal Move all cards to the foundation piles. Règlas Build foundations up in suit and tableau piles down in suit. If no moves are available (or you just feel like it), click on the empty top left slot for a redeal. Redeals are accomplished by placing the tableau piles on top of each other in order, starting from the last pile. Then the deck is simply turned over and redealt, four cards at a time, back to the tableau. If no moves are made, redealing will not alter the arrangement of the cards. Therefore, the game is lost if no move is possible immediately after a redeal. Note: a degenerate case occurs whenever, after a redeal, the last tableau pile contains only one card and the only move possible is from the final tableau pile one before it. Making this move and redealing only results in the original card arrangement. AisleRiot will end the game if this situation is detected. Scoring Each card placed in the foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy If more than one pile on the tableau can be built upon, choose to build upon the one with the highest rank first. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/yukon.xml0000644000373100047300000000424712307311656023361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Yukon Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on left. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite color. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite color. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try and uncover as many cards as early on as possible. Doing so will greatly aid your quest to conquer yukon. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000525512307311656023663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thieves Written by Robert Brady Configuracion Type of Deck Joker Deck Tableau Seven piles of five cards each, face up. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Règlas The Waste can be built up or down from the available cards on the Tableau. Jokers are wild and can be played on any rank as well as be played upon by a card of any rank. At any point, a card can be dealt from the Stock to the Waste. Scoring The following table shows the points you receive for each type of card. No points are scored for jokers. Card Points Ace 8 2, 3 6 4, 5 4 6, 7, 8 2 9, 10 4 Queen 6 King 8 Strategy Since you can see all the cards on the Tableau, try to engineer `runs', to try and get rid of as many cards up there as possible, as you only have a finite supply of cards in Stock. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/napoleons_tomb.xml0000644000373100047300000000476712307311656025242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Napoleon's Tomb Written by Kimmo Karlsson Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Waste Next to Stock. Tableau Three by three grid, all face up. Foundations Center pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count. Reserves Four piles on the grid that are not foundations. Each reserve can hold only one card at a time. Goal Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the center pile, 7 or greater to corner piles. Règlas Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Center pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count. Opcions Deal Three Cards: If you deal three cards at a time from the stock, you get to go through the deck three times. Autoplay: If autoplay is activated, cards are automatically placed to foundation piles as soon as possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to keep reserve. It's not easy to get Napoleon to his tomb, but keep trying. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/kansas.xml0000644000373100047300000000636512307311656023477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Kansas Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one card on first Foundation pile to start. Other Foundation piles are to be started with the other three cards with the same rank as this base card. All four piles are to be built up, with the ranks continuous. Reserve Pile under Stock. Deal twelve cards here to begin. Top card available for play on to Tableau or Foundation piles. Tableau Three piles bottom right. Deal one card on each pile to start. Piles can be built down regardless of suit. Spaces are automatically filled from Reserve. Once Reserve is empty, Tableau spaces can be filled from the Waste at your leisure. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by the top card of the Waste at your leisure. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card is available for play. There is no redeal. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy You can't go digging through junkyards. Once a card is buried in the waste, it is hard to get back. Try and move as many cards from the Waste to the Tableau as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/terrace.xml0000644000373100047300000001457312307311656023644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Terrace Written by David Rogers Configuracion Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Reserve and on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Stock cannot be turned. Waste To be taken from the Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve Eleven cards dealt face up in a pile. All cards are visible but only top card is in play. Foundation Eight piles in the middle. To be built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. Tableau Nine cards dealt face up from the deck once based card is selected. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down in sequence by alternating colours building round the corner. Groups of cards can't be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau must be filled by the top card in Waste or the next card from the Stock. Top cards can be moved to the Foundation or other Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. Empty Foundations must be filled with the base card that is selected by the user from four random cards as the first move. Cards in Foundations are out of play. Top card of the Reserve is in play and can only be moved to Foundations. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually as many times as you like unless there is a space in the tableau. If there is a space in the tableau then only one card may be flipped from the stock to the waste until the tableau is filled or the top card of the waste is moved to the foundation or tableau. While the stock is locked you can still move cards around on the tableau, from the reserve and to the foundation. If the Waste is empty a card from the Stock is automatically dealt. Top card in Waste is in play. Stock cannot be turned. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Opcions There are seven ways to play. The difference between them is in number of Reserve cards, Tableau piles or choice of Base Card. Terrace Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. User selection of the base card from a choice of four at the start of the game and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. General Patience Reserve of 13 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by suit from the base card. User selection of the base card from a choice of four at the start of the game and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock can be turned once but the game is lost if you cannot play each new card after its turned. Falling Stars Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Signora Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Spaces in the Tableau are automatically filled from the Waste or Stock if the Waste is empty. Stock cannot be turned. Redheads Reserve of 21 cards, 8 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Spaces in the Tableau are automatically filled from the Reserve or any card if the Reserve is empty. Stock cannot be turned. Blondes and Brunettes Reserve of 10 cards, 8 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Wood Reserve of 10 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Strategy When the game starts examine the Reserve carefully before choosing your base card, avoid base cards that have several buried in the Reserve. Watch for reversed sequences in the Stock, Reserve a Foundation to remove each reversed sequence. Try to start Tableau piles from the last card needed to complete a Foundation. Remember that you can continue to flip cards from the stock while it is locked without filling the tableau by using the top card of the waste. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/seahaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000545312307311656024006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Seahaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles -- two top left, two top right. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Four piles at top in the center. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start. Tableau Ten piles underneath the Foundation and Reserves. The other fifty cards are dealt face up here with five in each slot. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. As a convenience, sequences of the same suit can be moved onto the matching Foundation pile rather than being moved individually. This is especially useful at the end of the game. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/poker.xml0000644000373100047300000000716412307311656023335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Poker Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Waste Next to Stock. The Waste can only hold one card. Tableau Five by five grid. Each slot can only hold one card. Goal Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns, and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win. Règlas Click on the Stock to flip over cards one at a time. The card must be placed somewhere on to the Tableau before the next card can be flipped. Once placed, a card cannot be moved. Opcions Shuffle mode: If selected, you can move the cards after they have been placed. You need at least 120 points to win this way. Scoring Poker hands are scored using the British point system, which is as follows Hand Descripcion Marca Straight flush Cards are all in sequence and are the same suit 30 Four of a kind Contains four cards have the same rank 16 Straight Cards are all in sequence 12 Full House Three of one rank and two of another 10 Three of a kind Contains three cards have the same rank 6 Flush All five cards are the same suit 5 Two pair Contains two sets of two cards of the same rank 3 One pair Contains two cards of the same rank 1 Maximum possible score: 276 Strategy Remember you are going to see almost half the deck and plan accordingly. Trying to bluff the computer is not recommended. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/straight_up.xml0000644000373100047300000000544512307311656024546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Straight Up Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one two on each Foundation pile to start. To be built up in suit to Ace. Reserve Pile under Stock. Deal thirteen cards here to begin. Top card available for play on to Tableau or Foundation piles. Tableau Four piles bottom right. Deal one card on each pile to start. Piles can be built in suit. Spaces are automatically filled from Reserve. Once Reserve is empty, Tableau spaces can be filled from the Waste at your leisure. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down in suit. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by the top card of the Waste at your leisure. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card is available for play. There are two redeals Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card moved to Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy No point lagging behind! Move cards to Foundation piles whenever possible. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/triple_peaks.xml0000644000373100047300000000622712307311656024676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Triple Peaks Written by Richard Hoelscher Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste All play is on the Waste pile. Cards faced down are not part of the current scoring run. Tableau Deal 18 cards face down in the form of three triangles, with three rows in each triangle, increasing with one card in the first row to three in the last. Connect the triangles by dealing another 10 cards face up in the bottom row. End cards of each row should overlap the end cards of the row above, and interior cards should overlap two adjacent cards of that row. Goal Remove all cards from the Tableau. Règlas Exposed cards in the Tableau are available for play. Build on the top card of Waste with cards ranked immediately above or below it from the Tableau, regardless of suit. Aces are ranked both above Kings and below Deuces. Tableau cards are made available when not covered by other cards. Cards can be flipped singly from Stock to the top of Waste. Opcions Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16, and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste. Progressive Rounds: After all cards have been cleared from the tableu, a new round begins. The score from the last round carries over into the new round. Scoring The score for each card played is equal to the number of cards your have played since the last card flipped from the Stock to the Waste. The longer the run, the higher your score. 5 points are deducted when you flip a card from Stock to Waste. Each triangle peak cleared will give a 15 point bonus, and an additional 15 points are awarded when all the cards have been cleared from the Tableau. Maximum possible score for a single round: 466 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/doublets.xml0000644000373100047300000000602412307311656024030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Doublets Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve Seven piles, forming an arch shape (upside down U) to the right. Deal one card face up on each pile. During this deal, if a King is dealt, remove the King and place it on the bottom of the deck. Deal another card into this pile. Each Reserve pile can only hold one card. When a Reserve pile is empty, it is automatically filled by the Waste, or, if the Waste is empty, from the Stock. Once original deal is over, when a King is placed in a pile of the Reserve, this pile is frozen as Kings cannot be moved. Foundation One pile, the center pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or color. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation pile. Règlas Cards can be put in the Foundation pile if they are twice the value of the card currently on top of the Foundation. Jacks and Queens are eleven and twelve, respectively. If the doubled number exceeds thirteen, subtract thirteen to find next needed card. The series goes: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat... Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste by one. When the Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Scoring Each card in the Foundation pile scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Without a King, you can't have regicide. Avoid them. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/bristol.xml0000644000373100047300000000511112307311656023661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bristol Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. There are no redeals. Reserve Three piles to the right of Stock. One card is dealt into each of the Reserves every time the Stock is clicked. Foundation Four piles on the top right. Foundations are built up in sequence regardless of suit. Tableau Deal face up eight piles of three cards each. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Cards can only be moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can not be filled. Cards are flipped from the Stock on to the three Reserve piles, one card each per deal. Top card of each Reserve pile is available for play. Empty Reserve piles cannot be filled except with the next deal from Stock. Foundation piles are built up regardless of suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Never look backwards. Cards that are locked in backwards order are to be dealt with as soon as possible. Move as many cards from the Reserve on to the Tableau as you can, for Kings are hard to move. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/aisleriot/beleaguered_castle.xml0000644000373100047300000000415712307311656026013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Beleaguered Castle Written by Rosanna Yuen Configuracion Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle column. Four aces are placed here, one in each pile, before the shuffle. To be built from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Foundations.) Deal all cards face up and extended on to these eight piles so that there are six cards in each pile and all cards are showing. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Règlas Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty piles can be filled with any single card. Foundations are built up in suit. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles other than the original Aces scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Build evenly on to Foundations if possible. Try and get an empty slot. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000165112317333264023444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights Licéncia

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002431212317333264025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=Identificant (ID) export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/DORSIÈR /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=NOM D'UTILIZAIRE export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=CLAU duplicity cf+http://CONTENIDOR /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR duplicity --gio ftp://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR duplicity --gio ssh://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR duplicity --gio dav://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR:PÒRT/DORSIÈR /tmp/restore Partiment Windows

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR/DORSIÈR duplicity --gio smb://NOM D'UTILIZAIRE@SERVIDOR/DORSIÈR /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000133512317333264023535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Presa en carga

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000346512317333264023464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Desvolopament

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Documentacion

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Traduccion Launchpad Contributions: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cvalmary
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171712317333264024240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind Salvaments automatics

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000136012317333265024412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now Your First Backup

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000235712317333265025017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000223512317333265024464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001070112317333265023136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Paramètres <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Supòrts amovibles

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Dorsièr local

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000363512317333265024205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Presa en carga

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Encodatge

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000174612317333265023137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000462212317333265024447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Configuracion

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restablir

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-terminal/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000017264712253427713025102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
GNOME Terminal Manual The Terminal gives users the power to communicate with their system using text-based commands through a shell such as Bash. 2002 2003 2004 Sun Microsystems 2000 Miguel de Icaza 2000 Michael Zucchi 2000 Alexander Kirillov 2008 Christian Persch 2009 2010 Paul Cutler Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Miguel de Icaza GNOME Documentation Project Michael Zucchi GNOME Documentation Project Alexander Kirillov GNOME Documentation Project Projècte de documentacion de GNOME GNOME Terminal Manual V2.9 January 2010 Paul Cutler pcutler@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.8 March 2009 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.7 November 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.6 September 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.5 May 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.4 January 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.3 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.2 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.1 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.0 April 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal User's Guide May 2000 Miguel de Icaza, Michael Zucchi, Alexander Kirollov docs@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.30 of GNOME Terminal. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Terminal application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. GNOME Terminal terminal application Introduccion GNOME Terminal is a terminal emulation application that you can use to perform the following tasks: Access a UNIX shell in the GNOME environment A shell is a program that interprets and executes the commands that you type at a command line prompt. When you start GNOME Terminal, the application starts the default shell that is specified in your system account. You can switch to a different shell at any time. Run any application that is designed to run on VT102, VT220, and xterm terminals GNOME Terminal emulates the xterm application developed by the X Consortium. In turn, the xterm application emulates the DEC VT102 terminal and also supports the DEC VT220 escape sequences. An escape sequence is a series of characters that starts with the Esc character. GNOME Terminal accepts all of the escape sequences that the VT102 and VT220 terminals use for functions such as to position the cursor and to clear the screen. Per començar The following sections describe how to start GNOME Terminal. Starting GNOME Terminal You can start GNOME Terminal in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose AccessoriesTerminal. Linha de comanda Execute the following command: gnome-terminal You can use command line options to modify the way in which you run GNOME Terminal. To view the command line options, execute the following command: gnome-terminal --help When You First Start GNOME Terminal When you start GNOME Terminal for the first time, the application opens a terminal window with a group of default settings. The group of default settings is called the Default profile. The profile name appears in the titlebar of the GNOME Terminal window.
Example of a Default GNOME Terminal Window GNOME Terminal default window GNOME Terminal default window
The terminal window displays a command prompt where you can type UNIX commands. The command prompt can be a %, #, >, $, or any other special character. The cursor is positioned at the command prompt. When you type a UNIX command and press Return, the computer executes the command. By default, GNOME Terminal uses the default shell specified for the user who starts the application. GNOME Terminal also sets the following environment variables: TERM Set to xterm by default. COLORTERM Set to gnome-terminal by default. WINDOWID Set to the X11 window identifier by default. Terminal Profiles You can create a new profile, and apply the new profile to the terminal to modify characteristics such as font, color and effects, scroll behavior, window title, and compatibility. You can also specify a command that runs automatically when you start GNOME Terminal in the profile. You define each terminal profile in the Profiles dialog, which you access from the Edit menu. You can define as many different profiles as you require. When you start a terminal, you can choose the profile that you want to use for the terminal. Alternatively, you can change the terminal profile while you use the terminal. To specify an initial profile for a terminal when you start the application from a command line, use the following command: gnome-terminal --window-with-profile=profilename The name of the current profile appears in the titlebar of the GNOME Terminal, unless you specify a different titlebar name in the Editing Profile dialog. See for information about how to define and use a new terminal profile. Working With Multiple Terminals GNOME Terminal provides a tab feature that enables you to open several terminals in a single window. Each terminal opens in a separate tab. Click on the appropriate tab to display the terminal in the window. Each tabbed terminal in a window is a separate subprocess, so you can use each terminal for different tasks. You can apply a different profile to each tabbed terminal in the window. The titlebar of the terminal window shows either the name of the current profile, or the name specified by the current profile. shows a GNOME Terminal window with four tabs. In this case, each of the four tabs has a different profile. The name of the profile in the active tab, Profile 1, appears in the titlebar.
Example of a Terminal Window With Tabs GNOME Terminal default window GNOME Terminal default window
See for information about how to open a new tabbed terminal. Utilizacion Opening and Closing Terminals To open a new terminal window: Choose FileOpen Terminal. The new terminal inherits the application settings and default shell from the parent terminal. To close a terminal window: Choose FileClose Window. This action closes the terminal and any subprocesses that you opened from the terminal. If you close the last terminal window, the GNOME Terminal application exits. To add a new tabbed terminal to a window: Choose FileOpen TabDefault or just FileOpen Tab if there is no submenu. To display a tabbed terminal: Click on the tab of the tabbed terminal that you want to display, or select a tab title from the Tabs menu. Alternatively, choose TabsNext Tab or TabsPrevious Tab to navigate between tabs. To close a tabbed terminal: Display the tabbed terminal that you want to close. Choose FileClose Tab. Managing Profiles To add a new profile: Choose FileNew Profile to display the New Profile dialog. Type the new profile name in the Profile name text box. Use the Base on drop-down list to select the profile on which you want to base the new profile. Click Create to display the Editing Profile dialog. Click Close. GNOME Terminal adds the profile to the TerminalChange Profile submenu. To change the profile of a tabbed terminal: Click on the tab of the tabbed terminal for which you want to change the profile. Choose TerminalChange Profileprofilename. Modificar un perfil : You edit profiles in the Editing Profile dialog. You can access the Editing Profile dialog in the following ways: Choose EditCurrent Profile. Right-click in the terminal window, then choose Profiles Profile Preferences from the popup menu. Choose EditProfiles, select the profile you want to edit, then click Edit. For information on the options you can set for profiles, see . Suprimir un perfil : Choose EditProfiles. Select the name of the profile that you want to delete in the Profiles list, then click Delete. The Delete Profile dialog is displayed. Click Delete to confirm the deletion. Click Close to close the Edit Profiles dialog. Modifying a Terminal Window To hide the menubar: Choose ViewShow Menubar. To show a hidden menubar: Right-click on the terminal window, then choose Show Menubar from the popup menu. To display the GNOME Terminal window in full-screen mode: Choose ViewFull Screen. Full-screen mode displays the text in a window that fills the full screen. The window does not contain a window frame or titlebar. To exit from this mode, choose ViewFull Screen again. To change the appearance of the terminal window: See for information about the options that you can choose in the Editing Profile dialog to change the appearance of the terminal window. For example, you can change the background color, or the location of the scrollbar. Working with the Contents of Terminal Windows To scroll through previous commands and output: Perform one of the following actions: Use the scrollbar, which is usually displayed on the right of the terminal window. Press the ShiftPage Up, ShiftPage Down, ShiftHome, or ShiftEnd keys. The number of lines that you can scroll back to in the terminal window is determined by the Scrollback setting in the Scrolling tabbed section of the Editing Profile dialog. You can also scroll up or down one line at a time by pressing ControlShiftUp or ControlShiftDown. To select and copy text: You can select text in any of the following ways: To select a character at a time, click on the first character that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last character that you want to select. To select a word at a time, double-click on the first word that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last word that you want to select. Symbols are selected individually. To select a line at a time, triple-click on the first line that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last line that you want to select. These actions select all text between the first and last items. For all text selections, GNOME Terminal copies the selected text into the clipboard when you release the mouse button. To explicitly copy the selected text, choose EditCopy. To paste text into a terminal: If you previously copied text to the clipboard, you can paste the text into a terminal by performing one of the following actions: To paste text that you copied by selection only, middle-click at the command prompt. If you do not have a middle mouse button, refer to the X Server documentation for information about how to emulate the middle mouse button. To paste text that you explicitly copied, choose EditPaste. To drag a file name into a terminal window: You can drag a file name to a terminal from another application such as a file manager. The terminal displays the path and the full name of the file. To access a link: To access a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that is displayed in a terminal, perform the following steps: Move the mouse over the URL until the URL is underlined. Right-click on the URL to open a popup menu. Choose Open Link to start a link application and display the file located at the URL. Viewing the Keyboard Shortcut Settings To view the keyboard shortcut settings that are defined for GNOME Terminal, choose EditKeyboard Shortcuts. The Keyboard Shortcuts dialog contains the following items: Disable all menu access keys (such as Alt+f to open File menu) Deselect this option to disable the access keys that are defined to enable you to use the keyboard instead of the mouse to select a menu item. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialog option. In some cases, you must press the Alt key in combination with the access key to perform the action. Disable menu shortcut key (F10 by default) Deselect this option to disable the shortcut key that is defined to enable you to access the GNOME Terminal menus. The default shortcut key to access the menus is F10. Shortcut Keys The Shortcut Keys section of the dialog lists the shortcut keys that are defined for each menu item. Not all keys can be used as shortcut keys, such as Tab. Text Size You can use the following methods to resize the text in the GNOME Terminal window: To increase the size of the text, choose ViewZoom In. To decrease the size of the text, choose ViewZoom Out. To view the text at actual size, choose ViewNormal Size. To Change the Terminal Title To change the title of the currently displayed terminal, perform the following steps: Choose TerminalSet Title. Type the new title in the Title text box. GNOME Terminal applies the change immediately. Click Close to close the Set Title dialog. To Change the Character Encoding To change the character encoding, choose TerminalSet Character Encoding, then select the appropriate encoding. To Change the List of Character Encodings To change the list of character encodings displayed in the Set Character Encoding menu, perform the following steps: Choose TerminalSet Character EncodingAdd or Remove. To add an encoding to the Set Character Encoding menu, select the encoding in the Available encodings list box, then click the right arrow button. To remove an encoding from the Set Character Encoding menu, select the encoding in the Encodings shown in menu list box, then click the left arrow button. Click Close to close the Add or Remove Terminal Encodings dialog. To Recover Your Terminal This section provides some advice if you have problems with terminals. To reset the state of the terminal: Choose TerminalReset. To reset the terminal and clear the screen: Choose TerminalReset and Clear. Preferéncias To configure GNOME Terminal, choose EditCurrent Profile. To configure another profile that you set up choose EditProfiles, select the profile you want to edit, then click Edit. The Editing Profile dialog contains the following tabbed sections that you can use to configure GNOME Terminal: General Profile name Use this text box to specify the name of the current profile. Use the system fixed width font Select this option to use the standard fixed width font that is specified in the Font tab of the Appearance preference tool. Font Click on this button to select a font type and font size for the terminal. This button is only enabled if the Use the system terminal font option is unselected. Allow bold text Select this option to enable the terminal to display bold text. Show menubar by default in new terminals Select this option to show the menubar on new terminal windows. Terminal bell Select this option to enable the terminal bell. Cursor shape Use this drop down-list to specify the shape of the cursor. Select-by-word characters Use this text box to specify characters or groups of characters that GNOME Terminal considers to be words when you select text by word. See for more information about how to select text by word. Títol e comanda Initial title Use this text box to specify the initial title of terminals that use the profile. New terminals that are started from the current terminal have the new initial title. When terminal commands set their own titles Use this drop-down list to specify how to handle dynamically-set titles, that is, terminal titles set by commands that run in the terminal. Run command as a login shell Select this option to force the command that currently runs inside the terminal to run as a login shell. If the command is not a shell, the setting has no effect. Update login records when command is launched Select this option to insert a new entry in the login records when a new shell is opened. Run a custom command instead of my shell Select this option to run a specified command, other than the normal shell, in the terminal. Specify the custom command in the Custom command text box. When command exits Use this drop-down list to specify what action to perform when the command exits. Colours Foreground and Background Select the Use colours from system theme option to use the colors that are specified in the GNOME Desktop theme that is selected in the Theme tab of the Appearance preference tool. Use the Built-in schemes drop-down list to specify the foreground and background colors for the terminal. GNOME Terminal supports the following foreground and background color combinations: Black on light yellow Black on white Gray on black Green on black White on black Custom This option enables you to select colors that are not in the selected color scheme. The actual display of the foreground and background colors can vary depending on the color scheme that you choose. For example, if you choose White on black and the Linux console color scheme, the application displays the foreground and background colors as light gray on black. The Built-in schemes drop-down list is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Click on the Text colour button to display the Choose terminal text colour dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color that you want to use as the text color, then click OK. The Text colour button is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Click on the Background colour button to display the Choose terminal background colour dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color that you want to use as the background color, then click OK. The Background colour button is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Palette The terminal emulation can only use 16 colors at a time to draw text. The color palette specifies these 16 colors. Applications that run in the terminal use an index number to specify a color from this palette. Use the Built-in schemes drop-down list to choose a preset color schemes. The color palette below and the contents of the terminal window both update to show the scheme. Use the Colour palette to customize the 16 default colors in the custom color palette. To customize a color, click on the color to display the Palette entry dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color, then click OK. Fons Background Select a background for the terminal window. The options are as follows: Solid color Select this option to use the background color that is specified in the Colors tabbed section as the background color for the terminal. Background image Select this option to use an image file as the background for the terminal. Use the Image file drop-down combination box to specify the location and name of the image file. Alternatively, click Browse to search for and select the image file. Select the Background image scrolls option to enable the background image to scroll with the text when you scroll through the terminal. If you do not select this option, the background image remains fixed on the terminal background and only the text scrolls. This option is only enabled if you select the Background image option. Transparent background Select this option to use a transparent background for the terminal. Shade transparent or image background Use this slider to shade or dim the background of the terminal. This option is only enabled if you select the Background image or Transparent background options. Scrolling Scrollbar is Use this drop-down list to specify the position of the scrollbar on the terminal window. Scrollback ... lines Use this spin box to specify the number of lines that you can scroll back using the scrollbar. For example, if you specify 100 you can scroll back the last 100 lines displayed in the terminal. Select the Unlimited option to remove the limit on the number of lines you can scroll back using the scrollbar. Scroll on output Select this option to enable you to scroll the output on the terminal while the terminal continues to display more output from a command. Scroll on keystroke Select this option to enable you to press any key on the keyboard to scroll down the terminal window to the command prompt. This action only applies if you scrolled up the terminal window and you want to return to the command prompt. Compatibilitat Backspace key generates Use the drop-down list to select the function that you want the Backspace key to perform. Delete key generates Use the drop-down list to select the function that you want the Delete key to perform. Reset compatibility options to defaults Click on this button to reset the options on the Compatibility tabbed section to the default settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-terminal/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000773112253427713024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000322612300405722024533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356612300405722024167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licéncia

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/get-help.page0000644000373100047300000000227112300405722024242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Hints and warnings

You can use hints to reveal safe tiles, and flag warnings to help you keep track of flags.

Click Hint in the toolbar to reveal a hidden tile that is safe. You will be penalized for using hints: ten seconds will be added to your total time.

To enable warnings, edit the preferences by selecting MinesPreferences and ticking the checkbox next to Warn if too many flags have been placed. This will warn you when you try to place too many flags next to an open tile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000412012300405722024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help make <app>Mines</app> better
Report a bug or suggest an improvement

Mines is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs and crashes, or request enhancements.

To participate you need an account, which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, make comments, and receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mines. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Mines better!

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/new-game.page0000644000373100047300000000260512300405722024236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com Start a new game

To start a new game:

Click the New button or select Mines New Game from the application menu.

Select your preferred board size.

If you are already playing a game, Mines will ask if you want to Start New Game or Keep Current Game. If you choose the former, your current game will be lost.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207512300405722024175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000246612300405722024601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com 2012 Keyboard shortcuts

New game

CtrlN

Fullscreen

F11

Hint

CtrlH

Pause

Pause

Use the toolbar shortcut if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Help

F1

Quit

CtrlQ
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000335412300405722023672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Game rules

The aim of Mines is to clear the minefield without detonating any of the mines.

Start by chosing one of the three default board sizes, or by selecting a custom board.

The game begins with the board covered in tiles. Click on any tile to uncover it. You will reveal:

A colored number, which represent the number of mines in the adjacent tiles. This will help you deduce where the mines are so that you can mark them with flags.

A blank tile, which means there are no mines under any of the adjacent tiles.

A mine, which will detonate and end the game.

Repeat the previous step until you have uncovered all the tiles which do not have mines underneath them.

If you complete the game quickly enough, you will be added to the high scores list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/index.page0000644000373100047300000000266412300405722023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Mines GNOME Mines Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Mines logo</media> GNOME Mines

Mines is a clone of the game Minesweeper. The aim is to locate all the mines that are hidden under tiles on a rectangular board. You will need to use a combination of logic and luck to find all the mines without triggering an explosion.

Game Play
Useful tips
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000305112300405722025403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games user help is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, get in touch with us on the #docs channel on irc.gnome.org or via our mailing list .

Our wiki page contains useful information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/board-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235512300405722024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to change the game board size

You can select a field size at the start of a new game.

Click New or Mines New Game.

Select one of the grid sizes:

a 8 × 8 board with 10 mines

a 16 × 16 board with 40 mines

a 30 × 16 board with 99 mines

a custom board, where you chose the size and the number of mines

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/high-scores.page0000644000373100047300000000211712300405722024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 High scores

The high scores list the ten fastest times in which each type of mine field has been cleared.

To view the high scores, select MinesScores. The dialog will display the Small field size by default; to view other sizes, select them in the drop down menu at the top of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/faces.page0000644000373100047300000000267712300405722023630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com The meaning of the faces

This is a new game and you have not clicked on any tile yet.

You are currently clicking on a tile.

You have uncovered a mine. You lose.

The tile you just clicked on is safe. You can continue.

You have found all the mines. You win!
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000141412300405722024175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Toolbar

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Hint, Pause and Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-mines/flags.page0000644000373100047300000000543312300405722023634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to use flags

Flags are used to mark tiles which you suspect may hide a mine. Putting a flag on a tile prevents you from clicking on it and possibly causing an explosion, which would end the game.
How to place a flag on a tile

Red flags are those that cannot be clicked. To place a red flag on a tile:

right click on a blank tile.

To make the number of available flags equal to the number of remaining mines, enable Warn if too many flags placed and Use "I'm not sure" flags preference options, then restart the application.
Use of the <em>I'm not sure</em> flag

If you are not sure whether a tile hides a mine, you can use the blue I'm not sure flag.

To put an I'm not sure flag on a tile:

Right-click twice on a blank tile or once on a red flag.

To enable these flags, click MinesPreferences, and select Use "I'm not sure" flags.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000210312300453155024462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To enter numbers in a particular number base use subscript numbers. The following numbers are equivalent.

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

When in programming mode there are buttons for binary (CtrlB), octal (CtrlO) and hexadecimal (CtrlH).

To set the base that results are shown in change the result format.

To change the base of the current result use a base button or CtrlD to show in decimal form.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000427412300453155025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Functions

Functions can be used by inserting the name of the function followed by the function argument. If the argument is not a number or variable then use parenthesis around the argument.

sin 30

abs (5−9)

The following functions are defined.

abs

Absolute Value

cos

Cosine

cosh

Hyperbolic Cosine

frac

Fractional Component

int

Integer Component

ln

Natural Logarithm

log

Logarithm

not

Boolean NOT

ones

Ones complement

sin

Sine

sinh

Hyperbolic Sine

sqrt

Square Root

tan

Tangent

tanh

Hyperbolic Tangent

twos

Twos complement

Calculator does not support user-defined functions.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000057412300453155025252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Modulus Division

Modulus division is performed using the mod operator.

9 mod 5

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000233212300453155026316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Trigonometry

Trigonometry can be performed using the sin, cos, and tan function.

sin 45

The angle units used can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu. Trigonometry buttons are visible when in Advanced mode.

Hyperbolic functions are available by adding "h" to the end of a function.

sinh 0.34

Inverse functions are entered either using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI) or the "a" form of the function. The following two equations are equivalent.

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

To enter π with the keyboard use CtrlP.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000077012300453155026457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Character Codes

When in programming mode the á button opens a dialog to convert characters to character codes.

Characters cannot be converted using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412300453155024520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000543512300453156025510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Financial Functions

When in financial mode the following buttons are available.

Ctrm

Calculate the number of compounding periods necessary to increase an investment of present value to a future value, at a fixed interest rate per compounding period.

Ddb

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the double-declining balance method.

Fv

Calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of equal payments at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

Gpm

Calculate the resale price of a product, based on the product cost and the wanted gross profit margin.

Pmt

Calculate the amount of the periodic payment of a loan, where payments are made at the end of each payment period.

Pv

Calculate the present value of an investment based on a series of equal payments discounted at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

Taus

Calculate the periodic interest necessary to increase an investment to a future value, over the number of compounding periods.

Sln

Calculate the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period. The straight-line method of depreciation divides the depreciable cost evenly over the useful life of an asset. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

Syd

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the Sum-of-the-Years'-Digits method. This method of depreciation accelerates the rate of depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

Term

Calculate the number of payment periods that are necessary during the term of an ordinary annuity, to accumulate a future value, at a periodic interest rate.

Financial functions cannot be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000160412300453156025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Logarithms

Logarithms can be calculated using the log function.

log 100

To calculate a logarithm in a different base use a subscript number after the function.

log₂ 32

To calculate a natural logarithm use the ln function.

ln 1.32

Euler's number can be entered by using the variable e.

e^1.32

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000070512300453156025375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Absolute Values

Absolute values are calculated using the | symbol or abs function.

|−1|

abs (−1)

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000253612300453156026516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Result Format

The format used to display results can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

Decimal

Results are displayed as decimal numbers

Scientific

Results are displayed in scientific notation

Engineering

Results are displayed in scientific notation except the exponent is always a multiple of three

Binari

Results are displayed as binary numbers

Octal

Results are displayed as octal numbers

Hexadecimal

Results are displayed as hexadecimal numbers

The number of decimal places, if trailing zeroes and if thousands separators are shown can also be configured.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000246612300453156025535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Variables

To assign a value to a variable use the = symbol or choose the variable to assign to with the x button in advanced mode. A variable name must only contain upper or lower characters.

x=5

value=82

Variables can be used in any equation and are substituted for their assigned value. Variables can be inserted using the x button.

6x+3

xy−3x+7y−21

The following variables are always defined.

ans

Result of previous calculation

e

Euler's Number

π

Pi

rand

Random value in the range [0,1] (changes on each read)
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000064112300453156025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Factorials

Factorials are entered using the ! symbol. To calculate the factorial of 6 enter the following.

6!

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000235412300453156024715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Powers and Roots

Powers are entered by putting a superscript number after the value.

5²

The inverse of a number can be entered using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI).

3⁻¹

Powers can also be calculated using the ^ symbol. This allows the power to be an equation.

5^(6−2)

If your keyboard does not have a ^ key you can use * twice.

Square roots can be calculated using the symbol (CtrlR).

√2

n-th roots can be calculated by putting a subscript number before the root sign.

₃√2

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000113712300453156026003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Length/Area/Volume

To convert between length, area and volume units use the in operator.

6 meters in inches

1 acre in cm²

1 pint in mL

Length/Area/Volume conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000157212300453156024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Calculator Help
User Interface
Equations
Numbers
Conversions
Financial Calculations
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000124612300453156026355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Currency

To convert currencies, enter the financial mode, and use the currency controls.

You can also convert currencies using the keyboard and the in operator.

13.65 USD in GBP

Currency information is approximate and should not be used for making financial decisions.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000226312300453156025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 Basic Equations

Equations are entered in standard mathematical form. For example to add 7 and 2 enter the following:

7+2

To solve, press the = button with your mouse or the Enter key on your keyboard.

Calculations are performed in mathematical order - multiplication and division are performed before addition and subtraction. The following equation solves to 1 (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1).

7−3×2

To change the order of calculation use parenthesis. The following equation solves to 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8).

(7−3)×2

To clear the display press the Clr button or Escape.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000174312300453156025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scientific Notation

To enter numbers in scientific format use the ×10x button (CtrlE). The number mode automatically changes to superscript. To enter 2×10¹⁰⁰, start by entering the mantissa (2):

2

Then press the scientific notation button (or press CtrlE):

2×10

Then enter the exponent (100):

2×10¹⁰⁰

To show results in scientific form change the result format.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000212012300453156026133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 _ Superscript and Subscript

Some equations may require numbers to be entered in superscript or subscript form. e.g.

x³+2x²−5

To enter superscript numbers with the mouse select the number mode using the the ↑n and ↓n buttons. When one of these modes is active clicking the number buttons will enter numbers in superscript or subscript. To return to normal number mode click the active button.

To enter superscript numbers with the keyboard hold down Ctrl while entering the number. Hold Alt for subscript.

The number mode returns to normal when entering the next non-number character (e.g. +).

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000151312300453156025672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Percentages

Percentages are calculated using the % symbol.

When added or subtracted the percentage symbol resolves to one percent of the value being added or subtracted from. The following equation calculates the price of a $140 item with 15% tax (140 + (15÷100)×140).

140+15%

In all other cases the percentage symbol resolves to a fraction out of 100. The following equation calculates one quarter of 80 apples ((25÷100)×80).

25%×80

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000175012300453156024710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Mouse

All equations can be entered using the mouse. To access all buttons there are a number of modes that can be selected from the Mode menu.

Basic

Provides buttons suitable for basic equations

A_vançat

Provides buttons suitable for advanced mathematics such as

Financièr

Provides buttons suitable for financial equations

Programming

Provides buttons suitable for computer programmers
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000211212300453156025351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Keyboard

All mathematical equations can be entered using the keyboard.

The following key combinations can be used to enter keys that may not be available on your keyboard.

×

*

÷

/

^

* twice

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

To enter superscript numbers use Ctrlnumber, for subscript use Altnumber.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000141612300453156025176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Boolean Algebra

Boolean algebra can be calculated using the AND, OR and XOR operators.

010011₂ AND 110101₂

Buttons for these symbols are available in programming mode.

The NOT function inverts the bits in a number. The word size is set from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

NOT 010011₂

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000065612300453156025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Factorization

You can factorize the number currently displayed by pressing the fact button. This button is visible in programming mode.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000050512300453156025224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Complex Numbers

Complex numbers are not supported in Calculator.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000074012300453156025457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Time

To convert between time use the in operator.

3 years in hours

Time conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000073612300453156025440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To convert between number bases enter a number (or solve an equation) and change the result format from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000073712300453156026016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Mass

To convert between mass use the in operator.

1kg in pounds

Mass conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065475025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311312315065475023447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000246612315065475025037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000163712315065475024551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227112315065475026214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065475026340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462212315065475027314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342112315065475022535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370312315065476026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324412315065476026104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000375512315065476027736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150412315065476024637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002516612315065476025357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

Press This

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

Press This

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

Press This

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

Press This

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

Press This

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

Press This

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

Press This

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000510612315065476025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000754612315065476024367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343412315065476026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065476024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000255212315065476026516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntax Highlighting

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267212315065476027362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646412315065476024761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514112315065476026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000245512315065476030677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000270612315065476024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000233612315065476025116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321312315065476026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265312315065476026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001503412315065476026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Adding Snippets

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254012315065476024714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000564312315065476025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order Sort

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000652012315065476026162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Tab width

Indent width

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Text Wrapping

Right margin width

Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.
Emacs Modelines

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate Modelines

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Vim Modelines

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425512315065476025472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714012315065476024136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000214712315065476024400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065476022401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172112315065476025471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000376712315065476024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065476027167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000131512315065476024702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000417712315065476025411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000764712315065476024004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gucharmap/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000007016012300411173024100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Character Map Manual Character Map is a Unicode character map that allows you to select characters from a table and insert then in to a text string. 2004 Sun Microsystems 2003 2004 Chee Bin HOH Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project
cbhoh@gnome.org
Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Character Map Manual V2.1 2004-02-26 Updated for GNOME 2.6, program version 1.3.0. Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Unicode Character Map Manual V2.0 October 2003 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 1.3.0 of Character Map. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Character Map application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. gucharmap Character Map Character Map Introduccion The Character Map application allows you to insert special characters into a document or a text field. Character Map provides accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols, and punctuation marks. Use Character Map to access characters that are not available on your keyboard. Character Map displays all the characters are available in all of the language scripts on your system, using the Unicode character set. Unicode is a character set standard with the goal to include all of the characters that are used in all of the written languages in the world. Per començar To Start Character Map You can start Character Map in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose AccessoriesCharacter Map. Linha de comanda Execute the following command: gnome-character-map When You Start Character Map When you start Character Map, the following window is displayed.
Character Map Window Shows Character Map window.
The Character Map window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts The menus on the menubar contain most of the commands that you need to work with Character Map. Barra d'espleches The toolbar contains a drop-down list of fonts, font style buttons, and a zoom spin box. Display area The display area contains the following components: Script or Unicode Block list box Character Table tabbed section Character Details tabbed section Text to copy text box Copy button Statusbar The statusbar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name. Utilizacion To Change the Character-Set List To list the character sets by script name, choose ViewBy Script. To list the character sets by Unicode block, choose ViewBy Unicode Block. To Create a Text String To create a text string in the Text to copy field, perform the following steps: Select a character set from the Script or Unicode Block list box. Insert characters in one of the following ways: Double-click on a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, to insert the character in the Text to copy field. Select a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, then press Return to insert the character in the Text to copy field. Select a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, then click and drag the character to the Text to copy field. Click on the Text to copy field to give focus to the field. If a text string is already in the field, click on the text string at the point where you want to insert the character. Press a character key on your keyboard to insert that character into the field. To Copy and Paste Your Text String into an Application To copy and paste the text string from the Text to copy field into an application, perform the following steps: Click Copy. If none or all of the text string is selected, all of the string is copied to the clipboard. If a portion of the string is selected, only that portion is copied. Switch to your application and choose EditPaste, or press shortcut key CtrlV. When you paste the contents of the Text to copy field into other applications, the text string appears in the current character set of the application. If your text string contains non-visible characters, you can only insert the text string into applications that support the full character set. To Search for a Character To search for a character, perform the following steps: Choose SearchFind, or press shortcut key CtrlF. The Find dialog opens. Enter text to search for in the Search field. Select Match whole word to only find complete words that match your text. By default, only the character names are searched. Select Search in character details to search in other parts of a character's description, such as notes, equivalents, and approximate equivalents. Click Next to find the first occurrence of your text after the currently selected character. Character Map selects the character it finds. Click Next to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose SearchFind Next, or press shortcut key CtrlG. Click Previous to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose SearchFind Previous, or press shortcut key ShiftCtrlG. To Browse Through all Characters To browse through the character map, use the Go menu. Next character, or press shortcut key CtrlN. Previous character, or press shortcut key CtrlP. Next script, or press shortcut key CtrlPage Down. Previous script, or press shortcut key CtrlPage Up. You can browse the character map by individual character, and script or by Unicode block. This depends on whether the character map is showing scripts or Unicode blocks. To change this, choose ViewBy Script or ViewBy Unicode Block. The following keys also work for browsing the character map: Press the arrow keys on the keyboard to browse through the characters. Press the Page Up and Page Down keys to browse through the characters page by page. Press the Home key to select the first character in the Unicode sequence. To select the last character, press the End key. To Display Detailed Information About a Character To display detailed information about a character, perform the following steps: Select a character set from the Script or Unicode Block list box. Example: Basic Latin Select a character from the Character Table tabbed section. Example: B Click on the Character Details tabbed section. The Character Details tabbed section displays the following information about the selected character: Unicode code point Example: U+0042 Unicode character name Example: LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B General Character Properties Unicode category Example: Letter, Uppercase Various Useful Representations UTF-8 encoding Example: 0x42 UTF-16 encoding Example: 0x0042 C octal escaped UTF-8 encoding Example: \102 XML decimal entity Example: "&#66" Annotations and Cross References Example: U+212C SCRIPT CAPITAL B Click on the link to display the details for the referenced character. To Change the Format of a Character To change the format of a character, perform any of the following steps: To change the font, select a font from the font drop-down list. To change the font type to bold type, click on the Bold button, or press shortcut key AltB. To change the font type to italic type, click on the Italic button, or press shortcut key AltI. To increase the font size, choose ViewZoom In or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key Ctrl+. To decrease the font size, choose ViewZoom Out or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key Ctrl-. To display normal font size, choose ViewNormal Size, or press shortcut key Ctrl=. To magnify the selected character, hold Shift. To Change the Format of the Character Table To change the format of the character table, choose ViewSnap Columns to Power of Two. Character Map changes the Character Table tabbed section so that the number of columns is a power of two, for example, two columns, four columns, eight columns, and so on. The number of columns depends on the size of the window and the size of the font.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gucharmap/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012300411173023236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-labels.page0000644000373100047300000000334512306123625024535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Labels

You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to Categories in the other Evolution windows.

You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels.

Adding a label to a message

To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click Label, and choose the label to apply.

You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label.

Managing labels

You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/import-data.page0000644000373100047300000000142512306123625024571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from another application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing data from another application
Applications
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-received-notification.page0000644000373100047300000000344212306123625027543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options on notifications of newly received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Getting notified of new mail

Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the mailer icon in the window switcher.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area at the bottom of the screen, make sure that EditPluginsMail Notification is enabled and that you have set your preferred options in the Configuration tab.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000277312306123625025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page0000644000373100047300000000415412306123625030126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up reminder notifications for appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Reminders for appointments
General Settings

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary.

Manual Reminders

Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:

Click OptionsReminders or press the Reminder button in the toolbar.

From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose Customize.

In case of Customize, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-local.page0000644000373100047300000000217212306123625025256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local address book

To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml0000644000373100047300000001033612306123625031141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Expedidor :

The sender's email address or the name of the sender.

Recipients:

The recipients of the message.

CC:

Only the CC recipients of the message.

BCC:

Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters.

Sender or Recipients:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message.

Subjècte :

The subject line of the message.

Specific Header:

Any header including custom ones.

If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "engineering@example.com" and then restates it as "marketing@example.com", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression.

Message Body:

Searches in the actual text of the message.

Expression :

(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define filters in Evolution.

Date sent:

Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.

Date received:

This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.

Etiqueta :

Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually.

Marca :

Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.

Size (kB):

Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.

Estat :

Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Follow Up:

Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.

Completed On:

Pèças juntas :

Checks whether there is an attachment for the email.

Mailing List:

Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.

Regex Match:

(For programmers only) If you know your way around a regex, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the man page for the grep command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000372112306123625033137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH-format mail directories receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-write-new-message.page0000644000373100047300000000274412306123625030465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Writing a new email to send to a recipient. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Composing a new message

You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking New in the toolbar.

Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than one person.

After you have written your message, click Send or press CtrlReturn.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page0000644000373100047300000000306112306123625030571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable HTML format in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Enabling HTML format

You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the email composer by choosing FormatHTML from the menu bar.

Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the Subject line from Plain Text to HTML.

If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the Subject line with HTML-only options.

To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorFormat messages in HTML.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000537712306123625026760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net POP mail account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (POP accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (POP accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (POP accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-vertical-view.page0000644000373100047300000000330712306123625026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the mail view for widescreen displays. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Vertical view

Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.

To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View.

In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page0000644000373100047300000000566612306123625030257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On embedded pictures in received HTML messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Images in HTML messages

When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message.

Loading images

Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad Images or press CtrlI.

To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images.

Automatically download images in emails from people you know

You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the Load images only in messages from contacts option.

Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox.

Saving images

To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click Save Image....

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/minimize-to-system-tray.page0000644000373100047300000000301612306123625027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On minimizing Evolution to the notification area. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Minimizing Evolution to the system tray

GNOME, by default, has a notification area which includes an applet that informs users of any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for any email notifications.

In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to become a system tray by using external applications which might be available for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. Available options are for example Tint2. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/memos-usage-delete-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000161212306123625026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a memo from your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Memo

If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/using-categories.page0000644000373100047300000000634512306123625025626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Categories

Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term "objects" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the "Business" category because he works with you and the "Friends" category because he is a friend.

To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick search bar.
Setting categories for an object

To mark an object as belonging to a category,

Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like.
Adding and managing categories

If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via EditAvailable Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:

Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Enter the new category in the entry box at the top.

Click OK.

You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the editor.

Click OK.

In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking Edit at the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-usage-delete-task.page0000644000373100047300000000170012306123625026773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a task from your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Task

If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000514412306123625024007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Credits and Acknowledgment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Credits and Acknowledgment
Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

André Klapper

April Gonzalez

Barbara M. Tobias

Phil Bull
Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

(Not applicable to the English version)

Authors of the previous version

Aaron Weber

Akhil Laddha

André Klapper

Duncan Mak

Ettore Perazzoli

Francisco Javier F. Serrador

Jessica Prabhakar

Kevin Breit

Mark Moulder

Novell, Inc.

Radhika Nair

Srinivasa Ragavan

Entresenhas del contacte

The GNOME Documentation Project:

Website

Mailing list

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712306123625023320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/sync-with-other-devices.page0000644000373100047300000001332712306123625027040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices

There are currently no "recommended instructions" for users.

Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in combination with devices that support SyncML.

In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia.

If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system.

Palm

To synchronize with a Palm OS device like the PalmPilot(TM) and the Handspring Visor several steps are needed: First, you need to enable synchronization. Second, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. Third, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want.

Enabling Synchronization

If you have not used a handheld device with your computer before, you need to configure it via EditGNOME Pilot Synchronization.... Make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally in /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check in /dev/ttyS0 if you have a serial connection, or in /dev/ttyUSB1 for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root user and adding your username to the group that owns this device node. For a USB device on sync, two device nodes are created, ttyUSB0 and ttyUSB1. The second node is the one to be used in configuring the device.

Selecting Conduits

After your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the conduits you want under the Pilot Conduits section. You can use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled EAddress for the contacts in your address book; ECalendar for your calendar; and ETodo for your task list.

Click Enable, then click Settings to change what the conduit does when activated. Your options can vary depending on the conduit, but typically they are as follows:

Disabled: Do nothing.

Synchronize: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one.

Copy From Pilot: If there is any new data on the handheld device, copy it to the computer.

Copy To Pilot: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld.

Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're not sure, use Synchronize.

Synchronizing Information

Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

If you want to back up your information before synchronizing, make a copy of the .local/share/evolution directory inside your home directory.

Put your handheld device in its cradle and press the HotSync button.

If you use Palm OS version 4.0 and have password protection turned on for your handheld device, you might encounter trouble synchronizing. If this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on your handheld.

Now your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-local.page0000644000373100047300000000236412306123625024570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local task or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local task or memo list

To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-timezones.page0000644000373100047300000000413212306123625026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using time zones in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using time zones

Evolution supports using multiple time zones.

Setting your global timezone(s)

By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeTime zone.

If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeSecond zone.

Setting a timezone for an appointment

You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, add a new or edit an existing appointment and click the globe button to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000376012306123625034020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-moving-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000262612306123625026043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Moving emails from one folder to another. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Moved emails are still shown in the original folder

If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's "move" feature which was introduced in January 2013, Evolution "moves" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means "marking messages for deletion" so all the original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion.

See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000115612306123625024520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On organizing and finding your data in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-meetings-delegating.page0000644000373100047300000000244412306123626030036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ask somebody else to run the meeting. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Delegating Meetings

Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of a meeting.

Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate.

Click Delegate Meeting.

Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to.

Click OK.

Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/xinclude-searching.xml0000644000373100047300000000367112306123626026016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Saved Searches

If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches.

To save your search results, either click Save instead of OK in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select SearchSave Search. From now on this search will be directly available from the Search menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000254312306123626031671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use one of your templates for replying to a message Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Template as a Reply

Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates.

This option lists all the message templates in the Templates folder.

Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open.

Click Send.

When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-search-folders-enable.page0000644000373100047300000000215712306123626027421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Enable the Search Folders Functionality

In the unlikely case that there is no Search folders top-level node displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list you have to enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000000427112306123626032366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a Meeting Request

Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates.

You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar.

If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling Inherit reminder.

If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen.

After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten.

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-searching-attachment-type.page0000644000373100047300000000163712306123626030346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Unfortunately this is not possible. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching for emails with a specific attachment type

There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-display-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000342012306123626026774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options for displaying task completion and due dates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Displaying of tasks

The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks.

Tasks due today:

Select the color for tasks due today.

Overdue tasks:

Select the color for overdue tasks.

Hide completed tasks after:

Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-several-pop-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000321012306123626027335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Separating POP mail for more than one account

It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email.

You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by creating folders and creating filters: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters...Add to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page0000644000373100047300000000404412306123626031034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email. Novell, Inc Sending invitations by email

If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose Forward as iCalendar.

When you receive an invitation, you have several options:

Acceptar :

Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar.

Tentatively Accept:

Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative.

Decline:

Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option.

Send reply to sender:

Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000323112306123626025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a CalDAV calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type CalDAV.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000604612306123626030064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net IMAP+ mail account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (IMAP+ accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (IMAP+ accounts) Seguritat
Other settings (IMAP+ accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/memos-usage-edit-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000205412306123626026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a memo in your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Memo

If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,

Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or right-click on the memo and click Open Memo.

Edit the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exchange-placeholder.page0000644000373100047300000000153112306123626026411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connecting to Exchange Servers Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Connecting to Exchange Servers

For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000667112306123626030544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using shortcut keys to read mail
Viewing an email

In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click it, press Enter, or press CtrlO.

Navigating in a message

To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the Spacebar to page down and press Backspace to page up while reading an email. Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused.

Navigating in a folder in the message list

Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard.

Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list

To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (.) or comma (,) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the right square bracket (]) for the next unread message, and the left square bracket ([) for the previous unread message.

Navigating in unread mail across folders

You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the Spacebar.

When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:

When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message.

If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as Page Down.

If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message.

If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar takes you to the next unread message in the next folder.

If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000430712306123626025301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Back up and restore

You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file.

Backing up

Select FileBack up Evolution Data....

Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click Save.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

Note that your spam filtering settings are not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back up ~/.spamassassin/.
Restoring

Select FileRestore Evolution Data....

Choose the file, and click Open.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

In the first-run assistant, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page0000644000373100047300000000374712306123626031346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Character Encodings
Received mail

If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message.

To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding.

Sending mail

In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorCharacter encoding.

This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-not-sent.page0000644000373100047300000000271712306123626025045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Possible reasons why emails are not sent. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Mail is not sent

There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:

Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent.

Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent

Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send and Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send and Receive button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/problems-reporting-bugs.page0000644000373100047300000000401412306123626027136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to report mistakes in the application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to report bugs

If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first.

Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution instead.

When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under HelpAbout), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page0000644000373100047300000000400512306123626031060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display a picture of the sender in the message header area. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Photograph Message Headers

Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a photograph in the message.

You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph stored.

To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview.

If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page0000644000373100047300000000175112306123626031740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Microsoft Exchange account settings

Please first read Choosing the right connector to find out about the right Exchange account type for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-usage-edit-task.page0000644000373100047300000000205512306123626026463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a task in your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Task

If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,

Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click Open Task.

Edit the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-using-several-calendars.page0000644000373100047300000000352112306123626030635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one calendar and different types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using several calendars

You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view.

Appointments for each calendar appear in different color.

You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network.

For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page0000644000373100047300000000415712306123626031225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General formatting options for the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc General formatting options

The following options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneral.

Ora

Time format:

Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats.

Time zone and Second zone:

The city you are located in, and optionally a second city.
Setmana de trabalh

Week starts on:

Select the day to display as the first in each week.

Jorns de trabalh :

Define which week days are work days.

Day begins:

Define at which time your work day begins.

Day ends:

Define at which time your work day ends.
Alerts

If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exporting-data-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000221712306123626027046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export calendar data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting calendar data

To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format.

If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar..., or right-click on the appointment and click Save as iCalendar....

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/index.page0000644000373100047300000000575012306123626023465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Evolution <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"/> Evolution Mail and Calendar Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"> <span its:translate="yes">Evolution logo</span> </media> Evolution Mail and Calendar
Per començar
Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts) IMAP+
Mail Composing
Advanced Mail Composing
Calendar Management
Advanced Calendar Management
Contacts Management
Memos and Tasks Management
Data Migration and Synchronization
Corporate Environments
Microsoft Exchange
Tracking down Problems
Common Mail Questions and Problems
Common Other Questions and Problems
Further reading
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000621312306123626031210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Usenet news accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Usenet news receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select if you want to show folders in short notation.

For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux.

Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window.

If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page0000644000373100047300000000424712306123626030773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using custom fields in the header of composed messages Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Custom Header Lines

You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails.

Enabling and managing custom headers

To set up the Custom Header plugin:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Custom Header.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter.
Inserting custom headers in a message

Click NewMail Message or press ShiftCtrlM to open the message composer window.

Select InsertCustom Header.

In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined header fields and values.

Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exporting-data.page0000644000373100047300000000127512306123626025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em> usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/data-storage.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123626024734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk? Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Data storage locations

This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems.

Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG Base Directory Specification. By default this means:

The user's data files

$HOME/.local/share/evolution

 Various configuration and state files

$HOME/.config/evolution

 Account settings

$HOME/.config/evolution/sources

 Disposable data caches

$HOME/.cache/evolution

 Configuration settings in GSettings

$HOME/.config/dconf

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-spam-marking.page0000644000373100047300000000452612306123626025664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Pete Biggs Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Marking Mail as Junk

While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail.

Manually Marking Junk Mail

If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press CtrlJ or click the Junk button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on.

If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or mark the message and click the Not Junk button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000001005412306123626031540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending a Meeting Invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Enviar un convit a una amassada

When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond.

If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select Forward as iCalendar. This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend.

To schedule a meeting:

Click FileNewMeeting.

If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field.

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, Role, Status, and RSVP fields.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To query free/busy information for the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Click Save to save the meeting.

An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html.page0000644000373100047300000000367312306123626026071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)

Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, which is the format that also web pages use.

Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML.

Plain Text Formatting Options
HTML-only Formatting Options
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page0000644000373100047300000000234212306123626030276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using several task lists or memo lists

You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view.

Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors.

You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000251412306123626027655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Force sending and receiving emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Manually send and receive messages

To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose FileSend / Receive from the main menu.

To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option.

If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000563012306123626030430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Usenet news account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Usenet News accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Usenet News accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Usenet News accounts) Seguritat
Other settings (Usenet News accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000761312306123627025464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from an email link on a website. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Opening links in and from the web browser
Change which web browser websites are opened in

In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,

Open a terminal application.

Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most .desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/.

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler https browser.desktop

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler http browser.desktop

Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect.

If the error message "xdg-settings: command not found" is shown, you need to install the package xdg-utils.

Install xdg-utils

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker.

If the error message "Could not open the link: Operation not supported" is shown, you need to install the package gvfs.

Install gvfs
Change which mail application is used to write emails

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

Advanced options

If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000201212306123627031442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, change, edit or delete email signatures. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing signatures

You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer preferencesSignatures.

Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the account settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000000516412306123627027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On spell checking your mail in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Spell checking
Prerequirements

To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the enchant package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to perform these steps.

Install hunspell

Install enchant
Global Preferences

Under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color is used for underlining words that are misspelled.

You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages.

Manual spell checking in the composer

If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the Composer Preferences you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking EditSpell Checking or by pressing F7.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000000334112306123627031173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the message list columns

If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either Add a Column... or Remove This Column.

If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as "Re:", or you can replace the From column which displays the sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will only display the sender's name.

If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message Preview visibility in all folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000221512306123627030535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Message templates to reuse in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Message Templates

A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern.

To enable the Message Template Plugin, click EditPlugins and enable Templates.

Message Templates
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000166612306123627026344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts

There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/import-apps-mozilla.page0000644000373100047300000000512312306123627026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mozilla

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder $HOME/.thunderbird/12345678. 12345678 will be a random string. If you cannot see the .thunderbird folder, make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog.

If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages (not the .msf files).

If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an .ical/.ics file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-delete-and-undelete.page0000644000373100047300000000465112306123627027103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Deleting and undeleting messages
Deleting Messages

To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click the Delete button in the toolbar, or press CtrlD, or right-click the message and click Delete.

When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can view the messages striken off for later deletion.

To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click FolderExpunge or press CtrlE.

Undeleting Messages

You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this.

If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-duplicates.page0000644000373100047300000000337012306123627025430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to handle duplicated email messages April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Duplicate emails get downloaded
Removing duplicate emails

To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages.

Reasons

Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:

There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox

Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension.

The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/problems-getting-help.page0000644000373100047300000000216412306123627026563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to get help for problems. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to get help

To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution mailing list or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the internet messenger application Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/deleting-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000324012306123627025412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting emails or attachments permanently
Emails

Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the marked emails.

To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well.

Estacaments

To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click MessageRemove Attachments.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000315612306123627030410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG
Decrypting a received message

If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it.

When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed.

Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
Checking the signature of a received message

To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display Security Information for the message.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-sharing-information.page0000644000373100047300000000134112306123627030074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sharing your calendar information usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/import-supported-file-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000610312306123627030273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Supported file formats for importing data. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Supported file formats

Evolution can import the following types of files:

Corrièl

Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):

The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients.

Maildir (no extension):

The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored.

Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):

The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended.

Calendièr

vCalendar (.vcs):

A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer.

iCalendar o iCal (.ics):

A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others.

Contactes

LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):

A standard data format for contact cards.

vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):

The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application.

Miscellaneous

Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):

CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla.

Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):

A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called "Personal Storage Table".

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000565512306123627031323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter your username for that server.

Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to automatically fill in the values.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.

If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book from the available options.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-search-folders-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000355112306123627030344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Search folder conditions

Message Location:

Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder.

Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders so they cannot be selected here.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000306012306123627024742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV task or memo list

Lists of this type are read-only.

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The list will be added in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-classifications.page0000644000373100047300000000307412306123627027301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Classifications

If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it.

To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click OptionsClassifications and select a classification in the editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level.

The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-display-message-source.page0000644000373100047300000000212312306123627027653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Message Source

To view the message data, click on ViewMessage Source or press CtrlU. This will display the message data in a new window.

To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000574312306123627033243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-publishing.page0000644000373100047300000000347412306123627026273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Post your calendar content in public. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Publicacion de calendièr

In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationLocationsAdd.

You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-ldap.page0000644000373100047300000001102012306123627025076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use shared address books on a local network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding LDAP access

The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.

Adding an LDAP address book

Click FileNewAddress Book.

In the General tab, select the type On LDAP Servers.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely.

Define the login method and your user name.

Click Apply.

In the Details tab you can define the following settings:

Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings.

Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available:

One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it.

Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it.

Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:

ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server.

ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users.

Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): Retrieves the User and Contact List objects.

(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated with the email addresses.

Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up.

Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches.

If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator.
Differences to local address books

LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:

Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books.

You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation.

To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening.

Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-layout-views.page0000644000373100047300000000375712306123627026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available views

Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:

Day (CtrlY)

Work Week (CtrlJ)

Week (CtrlK)

Month (CtrlM)

List (CtrlL)

You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking ViewCurrent View.

You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar.

The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Select today button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar.

To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a specific date button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page0000644000373100047300000000355012306123627031474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Store an existing or new message as a template Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Saving Messages as Templates
Saving an Existing Message as a Template

Select the message.

Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to folder.

Select the Templates folder under On This Computer.

You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:

Open the message and click Reply.

Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements.

Select FileSave as Template.
Saving a New Message as a Template

Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the template.

Select FileSave as Template.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000647312306123627030653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP+ receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select "Use Quick Resync" if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP server.

Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-sending-options-smtp.page0000644000373100047300000000431312306123627027372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending options for SMTP. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net SMTP sending options

Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password).

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:

Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Enter your username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page0000644000373100047300000000213512306123627031432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding and creating address books

You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown.

You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-localized-re-subjects.page0000644000373100047300000000261712306123627027470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Avoid long subject lines due to translated "Re:" prefixes. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Handling localized "Re:" in subjects

Traditionally a "Re:" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like "SV:" in Danish or "AW: in German). Evolution can recognize these terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail.composer-localized-re 'AW:,SV:' (in case that you want "AW:" and "SV:" to be recognized).

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000564712306123627032370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH Format Mail Directories account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-add-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000323312306123627027563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Adding people automatically to my contacts

You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email. Enable the plugin Automatic Contacts by going to EditPlugins; click on Automatic Contacts so that it shows a check mark. Then go to EditPreferencesContactsAutomatic Contacts and enable the Create address book entries when sending emails option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts.

From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/import-apps-outlook.page0000644000373100047300000001007312306123627026316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Microsoft Outlook. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Outlook

These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded.

Prerequisites under Windows

First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:

Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):

Windows 7, Windows Vista

Windows XP

Outlook 2010

C:\Users\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

Outlook 2007 and earlier

C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

C:\Documents and Settings\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

(Replace "username" by your username.)

Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on.

As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD.
Importing into Evolution

Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive.

Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.

Aviar Evolution.

Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you want.

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import.

The file type will be automatically determined.

If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under FileImportImport single fileFile type, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exchange-connectors-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000503312306123627030152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange server. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Choosing the right connector

Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality.

For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the package evolution-ews.

Install evolution-ews

For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi. It uses Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews.

Install evolution-mapi

If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000522112306123627026062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching appointments and meetings. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching for Calendar Items usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000127012306123627025270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000341312306123627031646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Local delivery accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local delivery receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000174112306123630030156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a contact from your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Contact

If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000551412306123630031062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local Delivery account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Local Delivery accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Local Delivery accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options.page0000644000373100047300000000216712306123630026734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available mail receiving options for several server types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail Receiving Options
Mail receiving options for common server types
Mail receiving options for corporate server types
Mail receiving options for local account server types
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-several-recipients.page0000644000373100047300000000571112306123630030717 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a message to several recipients

To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons.

If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create contact lists to send them mail as though they have a single address.
Recipient types

Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients.

Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click ViewBcc Field.

Autocompletion

It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time.

Using the buttons

Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/google-services.page0000644000373100047300000000112712306123630025440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using Google services. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Google services usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-meetings.page0000644000373100047300000000121712306123630025725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using meetings in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Meetings usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption.page0000644000373100047300000000340312306123630025454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending and receiving encrypted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail encryption and certificates

Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments.

GPG
S/MIME
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-libreoffice.page0000644000373100047300000000371012306123630026430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Contacts in LibreOffice

You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3.

Click EditExchange Database... in the menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange databases dialog box.

In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list of your Evolution address books.

Choose an addressbook and click Define.

In case it is not listed already, click Browse.... A file chooser dialog opens.

As Evolution stores its data in a hidden directory, press CtrlL to get the location bar displayed.

Go to /home/username/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db and click Open.

This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into an LibreOffice document via InsertFieldsOther.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html-text.page0000644000373100047300000000556612306123630027051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in HTML

Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML format. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Text Styles:

Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next.

Boton

Descripcion

+0

Font size.

Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting StylePage Style.

TT

Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font.

Bold A

Bolds the text.

Italic A

Italicizes the text.

Underlined A

Underlines the text.

Strike through A

Marks a line through the text.

The other buttons are explained under .

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000577712306123630025245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching messages. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Mail
Searching in a Single Message

To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message... from the main menu.

Searching Across Messages
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000567312306123630032152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000323312306123630030640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Getting and Using GPG Public Keys. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Getting and using GPG public keys

To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring.

To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid, substituting keyid by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is automatically added to your keyring.

If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command gpg --import to add it to your keyring.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000134712306123630025641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On task and memo lists, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing tasks and memos usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-read-receipts.page0000644000373100047300000000415312306123630026014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to enable requesting read receipts. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Read receipts for emails

Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone.

You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email composer's menu. To do so, go to OptionsRequest Read Receipt.

For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by going to EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaultsMessage Receipts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page0000644000373100047300000000137112306123630027517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Freeing disk space by deleting items usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000124512306123630024573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000571712306123630033375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exporting-data-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000237112306123630027107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export contacts data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Exporting contacts data

Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file.

To export a complete address book, click FileSave Address Book As vCard.

If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and click Save as vCard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000415312306123630030072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Managing S/MIME certificates

Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption.

You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates.

If you get the error "Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" after adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate.

Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click Import, select the file to import, then click Open and enter a password.

Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages.

Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities that verify that your own certificate is valid.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page0000644000373100047300000000327112306123630031664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the "On date, person wrote:" string when replying

Advanced users can change this string.

Open the dconf-editor application.

Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail.

Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key composer-message-attribution.

You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform these steps.

Install dconf-editor

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-free-busy.page0000644000373100047300000001076012306123630026016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Entresenhas liure/ocupat

You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees.

In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.

To access the free/busy view:

Click FileNewMeeting.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans.

Attendee List:

The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment.

Schedule Grid:

The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under Personal informationWeb AddressesFree/Busy.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy information when inviting you to a meeting.

The default server can be defined under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationDefault Free/Busy Server.

Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server

If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-cannot-see.page0000644000373100047300000000402312306123630025315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I cannot see some emails, where are they?

Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination.

Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field.

If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.

Look in the Junk folder. Messages that are marked as Junk disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder.

Click EditShow Deleted Messages to make sure all messages are visible.

Check your default folder under EditPreferencesEmail AccountsEditDefaults. Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-attachments.page0000644000373100047300000000117212306123630025576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing attachments usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page0000644000373100047300000000414512306123630027446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Setting up GPG for your mail account

You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to Creating a GPG key.

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Specify your key ID in the PGP/GPG Key ID field.

Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options.

Click OK.

Click Close.

Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you can find it by typing gpg --list-keys in the Terminal application. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-follow-up-flag.page0000644000373100047300000000524712306123630026125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using flags to remind you of actions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Follow up flags for emails

To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature.

Select one or more messages.

Right-click one of the messages.

Click Mark for Follow Up....

You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking MessageMark asFollow Up... or by pressing ShiftCtrlG.

A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.

The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply.

After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag Completed or Clear Flag.

When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you "Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM."

Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a search folder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.

If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-send-and-receive.page0000644000373100047300000000154512306123630026400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On receiving mail and sending written emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sending and receiving mail

This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000214112306123630031007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting an appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting an Appointment

If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use EditDelete Appointment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/memos-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000502712306123630025427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching memos. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Memos
Searching in a Single Memo

To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind in Memo... from the main menu.

Searching Across Memos
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-imap-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000365012306123631027122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 IMAP folder subscriptions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP Subscriptions

As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager.

Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click Manage subscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server.

Select a file or folder by clicking it.

You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.

Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/deleting-appointments.page0000644000373100047300000000207212306123631026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting old appointments permanently

To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-local.page0000644000373100047300000000223612306123631025207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local calendar

To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000220312306123631030472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing in appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing an Appointment

If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars,

Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar.

Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options).

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-autocompletion.page0000644000373100047300000000376612306123631027235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Autocompletion of mail recipients

You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books.

To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches.

Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses.

Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000134312306123631025217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-sorting-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000001255112306123631027347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sorting the message list of a mail folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Sorting the message list

Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the message list.

Sorting Mail in Email Threads

You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on ViewGroup By Threads or press CtrlT.

This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next.

When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received.

For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the Terminal application and running the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true
Sorting Mail with Column Headers

The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:

Drag and drop the column header bars

Right-click on the header.

Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option.

Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort.

Using Other Sorting Options

Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort.

Sort By

You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list.

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort By option.

This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:

Subject - Trimmed

Etiquetas

Destinataris

Expeditor

Emplaçament

Tèrme : abans

Follow Up Flag

Flag Status

Talha

A

Recebut

Data

Subjècte

De

Fichièr junt

Flagged

Estatut

Personalizat

Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages.
Sort Ascending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Ascending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom.

Sort Descending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Descending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top.

Unsort

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Unsort option.

This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-displaying-message.page0000644000373100047300000000135612306123631027055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rendering an email and handling its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Display of a message
Advanced
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-change-time-format.page0000644000373100047300000000244712306123631026741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the date and time format in the message list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Format of dates and time

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html-rule.page0000644000373100047300000000271512306123631027026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Rule in HTML

You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:

Click InsertRule... in the menubar.

Select width, size, and alignment.

Select Shaded if wanted.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-google.page0000644000373100047300000000317312306123631025372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the online calendar of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Google calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000307412306123631024724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a CalDAV task or memo list

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000453612306123631030310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding an appointment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding an Appointment

Click FileNewAppointment, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse.

If you use the Appointment dialog:

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To show the time as busy to others, click OptionsShow Time as Busy.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-save-as-pdf.page0000644000373100047300000000270412306123631025374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Converting emails into PDF files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Save messages as PDF

In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See the desktop help for general information on printing.

You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-save-file-format 'pdf'

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-using-contact-lists.page0000644000373100047300000000567612306123631030107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using contact lists for grouping contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Contact Lists

A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a "real" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server.

For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called "Family". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "Family" and the messages would go to all of them.

Creating a contact list

Click FileNewContact List.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select... button.

Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.

Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in Sending a message to several recipients.

Click OK.

The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution.

Sending messages to a contact list

To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page0000644000373100047300000000360312306123631030043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail POP Account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution

Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:

Log in to your Gmail account.

Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section.

Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:

Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)

Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on

Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature.

To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration instructionsOtherStandard Instructions.

On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add.

Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-weather.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123631025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display the weather in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a weather calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Weather.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Choose the temperature unit.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page0000644000373100047300000000231712306123631030174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution

Please refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings.

To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the Gmail Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-two-trash-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000357412306123631026660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to have only one trash or junk folder per account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account

If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution.

You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder.

By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders. They do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for deletion in any folders of that account.

In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000423612306123631034153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000666312306123631027536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for POP accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc POP receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server.

The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000260112306123631027472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Newsgroups Subscriptions

When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:

Select FolderSubscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-google.page0000644000373100047300000000262112306123631025434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the online address book of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a Google addressbook

To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000554112306123631033320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts) Valors per defaut
Security (Exchange Web Services accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page0000644000373100047300000000145312306123631027426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The red "Marcus Bains" line displays the current time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Time display in the Day view

The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-search-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000425712306123631026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Search folders

If filters are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder.

A search folder looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder.

Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or message are deleted.

The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders.

If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search in them either.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412306123631030237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Identitat

Here you define your name and your email address.

Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this account).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/intro-first-run.page0000644000373100047300000002541212306123631025431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Running Evolution for the very first time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time

The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help you set up email accounts and import data from other applications.

Restore from backup

You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you do not have a backup, go to the next page.

Show how to restore from a backup Restoring
Recepcion de messatge

First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list.

If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider.

Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add.
IMAP+

Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems.

Show how to configure this account type IMAP+ receiving options
POP

Downloads your email to your hard disk.

Show how to configure this account type POP receiving options
USENET News

Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests.

Show how to configure this account type Usenet news receiving options
Exchange EWS

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note that this is currently under development and will replace the Exchange MAPI account type in the future. It might not be available yet for your distribution.

This requires having the evolution-ews package installed.

Install evolution-ews
Show how to configure this account type Exchange Web Services receiving options
Exchange MAPI

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server.

This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed.

Install evolution-mapi
Show how to configure this account type Exchange MAPI receiving options
Local delivery

Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead.

Show how to configure this account type Local delivery receiving options
MH-Format Mail Directories

For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application.

Show how to configure this account type MH-format mail directories receiving options
Maildir-Format Mail Directories

Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style application.

Show how to configure this account type Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool file

Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool directory

Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
None

If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email.

Sending mail

Available server types are:

SMTP

Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.

Show how to configure this account type SMTP sending options
Sendmail

Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.

Account Information

Give the account any name you prefer.

Importing Mail (Optional)

Continue with Importing data from another application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page0000644000373100047300000000713312306123632030264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating a GPG key

These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the Seahorse application for managing GPG/OpenPGP keys.

Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG.

Open the Terminal application and enter gpg --gen-key.

Select an algorithm, then press Enter.

Select a key length, then press Enter.

Enter how long your key should be valid for.

Type your real name, then press Enter.

Type your email address, then press Enter.

(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter.

Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O.

Type a passphrase, then press Enter.

Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys.

After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering gpg --list-keys. You should see something similar to this: /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you@example.com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]

GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file.

If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:

Check your public key ID with gpg --list-keys. It is the string after 1024D on the line beginning with pub. In the example above, it is 32j38dk2.

Enter the command gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. You need your password to do this.

Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people download it from a central place when they want.

If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an error message appears.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page0000644000373100047300000001000212306123632032470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply to Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Variables in Templates
Configuring Variables for Message Templates

Select EditPlugins.

Click Templates.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs.

In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message.

Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin.

By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used.

The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:

$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin.

If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable.

If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made.
Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying

Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the complete message body.

In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, use $ORIG[body].

If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed (except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are not necessarily always available in the original message (for example $ORIG[reply-to]).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000171412306123632031714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Thread related headers recognized by Evolution

Evolution supports the following headers:

References

In-Reply-To

Thread-* headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not supported.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page0000644000373100047300000000225712306123632031312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to forward a message with its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Forwarding a message with its attachments

Click MessageForward as... and choose Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send.

If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000567112306123632033455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI account settings
Editor de compte

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts) Valors per defaut
Exchange Settings

In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders.

Security (Exchange MAPI accounts) Seguritat
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-working-offline.page0000644000373100047300000000607112306123632026370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Work with your mail while not being connected to the network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Working Offline

Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.

Marking folders for offline usage

To mark a mail folder for offline use,

Right-click the folder, then click Properties.

Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation.
Syncing messages for offline usage

Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via FileWork Offline, the cables separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally before you go offline.

To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going offline, select FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage.

Automatic Network State Handling

Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-search.page0000644000373100047300000000307512306123632026363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching for text in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching in the mail composer

Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available.

Find:

Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message.

Find Again:

Select this item to repeat the last search you performed.

Replace:

Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.

For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match

If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use Regular expressions for searching.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-layout.page0000644000373100047300000000124612306123632025433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusting the display and views of the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the calendar layout usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-default-folder-locations.page0000644000373100047300000000376612306123632030166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail folder locations

You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-attachments-received.page0000644000373100047300000000372712306123632027374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Handling attachments in received mail

If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between the email header and the content of the email.

Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one folder at once.

A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email.

To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click Save As.

To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications.

The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For example, image files can be opened in the Image Viewer application or in the GIMP graphics editor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/searching-items.page0000644000373100047300000000116212306123632025426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching content and data within Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching items usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-plain-text.page0000644000373100047300000000472212306123632027203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in Plain Text Format

Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Headers and Lists:

At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists.

For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.

Alinhament :

Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right.

Indentation Rules:

The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-refresh-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000215112306123632026355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways to update your Evolution folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server

To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to FolderRefresh. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server.

You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press F5.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/offline.page0000644000373100047300000000371212306123632023771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make Evolution mail be online again. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Patrick O'Callaghan Why is Evolution's mail offline when my net connection is working?

You may have started Evolution with the --offline commandline option to enforce offline mode.

If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its state.

If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html-image.page0000644000373100047300000000264412306123632027143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Embed a picture in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting an Image in HTML

You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertImage... in the menubar.

Browse to and select the file.

Click Open.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000200412306123632027634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a contact in your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Contact

If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,

Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press Enter.

Edit the contact information.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000610312306123632024722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use folders to organize your mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Using Folders

Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required.

Creating A Folder

To create a folder:

Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder option.

Specify the name and the location of the folder.

Click on the Create button.

The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder.

The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account.
Moving Messages to New Folders

You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:

Drag and drop the messages into the folder.

Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option.

Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV.

Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder.

The steps for copying are similar.

Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-attachments-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000510112306123632027221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Attaching files to emails you want to send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding attachments to an email
Attaching files

To attach a file to your email in the composer:

Click Add Attachment..., or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM.

Select the file you want to attach.

Click OK.

You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window.

When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive.

Attachment Reminder

Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent.

To enable the Attachment Reminder:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Attachment Reminder.

Click the Configuration tab.

Click Add, then enter keywords in your language such as "Attach" or "enclosed".

Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000134112306123632026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On using several calendars, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing calendars usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000376212306123632032055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have set up your GPG key, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account.

Click OK.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-filters-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000415012306123632027103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter conditions

Source Account:

Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.

Pipe to Program:

Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.

Junk Test:

Filters based on the results of the junk mail test.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000507612306123632026133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching contacts. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Contacts
Searching in a Single Contact

To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact... from the main menu.

Searching Across Contacts
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-word-wrap.page0000644000373100047300000000177512306123632025220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters

For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed.

To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-spam.page0000644000373100047300000000123512306123632024225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to automatically handle unwanted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Junk and Spam Mail Handling usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-search-folders-refresh.page0000644000373100047300000000235112306123632027622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways of updating Search folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Updating/refreshing Search folders

It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date.

You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000306412306123632031332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display less email recipients of a specific message. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Collapsible Message Headers

Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview.

To see all recipients, click the icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (...) at the end of the five displayed addresses.

To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon next to the From: line. This is helpful on small screens.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-search-folders-add.page0000644000373100047300000000554212306123632026721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up a search folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating A Search Folder

Click EditSearch Folders, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search....

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section Search Folder Sources. Options are:

All local folders:

Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All active remote folders:

Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All local and active remote folders:

Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Specific folders only:

Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the Add to select folders.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page0000644000373100047300000000366712306123632032447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a default signature for an email account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default account signature

You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information.

If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-forward.page0000644000373100047300000000547512306123632026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forwarding a received email to somebody. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Forwarding a message

When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested.

You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each line), or quoted (with > character before each line).

Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding.

To forward a message that you are reading:

Click MessageForward, the Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method.

Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want.

Add your comments on the message in the text field.

Click Send or press CtrlReturn.

Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments.

Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/exporting-data-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000227712306123632026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export mail data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting mail data

To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox... or right-click on the message and click Save as mbox....

The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page0000644000373100047300000000341312306123632026321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default CC and BCC

You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-filters.page0000644000373100047300000001124412306123632024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Filters

Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails.

Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.

To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click MessageApply Filters or press CtrlY.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

Creating a Filter

Click EditMessage Filters, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the filter will be based on.

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section.

For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions.

The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

If you want to define multiple actions, click Add Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the second action in the list.

Click OK.
Editing Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Edit.

Make the desired corrections, then click OK twice.
Deleting Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Remove.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-filters-actions.page0000644000373100047300000000505512306123632026377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available actions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter actions

Move to Folder:

Moves the message into a folder you specify.

Copy to Folder:

Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify.

Suprimir :

Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.

Stop Processing:

Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored.

Set Label:

Adds a label to a message.

Assign Color:

Marks the message with a color of your choice.

Assign Score:

Assigns the message a numeric score.

Adjust Score:

Changes the numeric score by the amount you set.

Set Status:

Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Unset Status:

If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing.

Beep:

Makes the system beep.

Play Sound:

Select a sound file for Evolution to play.

Run Program:

Evolution runs an application.

Pipe to Program:

Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.

Forward to:

Forwards the message to another email address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-recurrence.page0000644000373100047300000000266712306123632026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Repeating appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Recurrence

If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015" or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/intro-application.page0000644000373100047300000000323012306123632025776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An introduction to Evolution. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Per començar

Evolution is a stable and versatile personal information manager for the GNOME project. Evolution allows you to keep your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place.

By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called "switcher") and selecting the desired view. Learn more about the elements of the main window.

When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar view, use the command evolution --component=calendar in the Terminal application. Other available options are "mail", "contacts", "tasks", and "memos".

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/memos-usage-add-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000542712306123632026257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a memo to your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Memo

Click FileNewMemo, or press ShiftCtrlO.

Select a memo list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos.

You can also define a category, or a classification for the memo, or add an attachment.

Shared Memos

Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox.

To send a Shared Memo,

Click FileNewShared Memo, or press ShiftCtrlH.

Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.

In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users.

Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to create the entry.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000214012306123632031240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check automatically and regularly for new received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Automatically check for new mail

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option Check for new messages every ... minutes in the Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) and select the frequency in minutes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/change-switcher-appearance.page0000644000373100047300000000250112306123633027513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the Switcher appearance

The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via ViewSwitcher Appearance. This can be helpful if you have a small display. You can also completely hide them.

The available options are:

Icons and Text

Icons Only

Text Only

Toolbar Style

Show Buttons

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000505512306123633031442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Enter the Domain name for that server.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

Click Authenticate and enter your password.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000646012306123633026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Answering a received email. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a message
Replying to Email Messages

To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message.

If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.

Using the Reply To All Feature

Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone.

If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All.

Keyboard shortcuts

Action

Shortcut keys

Reply to Sender

CtrlR

Reply to Mailing List

CtrlL

Respondre a totes

ShiftCtrlR
Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page0000644000373100047300000000212712306123633030220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Working with email signatures

A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a space (-- ).

The term "signature" is also differently used in terms of encryption.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-layout-changing.page0000644000373100047300000000131612306123633026357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen). Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the mail window layout usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-account-management.page0000644000373100047300000000177112306123633027041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing and managing mail accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Gestion de compte
Common Account Types
Local Account Types
Corporate Account Types
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-spam-settings.page0000644000373100047300000001055512306123633026071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Patrick O'Callaghan Pete Biggs April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Junk Mail Settings
Tools

Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam emails by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin to perform these steps.

Install bogofilter

Install spamassassin

SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. You must train it first to make it work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well.

Junk Mail Folder

Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the Junk mail folder.

Junk Mail Preferences

The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local Delivery accounts. For handling junk mails on IMAP accounts, see the Evolution settings under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options.

You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:

Click EditPreferences or press ShiftCtrlS.

Select Mail Preferences.

Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following:

Checking incoming mail for junk messages.

Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted.

Checking custom headers for junk.

Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book.

The default junk filter.

Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options.

For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for Bogofilter resp. SpamAssassin.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-priority.page0000644000373100047300000000250412306123633026774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a priority for messages to be sent. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Prioritizing outgoing messages

You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, click OptionsPrioritize Message in the composer window.

Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the "Important" flag for any messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html-link.page0000644000373100047300000000317212306123633027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a link to a website in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Link in HTML

You can insert links into the email:

Select the text that you want to turn into a link.

Either click InsertLink... in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/problems-debug-how-to.page0000644000373100047300000000244612306123633026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to provide good information when tracking down a problem. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to track down a problem

As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar.

To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website.

To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-composer-html-table.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123633027155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a table in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Table in HTML

You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertTable... in the menubar.

Select the number of rows and columns.

Define the type of layout for the table.

Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/contacts-usage-add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000353012306123633027445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a contact to your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding a Contact

Click FileNewContact, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New Contact..., or press ShiftCtrlC.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs.

You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories.

Click OK.
Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window

You can also add a contact directly from an email.

Right-click on the email address in the message header.

Select Add to Address Book....

Either press Edit Full to bring up the full Contact Editor, or click OK to directly add the contact to the chosen address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000377512306123633032740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Recepcion de messatge

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Opcions de recepcion

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/memos-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000163312306123633024572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting memos. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit and Delete Memos

Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-usage-add-task.page0000644000373100047300000000425512306123633026270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a task to your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Task

Click FileNewTask, or press ShiftCtrlT.

Select a task list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks.

You can also define a time zone, a category, or a classification for the task, or add an attachment.

Assigned Tasks

Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people.

When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond.

This is similar to meetings.

To create an Assigned Task, click FileNewAssigned Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000163512306123633025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing mail

Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs.

Advanced Options
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000410412306123633032457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME Encrypt from the message composer menu.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate.

Select the appropriate options.

Click OK.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/tasks-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000502712306123633025437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching tasks. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Tasks
Searching in a Single Task

To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind in Task... from the main menu.

Searching Across Tasks
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/import-single-files.page0000644000373100047300000000233612306123633026242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing single files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing single files

To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the file.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/intro-main-window.page0000644000373100047300000001673112306123633025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara M. Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc The <app>Evolution</app> main window

Evolution provides functionality for E-Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the "Switcher" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ.

Corrièl

The Evolution mail main window

Corresponding elements in the mail main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Folder list

Search bar

Message list

Switcher

Preview pane

Status bar
Folder list

The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list.

For more information see Using Folders.

 Message List

The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list.

 Switcher

The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks.

For more information see Changing the Switcher appearance.

You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow Side Bar or pressing F9.

 Preview Pane

The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list.

You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.
Calendièr

Elements in the calendar main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Calendar list

Search bar

Appointment list

Task list

Month pane

Memo list

Switcher

Status bar
Appointment List

The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected.

 Month Pane

The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list.

 Task list and Memo list

Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their main windows.
Contactes

Elements in the contacts main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Address book list

Search bar

Contacts list

Switcher

Contact preview

Status bar

You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/mail-filters-not-working.page0000644000373100047300000000664312306123633027222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail filters are not working
Order of Filters

The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the Then section by editing the filter.

Using Several Mail Clients

Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the "new" flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically.

Logging Filter Actions

If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable logging filter actions.

Close Evolution.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions true

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "/home/myusername/my-filter-log" and replace myusername by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not work.

Aviar Evolution.

Fetch mail to apply filters.

Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which filter actions have been applied.

Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/evolution/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page0000644000373100047300000000473512306123633031441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Appearance of Appointments

The following calendar-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksDisplay.

General

Time Divisions:

Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar.

Show appointment end times in week and month views:

If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment.

Compress weekends in month view:

Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view.

Show week numbers:

Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar.

Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar

Scroll Month View by a week
Date/Time Format

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344412307574725023403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001057712307574725023423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Preferéncias

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a check pattern.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306212307574725022535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271212307574725025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000306012307574725022216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
Advanced
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206112307574725024504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000353012307574725022075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561412307574725022070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640212307574725023625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212307574725023103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220312307574725027076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000404712307574725023343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574725022060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307574725026667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307574725022055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000241512307574725024667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360412307574725022247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000316312307574725023114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512307574725023645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000312712307574725023536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animacion

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format

ICO - Icòna Windows

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - Portable Network Graphics

PNM - Portable Anymap from the PPM Toolkit

RAS - Sun Raster

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X Bitmap

XPM - X Pixmap

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462412307574726023142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000210712307574726026040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207412307574726024702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175012307574726023523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000424112307574726022554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Barra d'espleches

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000562712307574726022604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Plugins

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000332512307574726022041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000204712307574726023635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduccion

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001110612307574726023146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

Copy

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

Help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307574726022540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215112307574726022546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661012307574726024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307574726023175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612307574726023764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747012307574726024763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/seahorse/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000013664212300434241023753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 seahorse-daemon"> key"> ]>
Passwords and Keys Manual 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Jacob Perkins and Adam Schreiber Projècte Seahorse Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project Adam Schreiber Seahorse Project
sadam@clemson.edu
Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project
pcutler@foresightlinux.org
Projècte Seahorse GNOME Documentation Project Passwords and Keys Manual V2.11.0 May 2009 Paul Cutler pcutler@foresightlinux.org Passwords and Keys Manual V0.10.1 August 2008 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.1 November 2006 Milo Casagrande milo_casagrande@yahoo.it Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.0 July 2005 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Seahorse Project Passwords and Keys Manual V0.7.0 February 2003 Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project This manual describes version 2.28.x of Passwords and Keys Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Passwords and Keys application or this manual, follow the directions in the Gnome Feedback Page. Passwords and Keys is the application for managing encryption keys for the GNOME Desktop Seahorse seahorse Encryption Keys Introduccion You can use Passwords and Keys to create and manage PGP and SSH keys. Passwords and Keys provides a front end to many of the features of Gnu Privacy Guard (GPG) and integrates with multiple components of the GNOME desktop. With Passwords and Keys you can: Create and manage PGP and SSH keys, Export and import PGP and SSH keys, Share your keys with others, Per començar Starting <application>Passwords and Keys</application> You can start Passwords and Keys in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose Accessories Password and Keys . Linha de comanda Type seahorse then press Return. When You Start <application>Passwords and Keys</application> When you start Passwords and Keys, the Password and Keys window is displayed.
The <application>Passwords and Keys</application> Window Show the Passwords and Keys window.
The Passwords and Keys window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands that you need to perform tasks in Passwords and Keys. Barra d'espleches Use the toolbar to quickly access commonly-used commands. Keys and Passwords Tabs Provides access to the keys and passwords in the keyring. First time options Provides fast access to useful actions for first time users. From here you can: Explorar lo sistèma d'ajuda Import keys in the keyring, Crear de claus novèlas. Creating OpenPGP Keys OpenPGP is a non proprietary protocol for encrypting e-mail with the use of public key cryptography based on PGP. It defines standard formats for encrypted messages, signatures, private keys and certificates for exchanging public keys. Public key cryptography is a concept which involves the use of two keys: a public key, that you can give to anyone with whom you would like to communicate, and a private key which is private and must be kept secret. To create OpenPGP keys: Choose FileNew... Select PGP Key and click Continue Enter your full name (first - last), your e-mail address and any additional information. You can also specify advanced options for the key: see below. Click Create to create the new key pair. The Passphrase for New PGP Key dialog will open. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key. Use similar practices to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters. Opcions avançadas Expand the Advanced key options section to specify the following options for a new key: Encryption Type This field specifies the encryption algorithms used to generate your keys. DSA ElGamal This is the suggested choice as it will allow you to encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify as needed. DSA Will allow signing only. RSA Will allow signing only. Key Strength (bits) This is the length of the key in bits. The longer the key, the more secure it will be, provided a strong passphrase is used. Conversely, performing any operation with a longer key will require more time than it would with a shorter key. Acceptable values are between 1024 and 4096 bits. At least 2048 bits is recommended. Expiration Date This is the date at which the key will cease to be usable for performing encryption or signing operations. 6 months is a reasonable time to set it to. You will have to either change the expiration date or generate a new key or subkey after this amount of time passes. Sign your new key with your old one before it expires to preserve your trust status. Creating Secure Shell Keys Secure Shell (SSH) is a way of logging into a remote computer to execute commands on that machine. SSH keys are used in key-based authentication system, as an alternative to the default password authentication system. With key-based authentication there is no need to manually type a password to authenticate. Secure Shell keys are made of two keys: a private key, that must be kept secret, and a public key which can be uploaded to any computer you need to access. To create a Secure Shell key: Choose FileNew... Select Secure Shell Key and click Continue Enter a description of what the key is to be used for. You can use your e-mail address or any other reminder. You can also specify advanced options for the key: see below. Click Just Create Key to create the new key, or Create and Set Up to create the key and set up another computer to use it for authentication. The Passphrase for New Secure Shell Key dialog opens. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key. Use similar practices to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters. Opcions avançadas Expand the Advanced key options section to specify the following options for a new key: Encryption Type This field specifies the encryption algorithms used to generate your key. RSA Use the Rivest-ShamirAdleman (RSA) algorithm to create the SSH key. This is the preferred and more secure choice. DSA Use the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) to create the SSH key. Key Strength (bits) This is the length of the key in bits. The longer the key, the more secure it will be, provided a strong passphrase is used. Conversely, performing any operation with a longer key will require more time than it would with a shorter key. Acceptable values are between 1024 and 4096 bits. At least 2048 bits is recommended. OpenPGP Key Properties The descriptions in this section apply to all OpenPGP keys. To view properties of a PGP key: Select the PGP key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. Propietats Fingerprint The fingerprint is a unique string of characters that exactly identifies a key. KeyID The KeyID is similar to the Fingerprint. However the KeyID only contains the last 8 characters of the fingerprint. Most of the time it is possible to identify a key with only the KeyID, but occasionally two keys may have the same ID. Type Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a key. DSA keys can only sign. ElGamal keys are used to encrypt. Created Indicates the date the key was created. Expires Indicates the date the key can no longer be used. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Trust Trust is an indication of how sure you are of a person's ability to correctly extend the web of trust. When you are faced with a key you have not signed, the validity of that person's key will be determined based on the signatures they have collected and how well or not you trust the people who have made those signatures. By default, an unknown key will require 3 signatures with marginal trust value or 1 fully trusted signature. Unknown: You are not familiar with the person's ability to sign keys correctly. Never: This person cannot correctly sign keys. Marginal: This person checks for photo ID before signing a key, but does not necessarily scrutinize the IDs. Full: This person scrutinizes each and every person's photo IDs before signing them (e.g. they only sign keys that truely belong to the person asking for the signature). Ultimate: This level of trust should only be assigned to your own keys. Activar e desactivar de claus When a key is enabled, it can be used to perform encryption operations. When a key is disabled, it cannot be used to encrypt to or verify signatures made by it. Expiration Date A key can no longer be used to perform key operations after it has expired. Changing a key's expiration date to a point in the future re-enables it. A good general practice would be to have a master key that never expires and multiple subkeys that do and are signed by the master key. User IDs User IDs allow multiple identities and email addresses to be used with the same key. They usually take the form of: Name (comment) <email address> Adding a User ID Adding a user ID is useful when you want to have an identity for your job and one for your friends. To add a user ID to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Names and Signatures tab, Click on Add Name. After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialog to fill in. The fields are detailed below. Full Name Enter your full name in the form <first> <last> A middle name or initial is optional. You must enter at least 5 characters in this field. Email Address Your email address is how most people will locate your key on a key server or other key provider. Make sure it is correct before continuing. It should be of the form <username>@<domainname> Key Comment The comment field can be used to place any additional information into the displayed name of your new ID. This information can be searched for on key servers. Photo IDs Photo IDs allow a key owner to embed one or more pictures of themselves in a key. These identities can be signed just like normal user IDs. A photo ID must be in JPEG format and is recommended to be no larger than 240x288 pixels. If the chosen image is not of the required file type or size Passwords and Keys can resize and convert it on the fly from any image format supported by the GDK library. Changing the Passphrase To change the passphrase assigned to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Click on Change Passphrase. Enter the new passphrase and click OK. Suprimir una clau To delete a key from your keyring: Select the key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete Key or choose Edit Delete Key . You can delete your keys, trusted keys and collected keys. OpenPGP Subkey Properties Each OpenPGP key has a single master key used to sign only. Subkeys are used to encrypt and to sign as well. In this way, if your sub key is compromised, you don't need to revoke your master key. ID This is the identifier of the subkey. Type Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a subkey. DSA keys can only sign, ElGamal keys are used to encrypt while RSA keys are used to sign or to encrypt. Created Indicates the date the key was created. Expires Indicates the date the key can no longer be used. Status Indicates the status of the key. Strength Indicates the length in bits of the key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Adding a Subkey To add a subkey to a key, from the Subkeys section click on Add button. After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialog to fill in. The fields are detailed below. Tipe de clau Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a subkey. DSA Use the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) to create the subkey. This subkey can sign only. ElGamal Use the ElGamal algorithm to create the subkey. This subkey can encrypt only. RSA Use the Rivest-Shamir Adleman (RSA) algorithm to create the subkey. This subkey can be used to sign or encrypt, but you have to create two different subkeys. Longor de clau Indicates the length in bits of the subkey. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. Expiration Date Indicates the date the subkey can no longer be used. Changing a Subkey Expiration Date To change a subkey expiration date, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Expire button on the left, From the date dialog choose the new expiration date or select Never expires for no expiration date. Revoking a Subkey To revoke a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Revoke button on the left, Choose a reason why to revoke the subkey: No Reason There isn't a specific reason to revoke the key. Compromised The key has been compromised. Superseded The key has been superseded by another one. Not Used The key is not used anymore. Enter a description of why you are revoking the key, Click on Revoke. The effect of revoking a subkey is immediate. Deleting a Subkey To delete a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Delete button on the left. Secure Shell Key Properties The descriptions in this section apply to all SSH keys. To view properties of a SSH key: Select the Secure Shell key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. Propietats Fingerprint The fingerprint is a unique string of characters that exactly identifies a key. Algorithm Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a key. Location This is the location where the private key has been stored. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Deleting a Secure Shell Key To delete a Secure Shell key: Select the SSH key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete key or choose Edit Delete Key . Importacion de claus To import keys choose File Import and select, from the file chooser, a file containing at least one ASCII armored public key. Importing can also be performed by pasting the keys inside Passwords and Keys: Select an ASCII armored public block of text, Copy it to the clipboard, Choose Edit Paste Keys . Exporting Keys To export keys, select the keys in the main window and choose File Export . You can also export keys to the clipboard in an ASCII armored block of text: Select the keys in the main window, Choose Edit Copy Keys . Signing a Key Signing another person's key means you are giving trust to that person. Before signing a key, you have to carefully check the key's fingerprint to be sure that the key really belongs to that person. To sign a key in your keyring: Select the key you want to sign from the Trusted Keys or Other Collected Keys tabs, Choose Sign from the toolbar or File Sign , Select how carefully the key has been checked, Indicate if the signature should be local to your keyring, and if your signature can be revoked, Click on Sign. Preferéncias This section describes the preferences settable in Passwords and Keys by choosing Edit Preferences from within Passwords and Keys. Password Keyrings Creating Keyrings To create a new keyring, from the menu choose FileNew and choose Password Keyring. Enter a name for the new keyring, and press enter. Changing Keyring Passwords To change the unlock password of the keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then press Change Unlock Password button. You will then be prompted to type the old password in the Old password text box, the new password in the New password text box and confirm it in the Confirm password text box. To apply the settings, press Change. If the old password is correct, you will get a status message indicating the success of the operation. If the old password is not correct you will be asked to check its correctness. Removing Keyrings To remove a keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then from the menu choose Edit Delete. Servidors de clau Keep your and other's keys up to date by syncing keys periodically with remote keyservers. Syncing will make sure that you have the latest signatures made on all of your keys so that the web of trust will be the most useful. Passwords and Keys provides support for HKP and LDAP keyservers. HKP Servers HKP keyservers are ordinary web based keyservers such as the popular hkp://pool.sks-keyservers.net, also accessible at http://sks-keyservers.net. LDAP Keyservers LDAP keyservers are less common, but use the standard LDAP protocol to serve keys. ldap://keyserver.pgp.com is a good LDAP server. Key Sharing Key Sharing is provided by DNS-SD, also known as Bonjour or Rendevous. Enabling key sharing will add the local Passwords and Keys users' public key rings to the remote search dialog. Using these local "key servers" will most likely be faster than accessing remote servers. About Passwords and Keys Passwords and Keys, its associated plugins, the preferences applet and the panel applet are known collectively as Seahorse. Seahorse was written by Jacob Perkins. The current maintainers are Stef Walter and Adam Schreiber. This manual is by Adam Schreiber. The project's web site was designed by Jim Pharis. To find more information about Seahorse, the project , please visit the Seahorse web page. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, follow the directions in the Feedback section of the GNOME User Guide. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/seahorse/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012300434241023101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415112307647422024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514212307647422023413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434112307647422023736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000260512307647422022476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706412307647423023764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205212307647423024405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263012307647423024544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172212307647423022651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302512307647423024261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. Introduccion

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000673712320732220025553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Activacion de las tòcas remanentas

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Activatz las Tòcas remanentas.

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320732220026752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226212320732220023721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problèmas
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320732220026074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320732220027235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001521112320732220025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320732220025033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320732220026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104012320732220023664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320732220026774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320732220025605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320732220024270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000421512320732221026615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Projècte de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320732221025135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212320732221025561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320732221027113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456612320732221026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320732221026430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235612320732221027734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320732221026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000642712320732221025322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000054412320732221023537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Aqueste trabalh es publicat jos la Creative Commons Attribution - Partiment dins las Meteissas Condicions 3.0 pas transpausat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000725412320732221026276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320732221024612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000303712320732221025362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320732221027223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320732221025222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001227712320732221025410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000226412320732221025470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511012320732222025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Activacion de las tòcas lentas

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Activatz las Tòcas lentas.

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000550612320732222024457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projècte de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000356612320732222025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000633412320732222025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulacion d'un clic al moment del susvòl pel puntador

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Activatz Clic per susvòl.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643512320732222030015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001704312320732222027340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000632712320732222025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulacion d'un clic drech de la mirga

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Activatz la Simulacion del clic segondari.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331712320732222025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320732222024321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000316312320732222025257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Cambiament de la talha del tèxte a l'ecran

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732222025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320732222025126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320732223030752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320732223026476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320732223026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320732223023361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675112320732223025414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000262512320732223026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320732223025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000263012320732223025515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320732223026625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000315112320732223025174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Reglatge del contraste

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000450112320732223025312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Apondre un depaus personal de logicials (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Installar un PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Bascuolar cap a l'onglet Autres logicials.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320732223027567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000517712320732223026467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000147212320732223027237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000302312320732223026361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412320732223026704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320732224023706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320732224026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000603512320732224033143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320732224024472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000642712320732224026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732224025752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000313612320732224027004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320732224026043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712320732224026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000340112320732224025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320732224026647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001313412320732224026067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320732224023553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000370412320732224025325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320732224025205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320732224025040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320732224026467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000633412320732224025742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212320732224027262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320732225026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000374012320732225025430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043412320732225032116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000557312320732225025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320732225025755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320732225024411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320732225026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320732225033351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320732225026061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000565212320732225027040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000770012320732225026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000517412320732225026373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000340612320732225026120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000542112320732225030034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Installar de logicials amb Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Seleccionatz totas las autras aplicacions que volètz installar.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000576212320732225026210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320732225026070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000415512320732225026767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320732225027134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604212320732225026010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000547712320732226025026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162612320732226025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320732226026165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320732226026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320732226026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320732226025247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320732226027373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320732226025730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320732226027540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732226025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320732226025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000545212320732226025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320732226027322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320732226025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320732226026561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000346112320732226026036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Suprimir de logicials qu'utilizatz pas mai. Suprimir una aplicacion

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320732226025542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320732226024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320732227025464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320732227026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000326112320732227024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000410012320732227025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. A prepaus d'aqueste guida

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000357312320732227027367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320732227026506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236512320732227024605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problèmas
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320732227027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320732227026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320732227025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732227027216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320732227025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167012320732227030631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000614112320732227026560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000471612320732227027142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320732227024651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400712320732230027443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320732230027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001041112320732230026250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306112320732230023643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000202712320732230024750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Lectura en Braille d'un ecran

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320732230027465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000407612320732230026062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530212320732230030354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732230030051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000535312320732231026663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320732231026727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732231026246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320732231025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732231025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000416312320732231030253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000313512320732231025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320732231027344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320732231023513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000232112320732231024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Accès universal Autres tèmas usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442012320732231026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732231027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000526412320732231026206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Installar de logicials suplementaris

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000142312320732231024220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000552412320732231024626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320732231026426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010612320732231026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320732232027212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000260512320732232024423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000404012320732232025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignorar las quichadas de tòcas rapidas e identicas. Activacion de las tòcas rebomb

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Activatz los Rebombs de tòcas.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467612320732232026126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320732232026423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320732232030564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320732232024637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320732232026000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000520712320732232026461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001524512320732232033311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555112320732232025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Apondre un compte

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320732232025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000336412320732232026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320732232024413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320732232025656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235212320732233027533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320732233030227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412320732233026510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532412320732233024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320732233025765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320732233026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320732233026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000521612320732233026207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000652012320732233025610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430612320732233026200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320732233026310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320732233025352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000433412320732233030441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000656212320732233024304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000367512320732233025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000507112320732234033165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320732234023677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602112320732234024574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320732234025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320732234026037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000411212320732234026465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704612320732234024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320732234024444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364612320732234026251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000202512320732234026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320732234026211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000435712320732234025061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Qu'es aquò la tòca « Super » ?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000250612320732234026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320732234024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000562112320732234025730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000603312320732235026206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352712320732235025553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177612320732235023722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problèmas
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320732235025212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000412312320732235026443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314612320732235026602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320732235024773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320732235024471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320732235025017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320732235027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320732235025543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000545412320732235025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000342012320732235026074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000712212320732235025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000714212320732235025670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320732236026442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320732236027270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000365712320732236025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320732236026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732236025670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732236027060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000641612320732236026651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320732236026513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735712320732236025710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000435612320732236024463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000523212320732236026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000533512320732236023353 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Accès universal

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Vision defalhenta Ceguesa Marrida vista Daltonisme Autres tèmas
Audicion defalhenta
Mobilitat defalhenta Movement de la mirga Clic e lisament Utilizacion del clavièr Autres tèmas
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000500512320732236025000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Vòstres fichièrs personals

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 Paramètres del sistèma

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330312320732236025703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732236025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320732237026574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320732237025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001305512320732237026527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320732237026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000467512320732237025451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320732237026457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320732237025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403612320732237025155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320732237026430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320732237026361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000650512320732237024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Qué de nòu dins Ubuntu 14.04 ?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Foncionalitats novèlas e melhoradas

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700712320732237024666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364712320732237025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Projècte de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000574012320732237026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000777612320732237026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320732240026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000402012320732240026272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320732240024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320732240025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000441112320732240025142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001041312320732240025133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000706312320732240026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Installar d'autres depauses

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activar lo depaus dels partenaris de Canonical

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000407112320732240027677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000354112320732240025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320732240025224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000154512320732240023711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000616312320732240025174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320732240026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732240024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000331412320732240030232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000374512320732241025607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000243212320732241024641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Salvaments Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320732241026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320732241030501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001275712320732241025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320732241026161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000334612320732241026644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projècte de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320732241026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000376712320732241026047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000510512320732241025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320732241025161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143712320732241024541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000447012320732241030055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001065512320732241026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167712320732242026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Lectura de l'ecran a nauta votz

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000236212320732242025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320732242023722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320732242026126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732242027056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000421212320732242026125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320732242027713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000632012320732242025714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320732242024771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320732242031451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000211012320732242025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266412320732242026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002173612320732242030301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320732242030662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000446612320732242025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000456712320732243024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220612320732243025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320732243026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320732243026651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320732243025675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000410512320732243026114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320732243023672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320732243024657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000326212320732243026673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320732243026270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320732243025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365612320732243027021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000366012320732243025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320732243026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320732243025555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320732244026561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732244024537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000452312320732244026063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234612320732244024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Còla de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000604412320732244027371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. Projècte de documentacion de GNOME gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Projècte de documentacion d'Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320732244030001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/oc/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320732244027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/oc/glade/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000005264212300405316023214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Glade Interface Designer Manual Glade is a user interface designer for GTK+ applications. 2006 Vincent Geddes 2004 2003 Sun Microsystems 20022000 Michael Vance Projècte de documentacion de GNOME Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project
vincent.geddes@gmail.com
 Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 3.0 5 December 2006 Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 2.1; 17 June 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 2.0 25 February 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.2 10 Feb 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.1 30 Mar 2002 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.0 11 May 2000 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 3.1.0 of Glade. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Glade application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. glade user interface designer Introduccion The Glade interface designer enables you to create and edit user interface designs for GTK+ applications. The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialog labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called widgets. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code. The user interfaces designed in Glade are stored in an XML format, enabling easy integration with external tools. You can use the libglade library to dynamically create GUIs from the XML description. Per començar To Start <application>Glade</application> You can start Glade in the following ways: Menut Applications Choose Programming Glade Interface Designer . Linha de comanda To start Glade from a command line, type the following command, then press Return: glade-3 When You Start <application>Glade</application> When you start Glade, the following window is displayed.
<application>Glade</application> window Shows theGlade window.
The Glade window contains the following elements: Barra de menuts The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to work with files in Glade. Barra d'espleches The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar. Design Area The design area is where a user interface can be visually edited. Paleta The palette contains the widgets that can be used to build a user interface. Inspector The inspector displays information about the widgets in a project. Property Editor The property editor is used to manipulate the properties of widgets, as well as adding connections to source code. Barra d'estat The statusbar displays information about current Glade activity and contextual information about the menu items. Working with Projects Crear un projècte novèl To create a new project, choose FileNew. The application displays a new blank project in the Glade window. Dobrir un projècte To open an existing project, choose FileOpen. The application displays the project in the Glade window. Enregistrar un projècte You can save projects in the following ways: To save changes to an existing project file, choose FileSave. To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose File Save As . Enter a name for the project file in the Save As dialog, then click Save. Working with Widgets To Select Widgets From the Palette Window You can work with the widgets in the Palette window in the following ways: Mòde de seleccion To use selection mode, click on the Selector arrow. The pointer changes to an arrow to indicate that selection mode is active. In this mode, you use the mouse to select widgets in your project. You can then use the Properties window to edit the properties of the widgets. You can also use the widget context menu to select a widget. Right-click on a widget to open the widget context menu.You can add multiple widgets of a specific type from the Palette to your project by holding down the Control key when you select a widget. You need to click on the Selector arrow or another widget in the Palette to return to normal mode. Widget placement mode To use widget placement mode, select a widget in the Palette window. When you select most widgets, the pointer changes to a pointer-plus-cross. You can then place the widget inside containers, top-level widgets, and so on. After you place a widget, the mode returns to selection mode. Top-level placement mode To use top level placement mode, select a defined top-level widget in the Palette window. When you select a top-level widget in the Palette window, the widget appears immediately on your desktop. You can then edit the widget. After you select a top-level widget, the mode returns to selection mode. To Organize Widgets In Your Project You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organize widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the Palette window: Horizontal Box Vertical Box Tablèu Fixed Positions Horizontal Button Box Vertical Button Box Horizontal Panes Vertical Panes Notebook Encastre Scrolled Window Viewport You can nest boxes to create complex layout structures. When you create horizontal and vertical boxes, Glade asks you how many rows or columns to create initially, though rows and columns can easily be added or deleted later. When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that Glade packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localized. To Place a Widget on the Clipboard To remove a widget from a parent and place the widget on the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Cut . To Copy a Widget to the Clipboard To copy a widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Copy . The original widget remains attached to the parent. To Paste a Widget From the Clipboard Into Your Project To paste a widget that exists on the clipboard into your project, choose Edit Paste .All widgets must have a unique name within Glade. If you cut a widget, and then paste the widget into your project, then the widget and all of the children of the widget keep their original names. If you copy a widget, or paste the widget multiple times into your project, then Glade generates new names for the widget copies. To Delete a Widget To delete a widget from the parent without moving the widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Delete . To Change a Property of a Widget The property editor is used to edit the properties of a selected widget. To change a property of a widget, select the widget and then enter an appropriate value in one of the Property window's property fields. A prepaus de Glade Glade is maintained by the Glade developers and GNOME community volunteers. To find more information about Glade, please visit the Glade Web site. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, you can submit them using bugzilla. Another excellent source of information are the Glade user and developer mailing lists. In addition to subscribing, you might also want to browse the list archives, available via these same links. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/glade/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000752412300405316022350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/oc/glade/figures/main-window.png0000644000373100047300000013526112300405316025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDRgFBbKGD pHYs 7˭tIME 2:TCP IDATxwE;9gTP,PPTNOΜC<'(@A%lybwafwvwXvaa߇O3ߪoUo+8AAA:(D`   Sa{AA`Xz+E픠x-  řތ@j$G!ԏ   ]6Ą]bLksMD|kAAAٲD/  B6U~[WܶW#!nV7 TM  _> զ}?>N.6(:h$0v@S &Q3 dx2ޚ> d'RAAx6_USOW/pewN@kg2wPOZ`fjfFk@sSՔF5M㉅G5NAAڶ{ZIfΠ.xZ8SZ6hՂϽj.< v{>@A1V#ޛ7O~W-AqjTfP5=D?t$ 2 7|Q @! KsVW͍s^y ;r_RA,1~ݢ-l.`9ix wpP~a$Fy쳝|gOdhWίEj6pVXk #OG1n?_gIwZ46 UӥAh{܊jZ +6)[\~~yɬٯYp!LEY|'ϴ*VAjs]rGW~G\rОɠm'?F+ [ΨŐ,;[֯f*}'FTN[WPDUKj/d^6,ٸ1C=|'^VTCjzv؛ݛ޼b >ޫřůA¬!cpjЛ5>4,ܫ>߸ylIg  Έ%:B9ql&.=*㉷rxq{%&jב\53ZP׹|yOS#'hePkK$y7lƏ ˉe@F O}ﶔ2{rN=CQzp~ݢIKr kyQ2iqTM͒uS!BgM=I˙ WG\,i+}%>P]/S01^X^ǯDKS A>3MB;a瑱!FYO罫6e\~~,XGpty w fYp_A5 BW|ٷsa̛}x ]hb#/q#8iD}` l[B 9,; dPxxzز 'p9zJX}={ ܲ϶'fMlÎ%!+$ﱽjCunx6;.IX{` #X[naLquXd&.$= nggA9s_8p+sB*/F1XxU#;=6so`'cIF׼y!n1X1 HJm" FEFpWET>?VQA!@=C0:LxXă>TP o#aVWBZf J%Јz'|73cC5W 9YYTYc;xo&*F[NDSeEU>q?.{2cG.du` 7^=cte$]aFdQe-Kt濷{x2w\'Θ4g_\Ę)1'coIF*`45#E f o'>i4k߇56_pҰFET>?|3o kefB=fJpLAbcW,@:"A|ΞXJόPOYXI_p/n/>ΖʵX%((0Tӽ`GA=3r|!H4zfp-Oc,oQa(U_VMfr=~+s-?O6\y FyY99ɾan`4QV)&wDZhiGa9MQ1h^JgM`dRc9ֿ`JuWq Хٛ x-iI%?%78?? !,elg@ lh DGgMY@i"OA~f3qk5\gҸr`*x,x`4d+G :׽C9~seWa}3mDѦE0 zİ}Uyel2ZLN\l<wM]XW ༓&rox10&kJfԐeN;|2-N ]`q@q!0 i&M4ؐ忼-}*^aYAWoG+Útw:8ǩۼwQ:n,O`bFt(fg=_>qb׫2o)[0ѽ7Vh S]y Q3P9kOT|ż|x)߾F4tQeqo}>j]%G>!PB|d<~W#F[Q=ƀzxj:@1ŦqRm*)_vKljDIb2KKPh=X|KYLͩ6] }r;m_|P T@yP:v.|D4as֚LA٪<>Z +\bǜKJoƢ eϴy]U~@sΤCA:S0b! ¡CAz?l5#G'60kQQ_.KAA1[˻T~Iq=oV%   SvU8oމ3_?zwy   {Ey;71e_8   bLAA)D   g9I_+RAA/t#Ol]!  BY@}Xz] 1͛s>ntŜV".v,W8mZ.=Ζa̚36µ]߭"K$I$IDu k#o {85bpgEv{O^dlœhl e^nu!ڛݻsYr5Y,^?N;R;@otpuڽ+t <+Rk[*k-  /90X@Esؑ^2c F#BLr=披_PYs;h8CGgO:j<=8S?)'ʸyMsq'Hf\rU!7g]ΘÎwkrNl3ϥW9H!L;L1m%{uD;,zk_}}baGrig|ۭn?#N~C4}u`k|촀V6¾Ի`2ݫv26on}Tw}d14GLfUVߍZK$I$I$u]ϙY*\|){dY.yQv.^¢~&y&ƌK0?6/>[[~G,li,lM:ˬ9s99lްt9ｿ(?8^RSx{Ι!^/3f]1S&}^x){;6%yy!ٗ;qک'q'O.x'OoɢwBݫv,ߧu\=+Σ\<l\żk?Z[hzg鲯իWIݵnõ_WEͲٺi5VߍcKm.I$I$IԅEDo=vaа1~u:+Wn(#?_u% $'qҴXac|V^ˮ]1Lq%3Ł|̾{A$  gJ\.W\6 8|x>jR͚6+VRWWǼbPFg, Ӭ/h0`4|P۴1/2cӫ'I`cF$1!GY.R׃ $ =MrW\߲e8v6G`3ϡi*k׭qi'GhO|hdߒߒfb&Gk޲ZlQ@3@+Ym.k6n[mchMtv]$I$I$I9dN tP<[lc yFSx)yٲe#LߠQ)++ovj׾ )oX M;ltLF/>xqN9c:xGO>2ܔ,ttn^ ^+dheK7x/6ƍmڒz}?,233IMI ٗ?Q:ikݎ9ǝ̙^~B~}!/剅䔓O`4D[k )ҺkGMMtaèw8;cKm.I$I$Iԅ0y~87Y/>F0k8 !¿_C AA8ȱFE>?71@-P TAҿֿ?Es@wl9d+>`)Uݳ' ||*g{.+/C*NFW  t$i2o6{0y ~-̞snyoٽ^yu{\6{&IIoAA8kd2s69rPmX)!AAęV   tq&OAAA:8XJAA.O#8w)R   ti5VXq3AAAH\.A8 Xz|T  Й?|CqQCp#ɩOę   eK6|#FFT1С F\N'˗-bCę   |2FOl11hv^0 }o  B(),b`ZFEIRRR%+`G1[ rټD" n,|o{‰$'`_7pg?71@-P TAҿֿ?s&D"  B9gCTbE jщ=M[svps+?޲-{I9@Ạq%Űb!teC BWgClںo1:IE\\:l6'fي_l t'_ Y٧K>g'6~= ( >z;Ou% w-ns>TIB\ _Z"lq9TV-EQ WGZJ*bvٕKl1PUUMUMu[-Vᚡdy^=IK BgC?rѧOl=Ou]/F~]ǎgRϠ{RcDQܨJn9[ɧi4WqcWi,f}{eo35< sQ:uqѡKJRأrc:Nkj8OooۥQ]]M^=*?~<Þ)r J˲rv H\= IDATJLl$tqH>}PUZ/^oxv%z`8؁DQA!+s<k1H?.Proo8?oW3SZ )nHjTnպ dffQ\\LaQ!Һ4N+*+Ȥ̌۔WTM^^`VUo :k 111bF߀Aܹ]ש lcЁTRS}emD\wf38(y@gCdLGG@/G38$ufGQ*}UW5YO?pZwǎ|.(*fhk4w1fx´]שh4*C-Q^^NnA21 b}l6c4p8lN'n[L{ 3щIbl6 ra_%-3b{M.y^E +KLI F@IC|W,{35a|Epqق9/&HmjqXN8a ? AYkw/))EAF45*˰E`ETń`фlfiW5jq8x{wA m( "UR^^F||"Qh-W閑ᠴh;1X1PQUIyE9qq$$$`20x>i]V54vFE9*0B CEy)))nGh cbSUYAUe]|Nqi tt<^^^`]AFzzdfdJ6`!77{`0 D!;'AMMuUij/93/Aa8۟"M}!MGDŽ0bΙNaxp-C1gL(Mڙہz1Vt]C5F{\e%DǴyWRY]Eff&5u5h-ʆhhs8Fbc)//CUtʖ@+@jr ;vA=TKxtrQ]]l w~.kjj$~Is}>vX&/f]p6¼V8 1 e(Z5̿PwAvxܜ@TزnhHtw9gzCxκ*iI\зAut}=sBrxH||"5T|$&&zUjjp\cp{\(d8_Wv!&&r<7ɉX,`!fB4i`DlvAvvILL %Dۢya$I7<@l,$h(dO/D`z,fG;1+.g{YIFz71ء*7\! G9F]CIR[x0dEbx**{ COcl}3tp埮x7޻$-kȣW&&&"B܁iAL1t0ӟ 9 33(8ۯA|7azz fdbPd@QuflŶ:oe @UU|_!yO<1cvp477MsT0жhj='{TʍS{Mw :MFbbmb#Qل&TMd2v9X,V<^/䴰$Au5uMf fSЃM$'' ^(H H4h]˓O.sNGNPg=gZ% ͎[T`0T`PQXT-[PkvWv/;l2^v)//īx<^4!Ȃ_*q1TVU]Ww~kۉ1XLߜ'zU**;@ yL;ea0(TT܌x}旉&PFHgf*/x ӉPp}9bCMuѴ=!{>kh$T5m;E0j8oXglB_i.QWWOll׊xcf껁w/NӁ[j? أXdWUy4TJtBRƱcNcb-œ[Gv/GFz:6-p- % H/($,t]'7?xRS=۶SPPGx= P,1`3M.}= h]v:޶pP\RL=lp Id2]Aq"o;"0-h~:秮6 S9FuN\>ϙg*ni~rГ-w^/EgAW,ф޳wCrt-I,&؆;|B>o@#QWWD٬h"..>`uCk[jaEUU IKIbZЍڞqYh232ӣ{h[t`ҽ륬LY Mv] ~Y!uDr -vyٝ?nce L=(1С.:Z].j}?!raZ@ 3łtJ`b0FqQ545tXBjꉏK`1[ďBt d4e![enhkY~ ]3>x;{l ^Ӄ/"11>AVX@rJ x0SntP]ʭh[DAUHWeSxT4***ۣ7. ;]])Uόe,4g$%fby5<mY',L;f2u9S#V1eabCYu1t`}a\ts6< Z_@b :.ZE9M]c՝&qyڡH>xx<8]:FÞۙ64tͤPU]"Etcwc 4~j|Ba2(]~QV+={v1Laފr[ᅵbfD^AMU$)1WTkw.-- ۍH(ׅP&~Wm ㉎G>`_x^x;6dPH~_~ O>zO3`iyпoZ+M[oST\/W_bH@ߢ5|u߷or#[WWϵ`00j=L}Vfa|g|Dl3Uװs.f,f3ݘ3}r (!9)6A{Yyy9v{LXPjJ eedRfSOimƛoOtŁw=Hmyf~u1/ƏqN [(ov"-GgV-kq:6v2ᨫ&=EyX67꥾ʲSa@ݎlEյ{0+Uq:3Zҏ/~hbȨx=njk*vh2c4SSU 9DžyHNYi!&sdC{lnATL\uظ.:h6g|+ {϶x(L/';xn~**B֫57N^=Xgx|@HֶS59Y|.~s<n )I<}|r2` IDAT!zxϷ_~#Uk۱s/~">싐W4>s?yp-wq)Sdy|ˀ[ ,b/"^IKKirѣrZTMÚuٝOA߾جrg/>YK#*w\ gs<:jR`yII |dggf=3x~9}v9cxn  qW)+/d4QXTH]]>=gIIIrRN $''kw~ '4-=666d}wٌnZj3w 73##l7]o=h}~RRR"okm3G7!nF@5KFUZl|rq`vXx-.G-zw Sg0eEǔc۵Azk]Xm ƀ'l⨫1,h\Wt`"8m؜A%C^- 6u_jj5gK]@ZZ*II&O7o}?g@~}wQ1.-ޠ'pn> 2}N|B<WKm~0b~Aze/S^Q5n yoR9fՐQb嘓/D pޠv P_W7i*I(>y J4-pq:#誇eόx^SW]k1}GQ-`&ޤ$ЉQ)"MEX(((xH{iAz/JO{Y6aC̙3gf) gqvvN#P(1Qۤ^"v FK_')ꈊ9nQ)ZM^AÌ(e=rV|5TTק$JP0>ޚϕPb;8j֨nnj!r!)SF=ݏLv1z<1i˖)c'pv*nށظdmK|ff\R+I-SӶreZN̨5!̙)/^UL8wԧ7nT{pE7l@k:o)ڗgxyzUNΓgeY]8N)_O Kʉoc+Ƈ\(<~/ZBl޼rE֬YǓC;_OJʌwg@9} n%$nc gΜMq#yں_2Ȕ&1i+89wXd ~ʎϿXAeiV#1qܹhChiϖ0|v61bؐT?qHx89|غs9Mgr-}`M&*>.8{UWpp(Ul7‘$' xF{ܽ~*WC.qU;%\ܭO^VLy=u[a7Lvj4QF]S7pZ(Uk`̉xx"VW.ФU{LK$yJ JHy&Ùװ%\8{e*a6%^0>JG诜ǻ>=nJH[ҞمftwՅoW//L3*w`2ŧ8˲a vpw%($)1AAIzlJcSv/wW]b)S˪B^]y37beL|Tm;x ?NNfn5vz5`*/gUZ_.KMٽꅱcN3`emT^AO7_EěL6;1)NLҧWؼ%ũzFV|α'Ә0rT W]÷q#:wzmڣ#Ԫi֚yں_22|`O{oϤJڴ7WW~K˩UsկsҘq)WѾc{LqpgOYh j9sޭsZܸ TY6 2* /MlgxWZ.K-r;6q՗޶sgSJM?FlL qmЂ[7kvlZCyJUҶ~,wSOx /sK|*ٜ֮Euɒ%XDG`6ÿ.p QիS77~X %J+)enmeɲ/IH0sI~]NQ29d:eK]6&w liU#IH0SΧqg?11a}͍aؘH#S|cT $$F\l4]<\T•"E1HH޾7գ,7gYn%!٩;'/_Twn+\"]VPpt*a^b #.6;{Kagd"*2үEp.x=)GEhHSXqF;bur$=Mk]>ol-x>;{*-ZSDI$0fzN4kҘcGxPpH(|̮=c2\zV͛ҵ ޙ*ukʰܥA\w;;;z%oL531ّ)E'OrJ,ȡ1:t9PZ.YNPp/Ok|i9rSyǢE)Z.%KR\Yƌa%K`;sF#/|:v U& +Ξf)2k#ys,BBҠ~=\p٧f/w5e,-cƿbtQ@8%{ܸ=0$wك,Q"E8xq[6O>s_~>W}0P\É͍9ｫ`&""if>F pq)^`z@Rp D?-"QJqF:C}$fyw$w<}/A|\..%yyX*T([`ldE_ f"":]O}$`ghg}=ѣˣr֭o/#ؼ0'nI7<V&ŊH]s&Ol|<OZ=MLDDDDZ5?Ө/EKa4dϞ]5Wۢp&""""yFyMGvՐ m[3Ut| g"""""In}_uwQay?>OkJDDDDD 57Ҹ{pVvC dT>]s&RHKuH.jץ:ADDD$Qa "fDD$("""""p&"""""" g"""""" g""""""p&"""""RYCߖw@=/"""""bpڿ-+Q"UjaБڬaO ɓ2&""RPoW|gۧe<>>AϲajΟkoNYjժr?CXv56+nD|W_kNb0߯}T-sLyE88PLiF ?ඨCDD$?6t0vvvCraС#R\Yʖ-cn!a49I~L?Kxeqpi\~z01 Z"Rį4n];섓eXs^=WbK.K+aqԫWۢD]./N|ߜʙ4<==LEpHhAATP{{vlᡕ," g(Y"{cOִԬY-1)ʕ*养;;nL1keVHa2|`̵xfϙS ԫ[sSwFŋHHH?Vm6pT"™3gSk7WWf;hN>c 4W=w.4wˬo?&ŋT,>^͛aѣ{L?K}7˓ &&xv'۟y6.\Ț5DDr26nDNڿ-]{~Z5Shs 4r:k3^|U֬eY"""Exx8ύ@՚xn"X]:4jFJ8~\F˗r jix:<}|0cڴ''"{Uvr-zG[˗6^! l6o݈YIEDl(?<8-p \Kq{xr@#g"""""" g""""""p&"""""p&""""""ItCu|O Μdϟ hh0`41 0{{{=ﺙW]gZȕÂ/c1ʔ)l_3p,Ol|5ias/ЯO4ǯ\_,Wkϴ\BBvvv%YSv|>cE$|Okl֤ݝM6aci=6mڄU `0ݽ8?igK[O~-j`/8"ώov4g@N:m)?zdZ=܉: ZѰySguZ>-ӂ(>|Z0ijkϿ!6oùzd21cևnә: ZѴu{4WY5}0oBZ?&05-e2[:>[vhשOͬ72I_Du^9G !r,auH gIݫGezYؖK7?dZgX&xm،H'Gn<ׂ=ٽ{/Crf/]ⱎm |nFVjL :wm9~,\ʔקQb߯ں}-Y+=?]fXyS_ʖ)́GpN%-l//O~Z+AԪQ_αy~w_,XÝPDkH?Iٷ?=-3ѭN+W[3aܳFnݲj~I^{y-]6G/KYqs˝W&һG4Ϭ;dvݦtADDDDDF- gƔקo3,k4Q>VYϩg٭ԼNӞpXޜ66F)YSa..%׫;,`ؐ`֝'+[ a/W&qrevظL;emnYǚ&WFPZKEDDDD^scd+%ս3~9[iٞ:/qrŋ;Ӯmҥ^ 4>t^|T\Y3ىF`2a6'$)ZԝɮJr%}E3?ao) Ow+^LreٲO.^LmS/سw?[6on>e"nR<  on ת%7nS{tz/>r[˚zެ􃈈Ha`lQ|Syel934/7l:]$|q7EDtl 0p-@ EDDDDD$P8 """""(iIw{#g"""""" g""""""p&"""""p&"""""" g"""""" g""""""p&"""""p&""""""wueђ6s4m۲uN\iӶ U #+i[:-L IDAT{hrj:-v^j˲+>tM۲pѧ:JH[DDDD$W@tt46ImQ[ e[DDDDD잭X",`^j+>W-"""""/͝;צ3@壹mږcF~7oMiWn""""""y o9׿b[8ThСC޽;[6mooo޽{ٳTRE(4׿OS ;0~} gGx`KZr%K.ͰLz51y p .6pj)wYX6)Θ`ښ|x&M,_(Y!,,,͝;7oL:;Gɇ^OQ;gm b""""pMjx@@eG; tuNk#(@֭3=5ϯ`("""""' ~_O˨ޖ3ʦm#zymuD372 ͏裿2"""";Efh,O,\^j_j~:IQ] """""p&"""""" g"""""" g""""""p&"""""p&"""""" g"""""" g""""""p&"""""p&"""""" g"""""" g""""""p&"""""wۺ­w|76s@@Zteᒥ6m!i8[mYdM2tEDDDD0tPֹhѢlK2|HeOh`EDDDDl"::H䤶--""""pvVXg癶~Q[~[DDDDD͛7Ϧf{ڏ`0`6-njsεi3@%/m/y_DDDDD1 )Obv//nUBՖ6cE3sy_ey^wKw?9Ү={bmiڥ;+WXbDEExv[:ݻ5mӦM;ZDDDDҳuVV\iy[Z _=JNY]9qmm8qrޝ9]SB1v[vĉ5̙3DDDDD,#+W3 |5h>akrWyΟ]ɼ;s<}(r-?- #crMEDDD@luSգ)|—*WHЕ+,Y+v=ZwgHlzGDDDDD򘸸8\+UX1ⰷg_ю[0i֬)nn;sFڴrRTx/8y:}t {rY io ...)f:vx̪:r3 ּys=pvKρJH@˭BLDDDDl`0ۚV6p2mP|'yvё3,BFF׺f|9`;gGiK@kל)H gdy[dvYRx͛||jyta#973G7zHZGDDDD$O3??--M^9]#WYVڒ b""""oÙdZl){Z.4miڴ)3g""""" gy<%D l煥-x{{])"""" gIn1Ittt鏼3ЇghêtO>1cFt|b@D?ƌcӶ ~_hK``EDDDDl]_j'EfhLmQ[][DDDD1 DDDDDDDDDDDDDLDDDDDDLDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDLDDDDDDLDDDDDD|Q'bcʫDDDD )9Q833쯽xjxuN 6Wޢm """""﵂]<ݲEi֤Q~7&M&eJSdٗr֬I#-;6ml6شi3m&;a|JYE8ϿDl}b8[SA+j`o o7a qqqtڟCGtjK8"ώov4g@N:muݙv|ZP˧QQQL{}j`gK߮:d21cևnә: ZѴu{4Wik),)}0{{?HA^`t$/bg>u'""AÞe-x׭Mvm8pOCGRԷQXf=^;@62d`{!22'ź _ d ͛aV՝:029s?q4i܀wْ帹2nݝ8"#5c(y@x衇^K<TX1Kxۺ |2,t.F~^w]K7^Hc=~G az:zwC~j WU:<c<;Ӻmܜa];w _H]Xnŝ(W f¸g1uo ZV;\~w7TeCR%Ԩ^5q\PHjָfpW8q4M1V՝:$$mS-l_ 6o}(W ̡z*ڢEDDDDRƎ>:%M_3z#z%˩5)] Hd2a49},K{.#JLf˰W«/OQê3Vx8Es25mVTH7׮3,|7nW1ڢEDDDDRCGex/̫_`Sپs7իUJP0'Oaߟi//O.^R˃_nhV#(Os_<ޯS'Dj櫓7:j֨FJ^yc:n{Uuo۱.q8;;q\\JjkrBfMq?̒ޙ ?߯%l߹h OѢEpvvbg!??6] ͢O]԰ATPdٗ\xgg'Xmf֝pk~HjRR굦^LreٲO.^LmT)Ob7Cۻ,""""dEf{MnUTyt<;1ώH1̷qmi+WGsfSݙѢy6>Ű9e8Z5O劈0ş™((™H5z*9Q833Q8Q83<ƾ/;Y5 ~Zz;lў~:ek^DDDD^YV\ivH;=.;l x[[>i۶-1Q-6`t.;l"WV'(!:7o^7n\̙cjKS KmIKlƌ f3&IH>׮KuH!kD!000Wel[6 c*vlZ͟,ٵu-Ns^] `ȜEDV;EΤ@ԩsɰ̳MH ܜ`6o޼To:QDDl%:2<_?Q8:uRA,n""b+ſC/#s|& Ϸ#pi""b+:QD쾲srK)tZ؊Nk;tF d完}GQ8),+ה% DDDDD$;tCtY3*sNDDDDDL$&?q f""""]:Q$f-3~inwZN)Lɺ-Y6oO~>t0ݻuɴ)tZH}("9[t0׮_gs=g.oO}S+[D =DDDhۘbŊL&?~O-e}7 ̣GVݴ/nxw6>}rW=wΪO}1L/^'bf@3ۚߩ\[oFM-evDǺӨ+Udq,|s?AT^zcF?Ë/J՚uYlyyn֬uńj5Y6OwܱCo?_n~[C?#[]߾=;,˖-Ò_)eT~˦ߵrEDҠ#g"""""" g"""""":QDDPHE[tLDDDDDDLDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD$n""":zkq>jY&;;#jQ(,?wR1kxa0\&Q7Cx>Jie(0d`|7\&(%>+,."'Z \ rFJc06adcn^ ϭa0R+j̉Ån}>ȭeM>_S8;քQ0)x._cդz̘ͦ|.t*5p`l6qjd6Sۻq[rkY-=zyxͧp&"".v";#~Nǰ3>HP\dg4PJu.;P(GaZV;q4x;7|a~,Of-"""0 1 f<ɹ8ёz}>ȭeur.NxMr#-Zͳ}KMYdoL[$ЇTDDlhL gu?l gy Q 2_LkBH#gFZs!]VȡSlZwrL cy2}sa]e~uto_ʉK&""h g39˓EPAڳGTöm ?9 ST^T^gYFsʕ+ ]֖:~IwO3tfƌ`,˗׋eϟep֮IϞԭ,(,+mu Myg7oS9QT8[2ܾ^u{>1=߷iiKѸQû̉˨.f-wfp([>o?)BݯfI,2"""ِ)?v;QlEʔ HHHHQnI< W25kFC⩛7%Avk۩˚y1jT.}f#*KGDlgֵ8:O\D{h}ZٜŌÞ8{83ޞƎ; f@@4ٴqqqדc6'. nAudYVN3.w{]Xnqvjgg都 `4hS)̨a+S:/kz<_{9Ż5_T[&MrGfȿC4H{o4c7ҧZlAwNxϿ0mwP#O?5u9b8YիWm܈.:d0VJ||vnLc/~*Vdm&5.#LsJ0_zw_i'$$`ggW(#NqO̞3)! v׬iFhF="O ̧gc4w0ݺ֕/Oύ++!FpA+vm5^tI7 T(WvmdͺMAA!{ٻED@o>vێ3卷B>xz cN {зW76~z 'Oi9v$n.j+)ZHmo߃QO=ɲBj3)z^gӽKtSfW&?O[wh92f5'~I?M/p+~ݺF rd6q!f3{<5Ҳ#i62Y:|&-e̩vn9Kk͜foB}fL&M¯es&od3SrEy5cOaЯ'b +|N:Wqqq7=:8rßyʕ*ШwbL~sRw?,lOz]#3lkaVV,Ͱ0z0I^d?0lVu|#Oҳc2y6lYӨW:I{?:GIGӜ&2&JykOz~H+ՅIL[ԫ[Y fԦuj~,QWooqttpy+/ cf+SO wy&XvL4f]N8[ \Nb98lp'Yzsvw D(ޛ7I]ݍpbbb)Z4;8uDtt .]"66--]DX5G6-Z}kWagoǕ+ADGdv{1iL~mM}2a(9ŋW;zFR^<ޯ'k+fa}olwtw#(8Ʉo] 0@||ԪYK.[ͨwOz4^k]w:kW&N߰NM3뿬,cZ'֬v-E>xcTpw6|ة30OYp.UTK&(ޙ=^;1i?.%KdyYfX4?vHt)UX3ٱFcSS8kۈy>![i"i4-ۈaC` 0yZL<>`/KSU>&ի˓ޝ7U%&b[l)-"KY+ qEE@AgDA}\~:3::32 8:XF*n(.(* PXZN ]h4,7z.''jsi8wbvacƩk. }n-gʹo2 S+{h%%%>yWPllvKGuS%z$}wZfOw}4P'e+r5r~ixkr8h_iS]:z{ie2pH:Ѳ6תi-e_ObUGLh:&&V7\{crH.z6~om7/lZ-~Aant9g{.*]^|M 8+]>۰Y; vo%:m`Ǜ?şթZ%%=5lȐpݥ7ܯeˊ5o^z 3CF |MS=g袉袉pIҵV<{?~$| ^f[L_o_oX}_lM*..VӲ/ֲjzho;tI=pѿYw7-~r>H3NfqZDEYt.O7װ$9tUϿI9\Y1gBWϻ\6hY*9_ueSu]=L:wwꘔ<;}HfIC\l3z~[%Ok╷cxJCBF1\xmriitYlRiuRsɮD>\/=TC0_^[]]wYKn eݺŨ[][;w>8?aLIQ~~;ci$Y$YƎuOk_ɮ+y9M8Zڪ-;]s~1zz@}vkmRU>&V{Ojedn/kשן_W քӼ^O?񐮼68\onwi?nSnΓ7>ǹ񶻔9|O7<}z/5`Ј&Q>Y;h"]29Rçj>**3'vZg{i NvQ a2Gw nǟnx]RH:$逤}nuˏԭW%FAY9ڲHѭkHR8id!&4W4[I=cR>ߴEߤ\I棶~X4+H%tRlכCڼ\˖SNNZOﬗ_i aPgtk4 ^G:s42ٗmzfmy;T]SoTZq G$A(A}VwC/WS~1mxc,z+H8Fkt ^p8 2|Mt~((\ GX'hњ5ݬS;+##N)?R:ک< I"h 5smh?kj7Xf|V=b'+OOII͜9sҔM}n@\I/_n$PW^nl&]RGS3mBF |Moe7fI<:GDՁg=rzuG"h 6g&Qk>+gn@\fnLK~}Djgn@\1:Z~3E1÷YuϺºނ16 tkڌKHliL |Tʱg@[#i$9xh6[Ўeu  tk6n>]U}v5[YcF^ₐe J>PڮO@#/\wۚfM&3c4]\Z)=-eiI f?_.}%rHҒ%K|n…^? Qό& ?.҂>_sTF)6A gV՚ВN?CeivO$Z&Io:`L\>OU01 i8s4-yn{w)%bbcUUvƘqӵ&V^^nu 0&_M#(dIRS;kРTYBs~ g?O@zΕn3D&]@9[c륦v$UVV fQg\ m୅(HLt & h fЅP`L\3{pZHe vCha宇d2L8;Vqe9Mq0ZAXZZ{Yll*+Cmiγc{!v!b|& h ;Ţ+W6X>s CS1qmѭ@et4IQbbbЎO?59rӛ}@111ڱcL[#M™]S{6:e h΀VZZ悙|%IRaaUXXh:bD86A g[\S{ f>_ᬺZ۶mSEEa7:&9a kvmI fm?_͛e>mwWhڮ,l6!k&kp5fƌ˾N-fYcFI>o_~x_[0olْ%Kc49!Q`Jv|)++SjjJKK-d2cdt6Z]1Z9gUe.|IMMmպ:pm"0an#)sİ}F fF;_JKK[¥匮S& ÙtmLF=_Z%It6|m }}/ [(xC)k;붆?GDZϗ,z/]M 0(h:pm3 g@8p  @8 ,YJzO3#3YIY(8Ycp  @8Y0 $Byuתͮ7Ú1aUj-Y,X@8Юѭ -g)=oNfI&IfYfS_$2epF0g`~8xcdXZݗ?"9 rR p h3@˄tl-XE,@ƌV֘| "p  @8pO|vpJR&efC/ϛwl6ѥ3-_xzLC +/%T΂Չ/ɧr4l`ݠ2.2d~bbbRj>ߴE͙Y9{nݲ%]O{sW+>>/my:xPl6Y,Iҝٵ7VjiylݚrDM4e++61rYR:u҇~(?TJNM#Gu}n뒋/yYz5WW-SLL$)g_w 1VΜ?YڏݓO=&\A#ꆛjIү/ I݂1xtEmY.҄[tLO uj/&hȳ4k=ϧ*koMc>_Q5{Bm۾Cd[}~$wܫu_7X;tU,,ڭo5WdowoԹ6%I_lZت#5ߪ?We ?u DL8sOS&OڵkvZMTEEEB_yc :uΝ0^_~{Mfk/)>>^o=ꛒNɒsƏ˦Amj5rVS**j5ZK/ƍ_h:xPoIy _VCg6n$ %]t/˦iK,KJJZyO)etvzGշ)2L껹r>rDW_wvke/ڦ:Iv^|%7L'IsOk>H%ޭ~jfL27կhS]u-?.KUZY}O͛ۯS.qY s->{Kѷ+G>o)Z%uzaREGGJK//>_; T\RY3>=ź_kHܽG*ڽG)RӮu-xi峫]\6mRTzZr>.٬WPeu Dd8k,&IRJNcǎiܱ:%^'$s]Z>ԾW\Zo݌~}%I$ՎR2tL=\?mӨΫ^6ߘ*ΚuzUTTS[~Իy/!$III껹r$$Wki޽3Ùg@Z̜w萠#G=wc}k@~JOKT{nlVގJSbi禩nv{D}>{T)>\y%_SOCK u嵲r8|^IoߡG*.x˙{@s֙djUfb6׻͗:":oro:tHݨW_~Mߨ>{iOqmߡ/7| RjjgesQZjz}YfM2RJS˵M>uzru[{ RZZg /2t|ǭ>ߒvW8ֻ%tԭkޣ)ӯԨoϺlƥ0fo\g9Z;&iOq_NZaS'쌑 fN\|V,}\geBtF=zL/%$ek,}Oz4贁zrC:}->o\={t7[W3iWFm1r9gu'w?ЀtI=|Z%t͹稰H>uNjj8| w/UZZ_Vanuܢ+W zrу}d6[4eP2:‰!IIcFWk^N&N$-Wyy]g[6\9GDuop9_<\Q1 kʗ?y7q!6/vjƶm6jw nǟnx]RH:$逤}nuˏԭW%Fn/|߃?oؤ5s{3Fz߹z5JHHqY LsW̤"TjCFr g3 g@8p  И(myzdbƅ ѯO۸ykY̞8s!# #~Tk\h[R_|_˲WIDAThTkvPmvVVn$]ze9VhczA7F:w9zYjjRSS<F#G{y3L^kkVYYY{kI] fuXWuJ}k\z[1'3T `M6iӦMo/`H( V'][lі-[tǟnoӾ^xq[x$iǎ\KW7(̱Z1C9Wy]tSMْfْNVk@އk*@8#I{n`V45 }[K͐$*{P/@؄3{B[6mT;/(,ZͿjmٲE4lذ6ustJ-~LYgU}ˢŏ)!33tSM8_;y2מ{]seWk5PuB-+k, <s<7w,Mf78FM%"\-:~ϙctt~DF}+Ib˹ 3#4g6uF9@`~sRzh2Nj rC*9OGfIq 'I}"C?!CY2nWݮ]y0xò\3QMrjvnԧB۔8䌰, @@T9)]dqM!HIɩ˰- @@fjr<,{ –QE8ؐf8F- 99NZsU^Q#SNzgp)렗rWT(o{**uW&?bFv_m۾uOtN# 8r**䓵{O~G 8 p'%o~ f^-C2d2d6o$FIii*(9,p}^rWu33h7u}՗:c(ݻO55ծp~VLL+g4?GʕYt`~*>>^_N<u@8C]\jfMd%'Fv!\frHQf>l;ޏhkL՞Yf%R9R ٌph& ye9Rnw=Mttd6t埖3맧JrVEY*)))$nWrrG%''RX. *صK:uRuUum7F]`fYUU Z]eƤbhJQGՁTVW;kCہe2Աc(*JG#YZ+Sz>O;>|I7/6.-4j(Ŭa0ёG;wjԨ̀3ΝSd2}vWZzgSTT Tq:v쨪*TFF?Cԫ[mp\A=ͺ\WPsh\w+5= gSǒ'[k\M8:WIIt\5v}1.*(Cuرyr\:uJɧCqq}dvܩ U>UPPX^.#9+}oZjT9+4wU+ZdI?} ghxEEE!/?nӏd6d2d6e65L2-3ޫ]O_l٢ÆXbef1ǫP2eU^^$}dԯ__Ծ}U^Q>(99Y6MՊY[ck(--mt;d2z@H|f׹[Vu H9:wlSzC}T՞Gfnfӛ|X;.PA.uEzioNVrr˵ŝT]UΩ5dC+^[eO+f&66F1JNy(WRRN>$8x@EEEud;w$I} k!gv T7FF茞6Z/=׍[r=*ڽGo]ײΝKn~!;TkӊruLJTǤD%UuU$CxDNX83{7ݜ3þ,sgik\>Hݻ1 }fNF׬9EO=DX-1|dXd?ln3\8\ZZ}؇|9ULmpYr`(qqqZb/c#K~ gǨ2d8Cx1ZP3ZYcFUSRRܪfZl2nn N8܂{Z."RW3L<*m6d@wHRiN%t9Ia[.څl lj 'j9f|72sޫmI P|b_8tH{~V~¶\3@] C7^yCӺk^MYg|*ZbRN=@E?hatdR\‰:%&%mBּgk;0LؾZN*6@a*xյgu'h;Z~(p6a4R Dz^m\(=̜vz-j9Kj @3`hhYYD}%BY @8p-nͫH8P:w?F M8r(Ǡ pHFtkqHFƺ2ҭtk j+# Zҕn`-LFC^6n"ZK2ҭ" .>&5X ŅT/4&^*{32uhZl!\H$RmGK]`')A҉$%KCㄺ78uUtHtLґItXRu׸&wx=ہ ` _v gT呗5r=g}$u;vZR0F3H gμTUv i5kǨF|_7չ3gAg"59ecn=W-5jb=-ŨaF @; g==Zwm(DQu/<ÓmMt]k9}4sٍX]0.Un59 qp!hᬱAA^$9wnv;3x-9[<[g")y9{jo5zmFΝ#UՅ2fMui$hL}*GwklrFPL&'9:& l}2ȜO# eͅ/<ўyL _&#pF—ZLM^[K @$:ۗ/M>.ԂWh"dC]@D,_iʉ-IIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/oc/gpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004677712311475532022747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU General Public License 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Show the 'Help' button 2 1991-06
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Version 2, June 1991 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: copyright the software, and offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION Seccion 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The Program, below, refers to any such program or work, and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term modification.) Each licensee is addressed as you. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. Seccion 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. Seccion 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. Exception: If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement. These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. Seccion 3 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. Seccion 4 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. Seccion 5 You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. Seccion 6 Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. Seccion 7 If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. Seccion 8 If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. Seccion 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. Seccion 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY Seccion 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. Seccion 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/lgpl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000007521112311475532023104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU Lesser General Public License 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Show the 'Help' button 2.1 1999-02
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Version 2.1, February 1999 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others. Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library. We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances. For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system. Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library. The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION Seccion 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called this License). Each licensee is addressed as you. A library means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. The Library, below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term modification.) Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does. Seccion 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. Seccion 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: The modified work must itself be a software library. You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful. (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. Seccion 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices. Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library. Seccion 4 You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2 ) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange. If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. Seccion 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a work that uses the Library. Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License. However, linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a work that uses the library. The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.) Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. Seccion 6 As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications. You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable work that uses the Library, as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a , above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place. Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. For an executable, the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute. Seccion 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above. Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. Seccion 8 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. Seccion 9 You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it. Seccion 10 Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. Seccion 11 If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. Seccion 12 If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. Seccion 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. Seccion 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY Seccion 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. Seccion 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
usr/share/help-langpack/oc/fdl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006567612311475532022731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
GNU Free Documentation License Version 1.1, març de 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Projècte de documentacion de GNOME 1.1 2000-03
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. MODIFICACIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. Include an unaltered copy of this License. Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. REVIRADA Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright © 2007 Yannig Marchegay. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560250014363 5ustar language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560277016161 5ustar language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003145712321560250020151 0ustar # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Occitan translation of devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the GNU General Public License Version 2. # # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2006-2008 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-16 08:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "Devhelp" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "Programa d'ajuda pels desvolopaires" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "Navigador de documentacion" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "Estat maximizat de la fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "Indica se la fenèstra principala deu començar per èsser agrandida." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "Largor de la fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "La largor de la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "Nautor de la fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "La nautor de la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "Posicion X de la fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "La posicion X de la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "Posicion Y de la fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "La posicion Y de la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "Largor de l'indèx e del panèl de recèrca" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "La largor de l'indèx e del panèl de recèrca." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "Onglet seleccionat : « content » o « search »" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "" "L'onglet qu'es seleccionat : « content » (contengut) o « search » (recèrca)." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "Libres desactivats" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "Lista dels libres desactivats per l'utilizaire." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "Agropar per lengatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "" "Indica se los libres devon èsser agropats per lengatge dins l'interfàcia" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "Largor de la fenèstra de l'assistent" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "La largor de la fenèstra de l'assistent." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "La nautor de la fenèstra de l'assistent" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "La nautor de la fenèstra de l'assistent." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "Posicion X de la fenèstra de l'assistent" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "La posicion X de la fenèstra de l'assistent." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "Posicion Y de la fenèstra de l'assistent" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "La posicion Y de la fenèstra de l'assistent." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "Utilizar las poliças del sistèma" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "Utilizar las poliças de caractèrs per defaut del sistèma." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "Poliça pel tèxt" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "Poliça de tèxte de chassa variabla." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "Poliça de caractèrs de chassa fixa" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "Poliça pels caractèrs de largor fixa, coma pels exemples de còde." #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "Presa en carga de Devhelp" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "" "Una quichada sus la tòca F2 permet d'aviar Devhelp pel mot a l'emplaçament " "del cursor." # #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "Navigador de documentacion" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "Aficha la documentacion dels API pel mot a l'emplaçament del cursor" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "Fenèstra novèla" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias" # #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "A prepaus de Devhelp" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Quitar" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "_Onglet novèl" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "_Imprimir" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "_Recercar" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "A_grandir lo tèxte" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "Re_dusir lo tèxte" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "Talha _normala" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "A_gropar per lengatge" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activat" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "Títol" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "Bibliotèca" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "_Utilizar las poliças del sistèma" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "Largor _variabla : " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "Largor _fixa :" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Poliças" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cvalmary\n" " Yannig MARCHEGAY (Kokoyaya) https://launchpad.net/~yannick-marchegay" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "Un navigador d'ajuda pels desvolopaires GNOME" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "Site Web de Devhelp" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "Devhelp — Assistent" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "Libre :" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "Lengatge : %s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "Lengatge : pas definit" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "Libre" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "Pagina" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "Mot clau" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "Foncion" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "Struct" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "Macrò" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "Enum" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "Dobrís una novèla fenèstra Devhelp" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "Recèrca un mot clau" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "MOTCLAU" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "Recèrca e aficha tot resultat dins la fenètra de l'assistent" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "Visualizar la version e sortir" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "Quita totes los Devhelp en cors" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "Espaci de nomenatge incorrècte « %s » a la linha %d, colomna %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de descompressar lo libre « %s » : %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400 %" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "Pagina voida" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "Recercar :" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "Recercar lo precedent" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Recèrca l'occurréncia precedenta de la cadena" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "Recercar lo seguent" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Recèrca l'occurréncia seguenta de la cadena" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "_Sensible a la cassa" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "Bascuola la sensibilitat a la cassa de la recèrca" language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000013746312321560251017301 0ustar # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Occitan translation of eog. # Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2007-2008. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-18 11:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "Afichar « _%s »" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "_Desplaçar sus la barra d'aisinas" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "Desplaçar l'element seleccionat sus la barra d'aisinas" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "_Suprimir de la barra d'aisinas" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "Suprimir l'element seleccionat de la barra d'aisinas" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "_Suprimir la barra d'aisinas" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "Suprimir la barra d'aisinas seleccionada" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "Separador" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Visualizacion" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "Barra d'_aisinas" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "Barra d'e_stat" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "Galariá d'_imatges" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "_Panèl lateral" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "Preferé_ncias" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Ajuda" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "A _prepaus del Visionador d'imatges" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Quitar" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Afichador d'imatges" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "Percórrer e pivotar los imatges" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "Imatge;Diaporama;Grafices;Fotografia;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "Proprietats de l'imatge" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_Precedent" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Seguent" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nom :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "Largor :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "_Nautor :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Mena :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "Octets :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "General" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "Valor de dobertura :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "Durada d'exposicion :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "Distància focala :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "Flash :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "Sensibilitat ISO :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "Mòde de mesura :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "Modèl d'aparelh de fotografiar :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "Data e ora :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Descripcion :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Emplaçament :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "Mots claus :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "Autor :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "Dreches d'autor :" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalhs" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadonadas" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Enregistrar jos" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f : nom de fichièr original" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n : comptador" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "Format del nom de fichièr :" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "Causissètz un dorsièr" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr de destinacion :" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "Especificacions del camin" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "Comptar a partir de :" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "Remplaçar los espacis per de soslinhats" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "Tornar nomenar a partir de :" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "En :" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "Apercebut del nom de fichièr" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "Melhoraments de l'imatge" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "Lissar l'imatge al moment del z_oom arrièr" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "Lissar l'imatge al moment del _zoom avant" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "Orientacion _automatica" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "Rèire plan" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "Color personalizada :" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Color de rèire plan" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "Partidas transparentas" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "Coma un _damièr" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "Coma la _color seguenta :" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Color per las zònas transparentas" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "Coma _rèire plan" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "Visualizacion de l'imatge" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "Zoom de l'imatge" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "Es_pandir los imatges que emplenar l'ecran" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "Sequéncia" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "_Relambi entre los imatges :" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "Sequéncia en boc_la" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "Diaporama" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "Moduls extèrnes" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "Orientacion automatica" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "" "Indica se l'imatge se deu pivotar automaticament en se basant sus las " "entresenhas d'orientacion EXIF." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "La color utilizada per emplenar la zòna darrièr l'imatge. Se la clau use-" "background-color es pas definida, la color es determinada pel tèma GTK+ " "actiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "Interpolar l'imatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "Indica se l'imatge deu èsser interpolada al moment del zoom arrièr. Aquò " "balha una melhora qualitat de rendut mas es mai lent que los imatges pas " "interpoladas." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "Extrapolar l'imatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "Indica se se deu interpolar l'imatge pendent un zoom. Balha una qualitat " "d'imatge melhora mas es mai lent que los imatges pas interpolats." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "Indicador de transparéncia" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Determina lo biais que la transparéncia deu èsser indicada. Las valors " "validas son CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR e NONE. Se COLOR es causit, alara la clau " "trans-color determina la valor de la color utilizada." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "Zoom amb la rodeta de la mirga" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "Indica se se deu utilizar la rodeta de la mirga per zoomar." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "Multiplicador de zoom" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "Lo multiplicador d'aplicar quand utilizatz la moleta de la mirga per far un " "zoom. Aquesta valor definís l'encrena utilizat per cada eveniment de " "desfilament. Per exemple, 0,05 permet d'aumentar lo zoom de 5 % del zoom per " "cada eveniment de desfilament e 1,00 permet d'aumentar de 100 % lo zoom." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Color de transparéncia" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "Se la clau de transparéncia a la valor COLOR, es la clau que determinà la " "color que serà utilizada per indicar la transparéncia." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Definir una color de rèire plan personalizada" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "Se es activat, la color definida per la clau background-color es utilizada " "per emplenar la zòna darrièr l'imatge. Siquenon, es lo tèma GTK+ actual que " "determina la color d'emplenatge." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "Repetir la sequéncia d'imatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "Indique se una sequéncia d'imatge se deu visualizar en bocla." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "Autorizar un zoom inicial superior a 100 %" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "Se aquò es definit a FALS, los imatges pichons seràn pas estirats per " "qu'emplenen l'ecran a la debuta." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "Relambi en segondas, abans de visualizar l'imatge seguent" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "Una valor superiora a zèro determina la durada de visualizacion d'un imatge " "a l'ecran, en segonda, abans de passar automaticament a l'imatge seguent. " "Zèro desactiva la navigacion automatica." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "Afichar/amagar la barra d'aisinas de la fenèstra." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "Visualizar/amagar la barra d'estat de la fenèstra." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "Afichar/amagar lo panèl de la galariá d'imatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl de la galariá d'imatges. Definir a 0 per bas ; 1 per " "esquèrra ; 2 per naut ; 3 per drecha." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "Indica se lo panèl de la galariá d'imatges pòt èsser redimensionat." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "Visualizar/amagar lo panèl lateral de la fenèstra." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "" "Afichar/amagar los botons de desfilament del panèl de la galariá d'imatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "" "Tampa la fenèstra principala sens demandar l'enregistrament de las " "modificacions." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "Metre los imatges dins l'escobilhièr sens confirmacion" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "Se activat, Eye of GNOME demanda pas de confirmacion quand los imatges son " "meses a l'escobilhièr. Demanda totjorn se un fichièr pòt pas èsser mes a " "l'escobilhièr e deuriá doncas suprimit dirèctament." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "" "Indica se lo selector de fichièrs deu afichar lo dorsièr dels imatges de " "l'utilizaire se cap d'imatge es pas cargat." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "Se activat e qu'i a pas d'imatge cargat dins la fenèstra principala, lo " "selector de fichièrs aficha lo dorsièr dels imatges de l'utilizaire en " "utilizant los repertòris d'utilizaires especials segon la nòrma XDG. Se " "desactivat o se lo repertòri dels imatges es pas configurat, aficha lo " "repertòri de trabalh actual." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "" "Indica se la lista de las metadonadas dins la bóstia de dialòg de las " "proprietats deu figurar dins un onglet separat." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "Se activat, la lista detalhada de las metadonadas dins la bóstia de dialòg " "de las proprietats es deplaçada dins un onglet separat de la bóstia de " "dialòg. Aquò deu rendre la bóstia de dialòg mai legibla sus los ecrans " "pichons, per exemple los netbooks. Se desactivat, la lista detalhada es " "integrada a l'onglet Metadonadas." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "Programa extèrne d'utilizar per l'edicion dels imatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "Lo nom de fichièr desktop (inclusa l'extension .desktop) de l'aplicacion " "d'utilizar per l'edicion dels imatges (al moment d'un clic sul boton de " "barra d'aisinas « Modificar l'imatge »). Indicatz una cadena voida per " "desactivar aquesta foncionalitat." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "Empeutons actius" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "Tièra dels apondons actius. Conten pas l'emplaçament dels apondons actius. " "Legissètz lo fichièr .eog-plugin per obténer l'emplaçament d'un apondon." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "Ecran complet amb un doble clic" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "Activar lo mòde ecran complet amb un clic doble" # #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "Tornar cargar l'imatge" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "Tornar cargar l'imatge en cors" # #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "Data dins la barra d'estat" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "Aficha la data de l'imatge dins la barra d'estat de la fenèstra" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "Tampar _sens enregistrar" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "Question" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "S'enregistratz pas, vòstras modificacions seràn perdudas." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "" "Volètz enregistrar las modificacions aportadas a l'imatge « %s » abans de " "tampar ?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "I a %d imatge amb de modificacions pas enregistradas. Volètz enregistrar las " "modificacions abans de tampar ?" msgstr[1] "" "I a %d imatges amb de modificacions pas enregistradas. Volètz enregistrar " "las modificacions abans de tampar ?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "Sel_eccionatz los imatges que volètz enregistrar :" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "S'enregistratz pas, totas vòstras modificacions seràn perdudas." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Anullar" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "_Recargar" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "Enregistrar _jos..." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "Impossible de cargar l'imatge « %s »." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar l'imatge « %s »." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "Pas cap d'imatge trobat dins « %s »." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "Los emplaçaments indicats contenon pas d'imatge." #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Aparelh de fotografiar" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "Donadas de l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "Condicions de la presa d'imatge" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "Donadas GPS" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "Nòta del fabricant" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autre" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP gestion dels dreches" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP autre" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Etiqueta" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "Nòrd" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "Èst" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "Oèst" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "Sud" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%a %e %B %Y, %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%a %e %B %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (objectiu)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (filme 35 mm)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "Lo format de fichièr es desconegut o pas gerit." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" "Lo visionador d'imatges a pas pogut trobar un format de fichièr amb presa en " "carga de l'escritura d'aprèp lo nom de fichièr." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "Ensajatz una autra extension de fichièr coma .png o .jpg." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "Fichièrs imatge preses en carga" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "pixèl" msgstr[1] "pixèls" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "Dobrir un imatge" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Enregistrar l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "Dobrir un dorsièr" # C'est un message d'erreur. SR #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "Transformacion impossibla se l'imatge es pas cargat." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "Transformacion impossibla." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "EXIF es pas gerit dins aqueste format de fichièr." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "Impossible de cargar l'imatge." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "Pas cap d'imatge cargat." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "Avètz pas las permissions necessàrias per enregistrar lo fichièr." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "Impossible de crear un fichièr temporari." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear un fichièr temporari per enregistrar : %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "Es pas possible d'atribuïr de memòria pel cargament del fichièr JPEG" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "Talha del fichièr :" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "" "Aficha lo dorsièr que conten aqueste fichièr dins lo gestionari de fichièrs" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu segonda" msgstr[1] "%lu segondas" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imatge" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "L'imatge que las proprietats d'impression seràn configuradas" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "Configuracion de la pagina" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "Las entresenhas de la pagina ont s'imprimirà l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "Posicion" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "_Esquèrra :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "_Drecha :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "_Naut :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "_Bas :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entre :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "Orizontal" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "Vertical" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "Los dos" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "Talha" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "_Largor :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "_Nautor :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "_Mesa a l'escala :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "_Unitat :" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Milimètres" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "Poces" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Apercebut abans impression" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "incambiat" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "Pres lo" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "Al mens dos noms de fichièrs son identics." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "Impossible d'afichar l'ajuda del visionador d'imatges" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (Unicode invalid)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i pixèl %s %i %%" msgstr[1] "%i × %i pixèls %s %i %%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "_Amagar" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "L'imatge « %s » es estat modificat per una aplicacion extèrna.\n" "Lo volètz recargar ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "Utilizar « %s » per dobrir l'imatge seleccionat" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "Enregistrament de l'imatge « %s » (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "Dobertura de l'imatge « %s »" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "Visionatge d'un diaporama en cors" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Error al moment d'imprimir lo fichièr :\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "Editor de barra d'aisinas" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "_Reïnicializar a las valors per defaut" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "Error d'aviada dels paramètres del sistèma : " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "D_obrir las preferéncias de rèire plan" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "L'imatge « %s » es estat definit coma rèire plan del burèu.\n" "Volètz modificar lo biais de l'afichar ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "Enregistrament de l'imatge en local…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir\n" "« %s » definitivament ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir l'imatge\n" "seleccionat definitivament ?" msgstr[1] "" "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir los\n" "imatges seleccionats definitivament ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "Su_primir" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Òc" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "_Demandar pas mai pendent aquesta sesilha" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "Impossible de retrobar lo fichièr imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "Impossible de retrobar las informacions del fichièr imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo fichièr" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "Error al moment de suprimir l'imatge %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz metre\n" "« %s » dins l'escobilhièr ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "Impossible de trobar un escobilhièr per « %s ». Volètz suprimir " "definitivament aqueste imatge ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Sètz segur que volètz metre l'imatge\n" "seleccionat dins l'escobilhièr ?" msgstr[1] "" "Sètz segur que volètz metre los\n" "%d imatges seleccionats dins l'escobilhièr ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "D'unes d'aqueles imatges seleccionats pòdon pas èsser meses dins " "l'escobilhièr e van èsser suprimits definitivament. Sètz segur que volètz " "contunhar ?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "_Metre dins l'esco_bilhièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "Impossible d'accedir a l'escobilhièr." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "_Imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edicion" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "_Anar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "_Aisinas" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "_Dobrir..." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "Dobrir un fichièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Tampar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "Tampar la fenèstra" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "_Barra d'aisinas" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "Modificar la barra d'aisinas de l'aplicacion" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "Preferéncias del visionador d'imatges" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Ensenhador" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "Ajuda sus aquesta aplicacion" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "_A prepaus" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "A prepaus del logicial" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "" "Modifica la visibilitat de la barra d'aisinas dins la fenèstra actuala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "Modifica la visibilitat de la barra d'estat dins la fenèstra actuala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "" "Modifica la visibilitat del panèl de la galariá d'imatges dins la fenèstra " "actuala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "Modifica la visibilitat del panèl lateral dins la fenèstra actuala" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Enregistrar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "" "Enregistrar las modificacions dins los imatges actualament seleccionats" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "Dobrir _amb" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "Dobrir l'imatge seleccionat amb una autra aplicacion" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "Enregistra los imatges seleccionats jos un autre nom" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "Afichar lo _dorsièr contenidor" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "Im_primir..." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "Imprimir l'imatge seleccionat" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "Prop_rietats" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "Aficha las proprietats e las metadonadas de l'imatge seleccionat" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "_Anullar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "Anulla la darrièra modificacion de l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "Miralh _orizontal" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "Pivòta l'imatge a l'entorn d'un axe vertical" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "Miralh _vertical" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "Pivòta l'imatge a l'entorn d'un axe orizontal" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "Rotacion _orària" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "Pivotar l'imatge de 90 grases cap a drecha" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "Rotacion _antiorària" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "Pivotar l'imatge de 90 grases cap a esquèrra" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "Definir coma _papièr pintrat" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "Definís l'imatge seleccionat coma papièr pintrat" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "Met l'imatge seleccionat dins lo dorsièr de l'escobilhièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "_Suprimir l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "Suprimís l'imatge seleccionat" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "_Copiar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia l'imatge seleccionat dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "Zoom a_vant" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "Agrandís l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Zoo_m arrièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "Redusís l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "Talha _normala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "Aficha l'imatge a sa talha normala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "Ecran _complet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Aficha l'imatge actual en mòde ecran complet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "Diaporama en pausa" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "Met en pausa o repren lo diaporama" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "Talha _ideala" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "Adapta la talha de l'imatge a la de la fenèstra" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "Imatge _precedent" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "Aficha l'imatge precedent de la galariá" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "Imatge _seguent" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "Aficha l'imatge venent de la galariá" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "_Primièr imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "Aficha lo primièr imatge de la galariá" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "_Darrièr imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "Aficha lo darrièr imatge de la galariá" # #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "Imatge _aleatòri" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "Aficha un imatge causit a l'azard dins la galariá" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "Diapora_ma" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "Avia un diaporama dels imatges" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Precedent" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "Seguent" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "Drecha" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "Esquèrra" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "Afichar lo dorsièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "Dabans" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "Darrièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "Adaptar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "Galariá" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "Escobilhièr" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "Modificar l'imatge actual en utilizant %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "Modificar l'imatge" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "L'afichador d'imatges de GNOME." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cvalmary\n" " Vincent L. https://launchpad.net/~vincent-laporte\n" " Yannig MARCHEGAY (Kokoyaya) https://launchpad.net/~yannick-marchegay" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "Visionador d'imatges de GNOME" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Dobrir en mòde ecran complet" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "Desactivar la galeriá d'imatges" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "Dobrir en mòde diaporama" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "" "Crear una instància novèla puslèu que de ne reütilizar una qu'existís" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" "Dobertura dins una fenèstra unica, se mantuna fenèstra son dobèrta la " "primièra es utilizada." #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "Afichar la version de l'aplicacion" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[FICHIÈR...]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" "Aviatz « %s --help » per veire la lista completa de opcions disponiblas en " "linha de comanda" language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000225310612321560251021125 0ustar # Occitan translation of evolution. # Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. # # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2007, 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 14:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan <>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "Impossible de dobrir aqueste quasernet d'adreças." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "Es possible que lo servidor de quaserrnet d'adreças siá injonhibla, que lo " "nom del servidor contenga una fauta o que vòstra ret siá copat." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "L'autentificacion sul servidor LDAP a pas capitat." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Verificatz que vòstre senhal es ortografiat corrèctament e qu'utilizatz un " "metòde de connexion pres en carga. Remembratz-vos que fòrça senhals son " "sensibles a la cassa ; lo varrolhatge majusculas benlèu es actiu." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "" "Aqueste servidor de quasernet d'adreças a pas cap de bancas de recèrca " "sugerida." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "Es possible qu'aqueste servidor LDAP utilize una version anciana de LDAP, " "que pren pas en carga aquesta foncionalitat, o quel siá mal configurat. " "Demandatz d'entresenhas a vòstre administrator sus las basas de recèrca " "presas en carga." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "" "Aqueste servidor pren pas en carga las entresenhas relativas a l'esquèma " "LDAPv3." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "" "Impossible d'obténer las entresenhas relativas a l'esquèma del servidor LDAP." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "Lo servidor a renviat d'entresenhas relativas a l'esquèma invalidas." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo quasernet d'adreças." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "Suprimir lo quasernet d'adreças « {0} » ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "Aqueste quasernet d'adreças serà suprimit definitivament." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "_Suprimir pas" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "Suprimir lo quasernet d'adreças « {0} » ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Aquesta operacion suprimirà definitivament lo quasernet d'adreças " ""{0}" del servidor. Sètz segur que volètz contunhar ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "_Suprimir del servidor" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "Editor de categoria pas disponible." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo quasernet d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "Impossible d'efectuar la recèrca." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "Volètz enregistrar vòstras modificacions ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "" "Avètz modificadas las entresenhas d'aqueste contacte. Volètz enregistrar " "aquestas modificacions ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "_Ignorar" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "Impossible de desplaçar lo contacte." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" "Ensajatz de desplaçar un contacte d'un quasernet d'adreças cap a un autre " "mas pòt pas èsser suprimit de la font. Ne volètz far una còpia a la plaça ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "" "L'imatge qu'avètz seleccionat es grand. Lo volètz redimensionar abans de " "l'enregistrar ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "_Redimensionar" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "_Utilizar tal coma es" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "Enregistrar _pas" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar {0}." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "Error al moment de l'enregistrament de {0} cap a {1} : {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "L'adreça '{0}' existís ja." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" "Un contact existís ja amb aquesta adreça. Volètz apondre una carte novèla " "amb la meteissa adreça ça que la ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Apondre" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "D'unas adreças existisson ja dins aquesta lista de contactes." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "" "Ensajatz d'apondre d'adreças que fan ja partida d'aquesta lista. Las volètz " "apondre malgrat tot ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "Passar los doblons" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "Apondre amb los doblons" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "La lista « {0} » es ja dins aquesta lista de contactes." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "Una lista de contactes nomenada « {0} » existís ja dins aquesta lista de " "contactes. La volètz apondre malgrat tot ?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo contacte" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "" "Dispausatz pas dels dreches necessairis per suprimir de contactes dins " "aqueste quasernet d'adreças." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre un contacte novèl" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" "« {0} » es un quasernet d'adreças en lectura sola e pòt pas èsser modificat. " "Seleccionatz un autre quasernet d'adreças dins lo panèl lateral en mòde " "Contactes." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "Editor de contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imatge" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "Es_cais :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "_Classificar jos :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "_Ont :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "Ca_tegorias..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "_Nom complet..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "_Vòl recebre de messatges al format HTML" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "Adreça electronica" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefòn" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "Messatjariá instantanèa" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "Contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "_Site internet :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "_Agenda :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "_Liure/Ocupat :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "_Vidèoconferéncia :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "Pagina d'acuèlh :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "Agenda :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "Liure / Ocupat :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "Vidèoconferéncia :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "_Blog :" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "Blog :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "Sites Web" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "Sites Web" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "_Mestièr :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "_Títol :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "_Societat :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "_Departament :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "D_irector :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "_Adjunt :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "Pòste" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "_Burèu :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "_Conjunt(a) :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "Data de _naissença :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "_Anniversari :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Anniversari de maridatge" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Anniversari" # #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divèrs" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "Entresenhas personalas" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "_Vila :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "Còde _postal :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "_Estat/província :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "_País :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "_Bóstia postala :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "_Adreça :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "Telefòn personal" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "Telèfon professional" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autre" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "Adreça postala" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "Nòtas" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "Jabber" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "Yahoo" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "Skype" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "Twittar" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "Error al moment d'apondre lo contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "Error al moment de modificar lo contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "Error al moment de suprimir lo contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "Editor de contactes - %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "Seleccionatz un imatge per aqueste contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "_Pas cap d'imatge" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "La donada sul contacte es pas valida :\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "« %s » a pas un format valid" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "« %s » pòt pas èsser una data dins lo futur" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "%s « %s » a pas un format valid" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s « %s » es void" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "Contacte invalid." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "Apondon express de contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "Mo_dificar entièrament" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "Nom _complet" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "_Adreça electronica" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "_Seleccionatz un quasernet d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "Sénher" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "Dòna" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Madomaisèla" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "Madomaisèla" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "Dr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Paire" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "filh" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Sénher" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nom complet" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "_Primièr :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "_Títol :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "Segond pichon no_m :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "Nom d'_ostal :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "_Sufix :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "Editor de lista de contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "_Nom de la lista :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "Membres" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "" "_Picatz una adreça electronica o desplaçatz un contacte dins la lista " "çaijós :" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "" "A_magar las adreças al moment del mandadís d'un corrièl a aquesta lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "Apondre una adreça electronica a la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "Suprimir una adreça electronica de la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "Inserir d'adreças electronicas a partir del quasernet d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "_Seleccionar..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "Membres de la lista de contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "_Membres" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "Error al moment d'apondre la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "Error al moment de modificar la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "Error al moment de suprimir la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "Contacte en doble detectat" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" "Lo nom o l'adreça electronica d'aqueste contacte existís ja dins aqueste " "dorsièr. Volètz apondre aquelas modificacions malgrat tot ?" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "Contacte en conflicte :" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "Contacte modificat :" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "_Fusionar" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "Lo nom o l'adreça electronica d'aqueste contacte existís ja\n" "dins aqueste dorsièr. Lo volètz apondre çaquelà ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "Contacte inicial :" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "Contacte :" # #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Anullat" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "Fusionar lo contacte" # #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "Lo nom conten" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "Lo messatge comença per" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "Un camp quin que siá conten" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "Pas cap de contacte" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "%d contacte" msgstr[1] "%d contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "Error d'obtencion de l'afichatge del quasernet" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "Recèrca interrompuda" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "Error al moment de modificar la carta" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Copa los contactes seleccionats cap al quichapapièrs" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia los contactes seleccionats dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "Empega los contactes dempuèi lo quichapapièrs" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "Suprimir los contactes seleccionats" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "Selecciona totes los contactes visibles" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquestas listas de contactes ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquesta lista de contactes ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquesta lista de contactes (%s) ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueles contactes ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquel contacte ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquel contacte (%s) ?" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "L'afichatge de %d contactes implica la dobertura de %d fenèstras novèlas.\n" "Sètz segur que volètz afichar totes aqueles contactes ?" msgstr[1] "" "L'afichatge de %d contactes implica la dobertura de %d fenèstras novèlas.\n" "Sètz segur que volètz afichar totes aqueles contactes ?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "Afichar _pas" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "Afichar _totes los contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "Afichar coma" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Pichon nom" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Nom d'ostal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Escais" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "Adreça electronica 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "Adreça electronica 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Telefòn (assistent)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Telefòn personal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Telefòn personal 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Fax professional" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Respondedor" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Telefòn de veitura" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Telefòn professional" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Telefòn personal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Telefòn personal 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Fax personal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "Telefòn ISDN" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Telefòn mobil" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Autre telefòn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Autre fax" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Recebedor d'apèl" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Telefòn principal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Ràdio" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Telex" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTDD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "Entrepresa" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "Unitat" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "Burèu" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "Títol" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "Ròtle" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Gestionari" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Assistent" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "Sit web" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "Jornal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Categorias" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "Conjunt(a)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "Nòta" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "Mapa dels contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Recèrcar de contacte..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Recèrcatz lo contacte\n" "\n" "o fasètz un doble-clic aicí per ne crear un novèl." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "I a pas cap d'element d'afichar dins aquesta vista.\n" "\n" "Doble-clicatz aicí per crear un contacte novèl." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Recercar lo contacte." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "I a pas cap d'element d'afichar dins aquesta vista." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "Adreça electronica professionala" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "Adreça electronica personala" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "Autra adreça" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "quasernet d'adreças d'evolution" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "Contacte novèl" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "Novèla lista de contactes" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "dorsièr actual del quasernet d'adreças %s possedís %d carta" msgstr[1] "dorsièr actual del quasernet d'adreças %s possedís %d cartas" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "Dobrir" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "Lista de contactes : " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "Contacte: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "minicarta d'Evolution" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "Copiar l'adreça _electronica" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia l'adreça electronica dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "_Mandar un messatge novèl a..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "Manda un corrièl a aquesta adreça" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per mandar un messatge a %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "Dobrir la mapa" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "Membres de la lista :" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "Departament" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "Mèstier" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "Posicion" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "Vidèoconferéncia" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Agenda" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "Liure/ocupat" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telefòn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "Fax" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adreça" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "Pagina personala" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "Jornal en linha" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "Membres de la lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "Foncion" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "Pagina personala" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "Blog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" "Es impossible de dobrir aqueste quasernet d'adreças. Aquò significa " "qu'aqueste quasernet es pas marcat per una utilizacion fòra linha o es pas " "encara telecargat per una consultacion fòra linha. Cargatz aqueste quasernet " "d'adreças un còp en mòde connectat per telecargar son contengut." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "" "Impossible de dobrir aqueste quasernet d'adreças. Verificatz que lo camin %s " "existís e qu'avètz las permissions per i accedir." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "Lo supòrt LDAP es pas estat integrat a aquesta version d'Evolution. Per " "utilizar LDAP dins Evolution, vos cal installar un paquet d'Evolution amb " "supòrt LDAP activat." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "" "Impossible de dobrir aqueste quasernet d'adreças. Avètz picat un URI " "incorrècte o lo servidor es pas accessible." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "Messatge d'error detalhat :" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Lo nombre de cartas correspondent a aquesta requèsta depassa la\n" "capacitat de renviament configurada pel servidor o la capacitat\n" "d'afichatge configurada per Evolution. Afinatz vòstra recèrca o\n" "aumentatz lo nombre maximum de resultats dins las preferéncias\n" "del servidor d'annuaris d'aqueste quasernet d'adreças." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Lo temps necessari a l'execucion de la requèsta a depassat lo temps\n" "limit del servidor o lo limit configurat per aqueste quasernet\n" "d'adreças. Afinatz vòstra recèrca o aumentatz lo limit de temps dins\n" "las preferéncias del servidor d'annuaris d'aqueste quasernet d'adreças." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "" "Lo motor de tractament del quasernet d'adreças a pas pogut analisar aquesta " "requèsta. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "" "Lo motor de tractament del quasernet d'adreças a refusat d'efectuar aquesta " "requèsta. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "Aquesta requèsta s'es pas acabada corrèctament. %s" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "carta.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "Seleccionatz un quasernet d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "Desplaçar lo contacte dins" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "Copiar lo contacte dins" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "Desplaçar los contactes dins" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "Copiar los contactes dins" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "Importacion..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Contactes Outlook CSV o Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Importador de contactes Outlook CSV e Tab" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Contactes Mozilla CSV o Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Importador de contactes Mozilla CSV e Tab" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Contactes Evolution CSV o Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Importador de contactes Evolution CSV e Tab" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion LDIF d'Evolution" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion vCard d'Evolution" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "Pagina %d" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "Indicar un fichièr de sortida al luòc de la sortida estandarda" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "FICHIÈRSORTIDA" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "Lista dels dorsièrs locals de quasernet d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "Afichar las cartas coma de vcards o de fichièrs csv" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vcard|csv]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "" "Error amb los arguments de la linha de comanda, utilizatz l'opcion --help " "per veire lor utilizacion." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "Pren pas en carga que los formats csv e vcard." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "Error pas gerida" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo fichièr" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo client « %s » : %s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "minuta" msgstr[1] "minutas" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "ora" msgstr[1] "oras" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "jorn" msgstr[1] "jorns" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "Ora de debuta" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "Rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "_Tampar tot" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "_Reportar" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "_Tampar" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Emplaçament :" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "emplaçament del rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "_Durada del repòrt :" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "jorn" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "oras" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minutas" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "Pas cap de resumit disponible." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "Pas cap de descripcion disponibla." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "Pas cap d'informacion sul luòc." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "Avètz %d rapèl" msgstr[1] "Avètz %d rapèls" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Alèrta" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "Un rapèl de l'agenda d'Evolution es a mand d'èsser activat.\n" "Es configurat per aviar lo programa seguent :\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" "Sètz segur que volètz aviar aqueste programa ?" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "Me demandar pas pus per aqueste programa." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "Ora invalida" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d ora" msgstr[1] "%d oras" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d minuta" msgstr[1] "%d minutas" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d segonda" msgstr[1] "%d segondas" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "" "Volètz mandar una notificacion d'anullacion a totes los participants ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "Se mandatz pas de notificacion d'anullacion, es possible que los autres " "participants sàpian pas que l'acampada es anullada." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "Mandar _pas" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "Notificacion de _mandadís" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquesta acampada ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aquesta acampada seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas èsser " "restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "Se mandatz pas de notificacion d'anullacion, es possible que los autres " "participants sàpian pas que lo prètzfach es suprimit." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueste prètzfach ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aqueste prètzfach seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas " "èsser restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Volètz mandar una notificacion d'anullacion per aqueste memò ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "Se mandatz pas de notificacion d'anullacion, es possible que los autres " "participants sàpian pas que lo memò es suprimit." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueste memò ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aqueste memò seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas èsser " "restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir l'acampada titolada « {0} » ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir lo rendètz-vos titolat '{0}' ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aqueste rendètz-vos seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas " "èsser restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueste rendètz-vos ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir lo prètzfach '{0}' ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir lo memò '{0}' ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aqueste memò seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas èsser " "restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquestes {0} rendètz-voses ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aquestes rendètz-vos seràn suprimits e poiràn pas " "èsser restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquestes {0} prètzfaches ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aquestes prètzfaches seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas " "èsser restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aquestes '{0}' memòs ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Totas las entresenhas d'aquestes memòs seràn suprimidas e poiràn pas èsser " "restablidas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz enregistrar las modificacions aportadas a aquesta " "acampada ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" "Las modificacions d'aquesta acampadas son pas encara estadas enregistradas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "_Enregistrar las modificacions" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "_Ignorar las modificacions" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "Volètz enregistrar vòstras modificacions per aqueste rendètz-vos ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" "Las modificacions d'aqueste rendètz-vos son pas encara estadas enregistradas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "Volètz enregistrar vòstras modificacions per aqueste prètzfach ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" "Las modificacions d'aqueste prètzfach son pas encara estadas enregistradas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "Volètz enregistrar vòstras modificacions per aqueste memò ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "" "Las modificacions d'aqueste memò son pas encara estadas enregistradas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "Volètz mandar de convits per l'acamp als participants ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "De convits van èsser mandats per corrièl a totes los participants, los " "autorizaràn a i respondre." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "_Mandar" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "" "Volètz mandar d'informacions mesas a jorn sus l'acamp als participants ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "" "Lo mandadís d'informacions a jorn permet als autres participants de manténer " "a jorn lors agendas." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "Volètz mandar aqueste prètzfach als participants ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "De convits van èsser mandats per corrièl a totes los participants, que los " "autorizan a acceptar aqueste prètzfach." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "A telecargar. Volètz enregistrar lo prètzfach ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "De pèças juntas son estadas telecargadas mas l'enregistrament del prètzfach " "serà efectuat, sens las pèças juntas, a las qualas es associat." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Enregistrar" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "A telecargar. Volètz enregistrar lo rendètz-vos ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "De pèças juntas son estadas telecargadas mas l'enregistrament del rendètz-" "vos serà efectuat, sens las pèças juntas, a las qualas es associat." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "" "Volètz mandar d'informacions mesas a jorn sul prètzfach als participants ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "" "Lo mandadís d'informacions a jorn permet als autres participants de manténer " "a jorn lors listas de prètzfaches." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "L'editor pòt pas èsser cargat." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "Suprimir l'agenda « {0} » ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "Aquesta agenda serà suprimit definitivament." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "Suprimir la lista de prètzfaches '{0}' ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Aquesta lista dels prètzfaches serà suprimida definitivament." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "Suprimir la lista de memòs '{0}' ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Aquesta lista dels memòs serà suprimida definitivament." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz enregistrar lo rendètz-vos sens resumit ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" "Apondre un resumit comprensible permet de vos balhar una idèa sus la tòca de " "vòstre rendètz-vos." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz enregistrar lo prètzfach sens resumit ?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" "Apondre un resumit comprensible permet de vos balhar una idèa sus la tòca de " "vòstre prètzfach." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz enregistrar lo memò sens resumit ?" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "L'agenda es pas marcat per una utilizacion fòra linha." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar un eveniment" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "" "« {0} » es una agenda en lectura sola e pòt pas èsser modificat. " "Seleccionatz un autra agenda que pòsca acceptar los rendètz-vos." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar lo prètzfach" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" "'{0}' pren pas en carga los prètzfaches atribuits, seleccionatz una lista de " "prètzfaches diferenta." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "" "La lista dels prètzfaches es pas marcada per una utilizacion fòra linha" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "La lista dels memòs es pas marcada per una utilizacion fòra linha." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumit" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "conten" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "conten pas" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripcion" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "Un camp quin que siá" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "Classificacion" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "es" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "es pas" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "Public" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "Privat" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Confidencial" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organizaire" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "Participant" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplaçament" # #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoria" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "Estacaments" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "Existís" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "Existís pas" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "Recurréncia" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "Apareis" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "Es inferior a" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "Exactament" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "Mai de" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "Lo resumit conten" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "La descripcion conten" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "Modificar lo rapèl" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "Afichar una alèrta" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "Legir un son" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "Aviar un programa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "Mandar un messatge" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "abans" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "aprèp" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "Començament del rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "fin del rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "minuta(s)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "ora(s)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "jorn(s)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "Apondre un rapèl" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "Rapèl" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Repetir" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "_Repetir lo rapèl" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "còps cada" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "_Messatge personalizat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "Mes_satge :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "Son de rapèl personalizat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "_Son :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "Seleccionatz un fichièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "_Programa :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "_Arguments :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "Mandar a :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "Accion/Activacion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "Rapèls" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "Apon_dre" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "Aqueste eveniment es estat suprimit." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "Aqueste prètzfach es estat suprimit." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "Aqueste memò es estat suprimit." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Avètz efectuat de modificacions. Las volètz anullar e tampar l'editor ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s Avètz pas efectuat cap de modificacion. Volètz tampar l'editor ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "Aqueste eveniment es estat modificat." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "Aqueste prètfach es estat modificat." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "Aqueste memò es estat modificat." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Avètz efectuat de modificacions. Las volètz anullar e metre a jorn " "l'editor ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Avètz pas efectuat cap de modificacion. Volètz metre a jorn l'editor ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar las pèças juntas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "Impossible de metre a jorn l'objècte" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "Modificar lo rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "Acamp - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "Rendètz-vos - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "Prètzfach atribuit - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "Prètzfaches - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "Memòs - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "Pas de resumit" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "Conservar l'element d'origina ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "Tampar la fenèstra activa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Copiar la seleccion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Copar la seleccion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "Suprimís la seleccion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "Consultar l'ajuda" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Empegar lo pòrtapapièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "Enregistrar las modificacions actualas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "Enregistrar e tampar" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "Enregistrar las modificacions e tampar l'editor" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "Seleccionar tot lo tèxte" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "_Classificacion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edicion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "_Fichièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Ajuda" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "_Inserir" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Opcions" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Afichatge" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "Fichièr _junt..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "Jónher un fichièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "_Categorias" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "L'estat indica se las categorias son afichadas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "_Fus orari" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo camp Fus orari es afichat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "Pu_blic" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "Classificar coma public" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "_Privat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "Classificar coma privat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "_Confidencial" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "Classificar coma confidencial" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "Camp _Ròtle" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo camp Ròtle es afichat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "_Respondètz svp" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo camp RSVP es afichat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "Camp _Estat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo camp Estat es afichat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "Camp _Tipe" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo camp Tipe de participant es afichat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "Jónher" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "" "Las modificacions efectuadas sus aqueste element pòdon èsser anulladas en " "cas de recepcion d'una mesa a jorn" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "fichièr junt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "Impossible d'utilizar la version actuala !" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "Error de validacion : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir la destinacion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "La cibla es en lectura sola" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "Impossible de crear l'objècte" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir la sorga" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "" "_Suprimir aqueste element de totas las autras bóstias de letras dels " "destinataris ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "Leva_r lo comentari" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'eveniment a cause d'una error dbus : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo prètzfach a causa d'una error dbus : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo memò a causa d'una error dbus : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'element a causa d'una error dbus : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" "Impossible de suprimir l'eveniment a causa de permissions insufisentas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" "Impossible de suprimir lo prètzfach a causa de permissions insufisentas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo memò a causa de permissions insufisentas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'element a causa de permissions insufisentas" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'eveniment a causa d'una error : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo prètzfach a causa d'una error : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo memò a causa d'una error : %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'element a causa d'una error : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "Picatz un delegat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "Delegar a :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "Contactes..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "_Rapèls" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "Definir o anullar los rapèls d'aqueste eveniment" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "Afichar lo periòde coma _ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "L'estat indica se lo periòde es afichat coma ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "_Recurréncia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "Transfòrma en eveniment recurrent" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "Opcions de mandadís" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "Inserís las opcions avançadas de mandadís" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "Eveniment per tota la jornada" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "L'estat indica se definit coma « Eveniment tota la jornada »" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "_Liure/ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "" "Interròga las personas esperadas sus lor disponibilitat (liure/ocupat)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "Rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Participants" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "Imprimir aqueste eveniment" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "Lo començament de l'eveniment es passat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "" "Aqueste eveniment pòt pas èsser modificat perque l'agenda seleccionada es en " "lectura sola" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" "Podètz pas modificar totes los elements d'aqueste eveniment perque sètz pas " "l'organizaire" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "Aqueste eveniment possedís de rapèls" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "Or_ganizaire :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "Eveniment sens data de debuta" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "Eveniment sens data de fin" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "La data de començament es erronèa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "La data de fin es erronèa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "L'ora de començament es erronèa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "L'ora de fin es erronèa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "Un organizaire es necessari." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "Al mens un participant es necessari." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "_Delegats" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "Participa_nts" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d jorn abans lo rendètz-vos" msgstr[1] "%d jorns abans lo rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d ora abans lo rendètz-vos" msgstr[1] "%d oras abans lo rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d minuta abans lo rendètz-vous" msgstr[1] "%d minutas abans lo rendètz-vous" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Personalizar" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "per" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "fins a" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "15 minutas abans lo rendètz-vos" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "1 ora abans lo rendètz-vos" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "1 jorn abans lo rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Emplaçament :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "_Descripcion :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "_Ora :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "_Fus orari :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "Re_sumit :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "Descripcion de l'eveniment" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "Participa_nts..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "_Rapèl" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "Rapèl personalizat :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "Genièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "Febrièr" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "Març" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "Abril" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "Mai" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "Junh" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "Julhet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "Agost" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "Setembre" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "Octòbre" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "Novembre" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "Decembre" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "Seleccionar una data" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "Seleccionar _uèi" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "Memò" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "Imprimís aqueste memò" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "Lo començament del memò es passat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "" "Aqueste memò pòt pas èsser entièrament modificat perque la lista " "seleccionada es en lectura sola" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Aqueste memò pòt pas èsser modificat perque sètz pas l'organizaire" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "A" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "_Lista :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "Organi_zaire :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "_A :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "Data de _debuta :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "Resu_mit :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" "Actualament, modificatz un eveniment recurrent. Qué volètz modificar ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "Actualament, delegatz un eveniment recurrent. Qué volètz delegar ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" "Actualament, modificatz un prètzfach recurrent. Qué volètz modificar ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Actualament, modificatz un memò recurrent. Qué volètz modificar ?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "Solament aquesta occurréncia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "Aquesta occurréncia e las precedentas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "Aquesta instància e las venentas" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "Totas las occurréncias" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "" "Aqueste rendètz-vos conten de recurréncias qu'Evolution pòt pas editar." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "La data de la recurréncia es invalida" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "" "L'ora de fin de la recurréncia es anteriora al començament de l'eveniment" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "activada" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "primièr" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "segonda" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "tresena" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "quatren" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "cinquena" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "darrièr" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "Autra data" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "del 1èr al 10" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "del 11 al 20" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "del 21 a 31" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Diluns" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Dimars" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Dimècres" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Dijòus" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Divendres" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Dissabte" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Dimenge" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "lo" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "occurréncias" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "Apondre una excepcion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "Impossible d'obténer una seleccion de modificar." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "Modificar l'excepcion" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "Impossible d'obténer una seleccion de suprimir." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "Data / ora" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "jorn(s)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "setmana(s)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "mes(es)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "an(s)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "per" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "fins a" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "per totjorn" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "Aqueste rendètz-vos es rec_urrent" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "Cada" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "Excepcions" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Apercebut" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "Mandar mos rapèls amb aqueste eveniment" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "Avertir _unicament los participants novèls" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "Opcions de _mandadís" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "Prètzfach (Task)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "Imprimís aqueste prètzfach" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "Lo començament del prètzfach es passat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "L'escasença del prètzfach es passada" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "" "Aqueste prètzfach pòt pas èsser modificat perque la lista de prètzfaches " "seleccionada es en lectura sola" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" "Aqueste prètzfach pòt pas èsser entièrament modificat perque sètz pas " "l'organizaire" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" "Aqueste prètzfach pòt pas èsser modificat, perque la lista de prètzfaches " "seleccionada pren pas en carga los prètzfaches atribuits" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "La data de tèrme es erronèa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "La data d'acabament es erronèa" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "Nautor :" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "Febla" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Indefinit" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "Pas aviada" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "En cors" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "Terminat" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Anullat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "Data de _tèrme :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "Fus orari :" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "Pagina _web :" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "Rendètz-vos novèl" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "Eveniment novèl per tota la jornada" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "Acamp novèl" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "Anar a uèi" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "Anar a la data" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "Possedís de rapèls." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "A de recurréncias" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "Es un acamp." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "Eveniments de l'agenda : lo resumit es %s." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "Eveniments de l'agenda : i a pas de resumit" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "Afichatge dels elements de l'agenda" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "Capturar lo focús" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "A %d eneviment." msgstr[1] "A %d eneviments." #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "A pas d'eveniment." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Afichatge de la setmana de trabalh : %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "Afichatge del jorn : %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "Afichatge de l'agenda per la setmana de trabalh" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "Afichatge de l'agenda per un o mai d'un jorn" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "un tablèu per consultar e causir l'interval de temps corrent" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "Agenda de GNOME" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%A %d %b %Y" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%a de %d de %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %Y" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%d de %b de %Y" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%d de %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "boton del saut" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "Clicatz aicí per trobar mai d'eveniments." #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d jorn" msgstr[1] "%d jorns" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d setmana" msgstr[1] "%d setmanas" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "Accion d'efectuar desconeguda" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s abans lo començament del rendètz-vous" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s aprèp lo començament del rendètz-vos" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s a la debuta del rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s abans la fin del rendètz-vos" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s aprèp la fin del rendètz-vos" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s a la fin del rendètz-vos" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s a %s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "%s per un tipe d'activacion desconegut" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "Afichatge del mes : %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Afichatge de la setmana : %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "Afichatge de l'agenda per una mesada" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "Afichatge de l'agenda per una setmana o mei" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "Sens nom" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "Categorias :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Resumit:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "Data de debuta :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "Data de fin :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "Data de tèrme :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "Estat :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "Prioritat :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Descripcion :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "Pagina web :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per apondre un prètzfach" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "Data de debuta" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "Data d'acabament" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Complet" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Data de tèrme" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% acabat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritat" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estatut" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "Creat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "Darrièra modificacion" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Copa los eveniments seleccionats cap al quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia los eveniments seleccionats dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "Empega los eveniments dempuèi lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "Suprimís los eveniments seleccionats" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "Supression dels objèctes seleccionats" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "Mesa a jorn dels objèctes" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "Organizaire : %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "Organizaire : %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "Emplaçament : %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "Ora : %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Data de debuta" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Data de fin" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "Recurrent" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "Atribuit" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Òc" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Acceptat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "Refusat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "Provisòri" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Delegat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "Necessita una accion" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "Liure" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "Ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "La posicion geografica deu èsser entrada dins lo format :\n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "La data deu èsser piada dins lo format : \n" "%s" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "am" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "pm" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%A %d de %B" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "Setmana %d" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "Divisions de %02i minutas" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "Afichar lo segond fus orari" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "Seleccionar..." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "Presidents" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "Participants esperats" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "Participants opcionals" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Ressorgas" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "Individual" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grop" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "Ressorga" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "Sala" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "President" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "Participant esperat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "Participant opcional" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "Non participant" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "Necessita una accion" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "Participant " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "Respondètz svp" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "En cors" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" "Picatz lo senhal per accedir a l'informacion liure/ocupat sul servidor %s en " "tant qu'utilizaire %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "Causa del fracàs : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "Picatz lo senhal" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "Absent del burèu" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "Pas cap d'entresenha" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "O_pcions" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "Afichar _solament las oras de trabalh" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "Afichar Zoom a_rrièr" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "_Metre a jorn Liure/Ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "_Causida automatica" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr ">_>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "_Totas las personas e ressorsas" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "Totas las _personas e una ressorsa" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "Personas es_peradas" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "Personas esperadas e _una ressorsa" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "Ora de _debuta :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "Ora de _fin :" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "Resumit : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per apondre un participant" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "Sòci" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "Delegat a" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "Delegat per" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nom corrent" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "Lenga" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "Memòs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* Pas de resumit *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "Aviar : " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "Tèrme : " #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Copa los memòs seleccionats cap al quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia los memòs seleccionats dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "Empega los memòs dempuèi lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "Suprimir los memòs seleccionats" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "Selecciona totes los memòs visibles" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "Clicatz per apondre un memò" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d %%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Copa los prètzfaches seleccionats cap al quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia los prètzfaches seleccionats dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "Empega los prètzfaches dempuèi lo quichapapièrs" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "Suprimir los prètzfaches seleccionats" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "Selecciona totes los prètzfaches visibles" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "Seleccionar lo fus orari" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%d de %B" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "Netejament" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "Un organizaire deu èsser definit." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "Al mens un participant es necessari" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "Entresenhas sus l'eveniment" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "Informacions del prètzfach" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "Informacions del memò" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "Entresenhas liure/ocupat" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "Entresenhas de l'agenda" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Acceptada" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Acceptada provisòriament" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "Refusada" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Delegada" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "Mesa a jorn" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anullada" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizada" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "Contraproposicion" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "Informacion Liure/Ocupat (%s a %s)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "Entresenhas iCalendar" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "" "Impossible de reservar una ressorsa, l'eveniment novèl es en conflicte amb " "un autre." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "Vos cal èsser inscrich coma participant a l'eveniment." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1èr" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "5" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31" #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "Mo" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "Ma" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "Mè" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "Jò" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "Ve" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "Sa" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "Di" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " A " #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (acabat " #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "Acabat " #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (Tèrme " #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "Tèrme " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "Participants : " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "Estat : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioritat : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "Percentatge efectuat : %i" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "Categorias : %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "Contactes: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "En cors" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "% acabat" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "es superior a" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "es inferior a" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "Rendètz-vos e acampadas" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "Dobertura de l'agenda" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "Fichièrs iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion iCalendar d'Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "Rapèl !" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "Fichièrs vCalendar (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion vCalendar d'Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "Eveniments de l'agenda" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion intelligent de l'agenda d'Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "Acamp" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "Eveniment" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "Prètzfach" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "Bremba-te" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "possedís de recurréncias" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "es una instància" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "possedís de rapèls" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "possedís de pèças juntas" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "Public" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "Privat" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Confidencial" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "Classificacion" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumit" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplaçament" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "Començament" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "Tèrme" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "Categorias" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "Acabat" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organizaire" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Participants" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripcion" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "Africa/Abidjan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "Africa/Accra" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "Africa/Addis_Ababa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "Africa/Argièr" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "Africa/Asmara" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "Africa/Bamako" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "Africa/Bangui" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "Africa/Banjul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "Africa/Bissau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "Africa/Blantyre" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "Africa/Brazzaville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "Africa/Bujumbura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "Africa/Lo Caire" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "Africa/Casablanca" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "Africa/Ceutà" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "Africa/Conakry" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "Africa/Dakar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "Africa/Dar es Salaam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "Africa/Jibouti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "Africa/Doala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "Africa/El_Aaiun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "Africa/Freetown" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "Africa/Gaborone" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "Africa/Harare" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "Africa/Johannesburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "Africa/Kampala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "Africa/Khartom" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "Africa/Kigali" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "Africa/Kinshasa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "Africa/Lagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "Africa/Libreville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "Africa/Lomé" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "Africa/Luanda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "Africa/Lubumbashi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "Africa/Lusaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "Africa/Malabo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "Africa/Maputo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "Africa/Maseru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "Africa/Mbabane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "Africa/Mogadishu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "Africa/Monrovia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "Africa/Nairobi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "Africa/N'Djamena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "Africa/Niamey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "Africa/Nouakchott" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "Africa/Ouagadougou" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "Africa/Porto-Novo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "Africa/São Tomé" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "Africa/Timbuktu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "Africa/Trípol" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "Africa/Tunis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "Africa/Windhoek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "America/Adak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "America/Anchorage" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "America/Anguilla" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "America/Antigua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "America/Araguaina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "America/Aruba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "America/Asuncion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "America/Barbade" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "America/Belem" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "America/Belize" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "America/Boa_Vista" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "America/Bogota" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "America/Boise" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "America/Buenos_Aires" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "America/Cambridge_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "America/Cancun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "America/Caracas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "America/Catamarcà" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "America/Cayenne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "America/Cayman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "America/Chicago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "America/Chihuahua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "America/Cordoba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "America/Costa_Rica" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "America/Cuiaba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "America/Curacao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "America/Danmarkshavn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "America/Dawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "America/Dawson_Creek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "America/Denver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "America/Detroit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "America/Dominica" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "America/Edmonton" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "America/Eirunepe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "America/El_Salvador" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "America/Fortaleza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "America/Glace_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "America/Godthab" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "America/Goose_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "America/Grand_Turk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "America/Grenada" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "America/Guadeloupe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "America/Guatemala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "America/Guayaquil" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "America/Guyanà" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "America/Halifax" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "America/Havana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "America/Hermosillo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "America/Indiana/Knox" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "America/Indiana/Marengo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "America/Indiana/Vevay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "America/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "America/Inuvik" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "America/Iqaluit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "America/Jamaica" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "America/Jujuy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "America/Juneau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "America/Kentucky/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "America/Kentucky/Monticello" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "America/La_Paz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "America/Lima" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "America/Los_Angeles" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "America/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "America/Maceio" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "America/Managua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "America/Manaus" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "America/Martinique" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "America/Mazatlan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "America/Mendoza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "America/Menominee" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "America/Merida" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "America/Mexico_City" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "America/Miquelon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "America/Monterrey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "America/Montevideo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "America/Montreal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "America/Montserrat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "America/Nassau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "America/New_York" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "America/Nipigon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "America/Nome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "America/Noronha" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "America/North_Dakota/Center" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "America/Panamà" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "America/Pangnirtung" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "America/Paramaribo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "America/Phoenix" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "America/Port-au-Prince" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "America/Port_of_Spain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "America/Porto_Velho" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "America/Puerto_Rico" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "America/Rainy_River" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "America/Rankin_Inlet" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "America/Recife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "America/Regina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "America/Rio_Branco" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "America/Rosario" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "America/Santiago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "America/Santo_Domingo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "America/Sao_Paulo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "America/Scoresbysund" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "America/Shiprock" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "America/St_Johns" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "America/St_Kitts" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "America/St_Lucia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "America/St_Thomas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "America/St_Vincent" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "America/Swift_Current" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "America/Tegucigalpa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "America/Thule" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "America/Thunder_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "America/Tijuana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "America/Tortola" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "America/Vancouver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "America/Whitehorse" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "America/Winnipeg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "America/Yakutat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "America/Yellowknife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "Antartida/Casey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "Antarctica/Davis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "Antartida/DumontDurville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "Antarctica/Mawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "Antartida/McMurdo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "Antartida/Palmer" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "Antartida/South_Pole" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "Antartida/Syowa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "Antartida/Vostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "Artica/Longyearbyen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "Asia/Aden" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "Asia/Almaty" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "Asia/Amman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "Asia/Anadyr" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "Asia/Aqtau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "Asia/Aqtobe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "Asia/Ashgabat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "Asia/Bagdad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "Asia/Barhain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "Asia/Baku" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "Asia/Bangkok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "Asia/Beirut" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "Asia/Bishkek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "Asia/Brunei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "Asia/Calcutta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "Asia/Choibalsan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "Asia/Chongqing" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "Asia/Colombo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "Asia/Damascus" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "Asia/Dhaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "Asia/Dili" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "Asia/Dubai" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "Asia/Dushanbe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "Asia/Gaza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "Asia/Harbin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "Asia/Hong_Kong" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "Asia/Hovd" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "Asia/Irkutsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "Asia/Istanbul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "Asia/Jakarta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "Asia/Jayapura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "Asia/Jerusalèm" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "Asia/Kabul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "Asia/Kamchatka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "Asia/Karachi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "Asia/Kashgar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "Asia/Katmandu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "Asia/Kuching" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "Asie/Kuwait" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "Asia/Macao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "Asia/Macau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "Asia/Magadan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "Asia/Makassar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "Asia/Manila" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "Asia/Muscat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "Asia/Nicosia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "Asia/Novosibirsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "Asia/Omsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "Asia/Oral" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "Asia/Phnom_Penh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "Asia/Pontianak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "Asia/Pyongyang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "Asia/Qatar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "Asia/Qyzylorda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "Asia/Rangoon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "Asia/Riyadh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "Asia/Saigon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "Asia/Sakhalin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "Asia/Samarkand" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "Asia/Seoul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "Asia/Shanghai" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "Asia/Singapore" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "Asia/Taipei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "Asia/Tashkent" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "Asia/Tbilisi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "Asia/Tehran" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "Asia/Thimphu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "Asia/Tokyo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "Asia/Urumqi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "Asia/Vientiane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "Asia/Vladivostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "Asia/Yakutsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Asia/Yekaterinburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "Asia/Yerevan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "Atlantic/Açores" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "Atlantic/Bermuda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "Atlantic/Canarias" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "Atlantic/Cap _Verd" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "Atlantic/Faeroe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "Atlantic/Madeira" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "Atlantic/Reykjavik" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "Atlantic/Georgia_del_Sud" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "Atlantic/St_Helena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "Atlantic/Stanley" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "Austràlia/Adelaide" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "Austràlia/Brisbane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "Austràlia/Broken_Hill" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "Austràlia/Darwin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "Austràlia/Hobart" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "Austràlia/Lindeman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "Austràlia/Lord_Howe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "Austràlia/Melbourne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "Austràlia/Perth" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "Austràlia/Sydney" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "Euròpa/Amsterdam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "Euròpa/Andòrra" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "Euròpa/Atènas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "Euròpa/Belfast" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "Euròpa/Belgrad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "Euròpa/Berlin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "Euròpa/Bratislava" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "Euròpa/Brussèlas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "Euròpa/Bucarèst" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "Euròpa/Budapèst" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "Euròpa/Chisinau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "Euròpa/Copenhage" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "Euròpa/Dublin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "Euròpa/Gibraltar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "Euròpa/Helsinki" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "Euròpa/Istanbul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "Euròpa/Kaliningrad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "Euròpa/Kiev" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "Euròpa/Lisbona" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "Euròpa/Ljubljana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "Euròpa/Londres" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "Euròpa/Luxemborg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "Euròpa/Madrid" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "Euròpa/Malta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "Euròpa/Minsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "Euròpa/Mónegue" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "Euròpa/Moscòu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "Euròpa/Nicosia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "Euròpa/Oslo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "Euròpa/Paris" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "Euròpa/Praga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "Euròpa/Riga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "Euròpa/Roma" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "Euròpa/Samara" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "Euròpa/Sant_Marin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "Euròpa/Sarajevo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "Euròpa/Simferopol" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "Euròpa/Skopje" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "Euròpa/Sòfia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "Euròpa/Estocòlme" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "Euròpa/Tallinn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "Euròpa/Tirana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "Euròpa/Uzhgorod" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "Euròpa/Vaduz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "Euròpa/Vatican" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "Euròpa/Vièna" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "Euròpa/Vilnius" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "Euròpa/Varsovia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "Euròpa/Zagreb" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "Euròpa/Zaporozhye" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "Euròpa/Zurich" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Antananarivo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Chagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Christmas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Cocos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Comòras" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Kerguelen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Mahe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Maldivas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Maurici" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Maiòta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "Ocean_indian/Reünion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "Pacific/Apia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "Pacific/Auckland" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "Pacific/Chatham" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "Pacific/Easter" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "Pacific/Efate" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "Pacific/Enderbury" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "Pacific/Fakaofo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "Pacific/Fiji" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "Pacific/Funafuti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "Pacific/Galapagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "Pacific/Gambier" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "Pacific/Guadalcanal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "Pacific/Guam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "Pacific/Honolulu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "Pacific/Johnston" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "Pacific/Kiritimati" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "Pacific/Kosrae" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "Pacific/Kwajalein" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "Pacific/Majuro" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "Pacific/Marquesas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "Pacific/Midway" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "Pacific/Nauru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "Pacific/Niue" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "Pacific/Norfolk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "Pacific/Noumea" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "Pacific/Pago_Pago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "Pacific/Palau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "Pacific/Pitcairn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "Pacific/Ponape" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "Pacific/Port_Moresby" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "Pacific/Rarotonga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "Pacific/Saipan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "Pacific/Tahiti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "Pacific/Tarawa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "Pacific/Tongatapu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "Pacific/Truk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "Pacific/Wake" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "Pacific/Wallis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "Pacific/Yap" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Enregistrar coma..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Tampar" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "Tampar lo fichièr actiu" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "_Messatge novèl" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "Dobrir una fenèstra de messatge novèl" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "Configurar Evolution" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "Enregistrar lo fichièr actiu" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Enregistrar _coma..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "Enregistra lo fichièr actual jos un autre nom" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "En_codatge dels caractèrs" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "Im_primir..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "Pre_visualizacion de l'impression" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "Enregistrar coma _borrolhon" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "Enregistrar coma borrolhon" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "_Mandar" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "Mandar aqueste messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "_Chifrar amb PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "Chifra aqueste messatge amb PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "_Signar amb PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "Signa aqueste messatge amb vòstra clau PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "_Galariá d'imatges" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "" "Aficha un ensemble d'imatges que pòdon èsser depausats dins vòstre messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "_Priorizar lo messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "Afècta una prioritat elevada al messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "_Demandar un acusé de lectura" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "Obténer un avertiment quand vòstre messatge es legit" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "C_hifrar amb S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "Chifra aqueste messatge amb vòstre certificat de chiframent S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "S_ignar amb S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "Signa aqueste messatge amb vòstre certificat de signatura S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "Camp _Bcc" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "Indica se lo camp Cci es afichat" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "Camp _Cc" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "Indica se lo camp Cc es afichat" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "Camp _Respondre a" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "Indica se lo camp Respondre a es afichat" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "Enregistrar lo borrolhon" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "Picatz los destinataris del messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "Picatz las adreças que recebràn una còpia del messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" "Picatz las adreças que recebràn una còpia del messatge sens aparéisser dins " "la lista dels destinataris del messatge" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "_De :" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "_Respondre a :" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "_Destinatari :" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "_Cc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "_Bcc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "_Postar a :" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "Tè_ma :" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "Si_gnatura :" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "Clicatz aicí pel quasernet d'adreças" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per seleccionar los dorsièrs de destinacion" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "" "Impossible de signar lo messatge sortent : cap de certificat de signatura " "pas definit per aqueste compte" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "" "Impossible de chifrar lo messatge sortent : cap de certificat de chiframent " "pas definit per aqueste compte" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "Escriure un messatge" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" "L'editor content un còs de messatge non textual que pòt pas èsser editat." #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "Messatge sens títol" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "Podètz pas jónher lo fichièr « {0} » a aqueste messatge." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "" "Lo fichièr « {0} » es pas un fichièr regular e pòt pas èsser mandat dins un " "messatge." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "Impossible de recuperar lo messatge junt dempuèi {0}." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "Per que "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "Volètz recuperar los messatges inacabats ?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" "Evolution a quitat d'un biais inesperat pendent que redigissiatz un messatge " "novèl. Recuperar lo messatge, vos permetrà de contunhar lai ont vos èretz " "arrestat." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "_Recobrar pas" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "_Recuperar" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar lo fichièr de salvement automatic « {0} »." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "" "Error al moment de l'enregistrament dins los salvaments automatics a causa " "de « {1} »." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "A telecargar. Volètz mandar lo messatge ?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " I a de pèças juntas en cors de telecargament. Lo mandadís del corrièl serà " "efectuat sens jónher aquelas pèças juntas de telecargar " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz anullar lo messatge, actualament en cors de redaccion, " "que lo subjècte n'es « {0} » ?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" "Lo messatge serà perdut definitivament se tampatz la fenèstra d'edicion, " "levat se causissètz de salvar lo messatge dins vòstre dorsièr dels " "borrolhons. Aquesta darrièra accion vos permetrà de contunhar la redaccion " "ulteriorament." #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "_Contunhar a modificar" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "_Enregistrar lo borrolhon" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "Impossible de crear un messatge." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "" "A causa de « {0} », es possibe qu'ajatz besonh de causir d'autras opcions de " "messatjariá." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "Impossible de legir lo fichièr de signatura « {0} »." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "Totes los comptes son estats suprimits." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "Vos cal configurar un compte abans de poder redigir un corrièl." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "" "Una error s'es producha al moment de l'enregistrament dins vòstre bóstia de " "mandadís." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "L'error senhalada èra « {0} ». Lo messatge es pas estat mandat." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "" "Una error s'es producha al moment de l'enregistrament dins vòstre dorsièr " "dels borrolhons." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" "L'error senhalada èra « {0} ». Lo messatge es probablament pas estat " "enregistrat." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment del mandadís. Que volètz far ?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "L'error senhalada èra « {0} »." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "Enregi_strar dins la bóstia de mandadís" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "_Ensajar tornarmai" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "" "Vòstre messatge es estat mandat, mas una error s'es producha pendent lo post-" "tractament." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "Enregistrament del messatge dins la bóstia de mandadís." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "Notificacion d'alarmas Evolution" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "Notificacions dels eveniments de l'agenda" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "Seguida de trabalh collaboratiu" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "Corrièls e agenda Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Gerir vòstres corrièls, contactes e agendas" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" "email;corrièl;mail;calendièr;agenda;contacte;quasernet " "d'adreças;prètzfach;todo;rapèl" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "Redigir un messatge novèl" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contactes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "Activar lo formatatge d'adreça" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" "Indica se las adreças devon èsser formatadas segon la nòrma del país de " "destinacion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "Longor abans complecion automatica" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "" "Lo nombre de caractèrs que devon èsser picats abans qu'Evolution ensage de " "completar." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "Afichar lo nom autocompletat amb una adreça" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "Indica se cal forçar l'afichatge de l'adreça electronica amb lo nom del " "contacte autocompletat dins la zòna de picada." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "" "L'URI del dorsièr utilizat en darrièr dins lo dialòg de seleccion de noms" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "" "L'URI del dorsièr utilizat en darrièr dins lo dialòg de seleccion de noms." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "Estil de l'agençament dels contactes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" "L'estil de l'agençament definís cossí dispausar lo panèl d'apercebut per " "rapòrt a la lista dels contactes. « 0 » (vista classica) plaça lo panèl " "d'apercebut jos la lista dels contactes. « 1 » (vista verticala) plaça lo " "panèl d'apercebut al costat de la lista dels contactes." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels contactes (orizontala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels contactes per una orientacion orizontala." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels contactes (verticala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels contactes per una orientacion verticala." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "Afichar las mapas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "Indica se cal afichar las cartas dins lo panèl d'apercebut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "Quasernet d'adreças principal" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" "L'UID del quasernet d'adreça seleccionat (o « principal ») dins lo panèl " "lateral de la vista « Contactes »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "Afichar lo panèl d'apercebut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "Indica se cal afichar lo panèl d'apercebut." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "Convertís los messatges en Unicode" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" "Convertís lo tèxte dels messatges en Unicode UTF-8 per unificar las balisas " "spam/ham que provenon de diferents jòcs de caractèrs." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "Repertòri de salvament dels rapèls àudio" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "Repertòri de salvament dels fichièrs àudio de rapèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Valor pel rapèl dels anniversaris" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "Nombre d'unitats per determinar un rapèl de data de naissença o d'anniversari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Unitats pel rapèl dels anniversaris" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "Unitats per un rapèl d'anniversari, « minutas », « oras » o « jorns »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "Compressar las dimenjadas dins la vista mesadièra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" "Indica se las fins de setmana devon èsser compressadas dins la vista " "mesadièra, aquò plaçarç dissabte e dimenge dins l'espaci d'un sol jorn" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "Demandar confirmacion al moment de suprimir d'elements" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" "Indica se cal demandar una confirmacion per la suppression d'un rendètz-vos " "o d'un prètzfach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "Confirmar lo netejatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" "Indica se cal demandar una confirmacion pel netejatge dels rendètz-vos e " "dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "Posicion del panèl vertical dins la vista mesadièra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl vertical, entre las listas d'agendas e lo calendièr " "navigador de datas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "Ora de fin dels jorns de trabalh" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" "Ora a la quala la jornada de trabalh s'acaba, dins lo format 24 oras, de 0 a " "23" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "Minuta de fin dels jorns de trabalh" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Minuta a la quala las jornadas de trabalh s'acaban, de 0 a 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "Ora de debuta dels jorns de trabalh" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "" "Ora de debuta de la jornada de trabalh, al format 24 oras, de 0 a 23." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "Minuta de debuta dels jorns de trabalh" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Minuta a la quala las jornadas de trabalh començan, de 0 a 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "Lo fus orari segondari per una vista quotidiana" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" "Se activat, aficha lo fus orari segondari dins una vista quotidiana. La " "valor es identica a la qu'es utilizada per una clau « timezone »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" "Fuses oraris segondaris utilizats recentament dins una vista quotidiana" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" "Lista dels fuses oraris segondaris recentament utilizats dins una vista " "quotidiana" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "Nombre maximum de fuses oraris recentament utilizats d'enregistrar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" "Nombre maximum de fuses oraris recentament utilizats d'enregistrar dins una " "lista « day_second_zones »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "Valor per defaut del rapèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "Nombre d'unitats per determinar un rapèl per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "Unitats per defaut del rapèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "Unitats pel rapèl per defaut, « minutes », « hours » o « days »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp de las categorias dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar lo camp categorias dins l'editor " "d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Afichar lo camp ròtle dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal affchar lo camp ròtle dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Afichar lo camp RSVP dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar lo camp RSVP dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Afichar lo camp d'estat dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar lo camp estat dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Afichar lo camp fus orari dins l'editor d'eveniment/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar lo camp fus orari dins l'editor " "d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Afichar lo camp tipe dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar lo camp tipe dins l'editor d'eveniment/prètzfach/acamp" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "Amagar los prètzfaches acabats" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" "Indica se cal amagar los prètzfaches acabats dins la vista dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "Amagar las unitats dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" "Unitats per determinar quora amagar los prètzfaches, « minutes », « hours » " "o « days »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "Amagar la valor del prètzfach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "Nombre d'unitats per determinar quora amagar los prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "Posicion del panèl orizontal" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl orizontal fòra vista mesadièra, entre lo calendièr " "navigador de datas e la lista dels prètzfaches, en pixèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "Ora del darrièr rapèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "Ora a la quala lo darrièr rapèl es estat aviat, en time_t" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Color de la linha de l'ora actuala (MBL) - Vista del jorn" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "Color de la linha de l'ora actuala (MBL) dins l'afichatge del jorn" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Color de la linha de l'ora actuala (MBL) - Barra de temps" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" "Color de la linha de l'ora actuala (MBL) dins la barra de temps (voida per " "defaut)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "Linha de l'ora actuala (MBL)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" "Indica se cal dessenhar la linha Marcus Bains (linha a la data actuala) dins " "l'agenda" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels memòs (orizontala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels prètzfaches per una orientacion " "orizontala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "Estil de l'agençament dels memòs" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" "L'estil de l'agençament definís cossí dispausar lo panèl d'apercebut per " "rapòrt a la lista dels memòs. « 0 » (vista classica) plaça lo panèl " "d'apercebut jos la lista dels mèmos. « 1 » (vista verticala) plaça lo panèl " "d'apercebut al costat de la lista dels mèmos" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels memòs (verticala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels memòs per una orientacion verticala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "Posicion del panèl orizontal dins la vista mesadièra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl orizontal en vista mesadièra, entre la vista, lo " "calendièr navigador de datas e la lista dels prètzfaches, en pixèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "Far desfilar la vista mesadièra d'una setmana e non pas d'un mes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" "Indica se cal far desfilar la vista mesadièra d'una setmana e non pas d'un " "mes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "Programas de rapèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "Programas que pòdon èsser aviats pels rapèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "Afichar los rapèls dins la zòna de notificacion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" "Indica se cal utilizar una icòna de notificacion per afichar los rapèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "Element preferit del boton Novèl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "Nom de l'element preferit del boton Novèl de la barra d'aisinas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "Agenda principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" "L'UID de l'agenda seleccionat (o « principal ») dins lo panèl lateral de la " "vista « Agenda »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "Lista principala de memòs" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" "L'UID de la lista dels memòs seleccionada (o « principal ») dins lo panèl " "lateral de la vista « Memòs »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "Lista principala de prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" "L'UID de la lista dels prètzfaches seleccionada (o « principal ») dins lo " "panèl lateral de la vista « Prètzfaches »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "URL del modèl Liure/Ocupat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" "Modèl de l'URL d'utilizar coma donada liure/ocupat per defaut, %u serà " "remplaçat pel nom d'utilizaire de l'adreça electronica mentre que %d serà " "remplaçat pel nom de domeni" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "Eveniments recurrents en italica" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" "Afichar los jorns ont apareisson d'eveniments recurrents en italica dins " "l'agenda en bas a esquèrra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "Nombre d'annadas de considerar per una recèrca dins lo temps" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" "A partir del jorn seleccionat actualament, de quant d'anadas la recèrca dins " "lo temps pòt recuolar o avançar per trobar una autra ocurréncia ; la valor " "per defaut es dètz ans" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "" "Afichar las oras de fin de rendètz-vos dins las vistas mesadièras e " "setmanièras" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar l'ora de fin dels eveniments dins las vistas " "setmanièra e mesadièra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "Afichar lo panèl d'apercebut dels memos" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" "Se « verai », lo panèl d'apercabut dels mèmos es afichat dins la fenèstra " "principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "Afichar lo panèl d'apercebut dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" "Se « verai », lo panèl d'apercebut dels prètafaches es afichat dins la " "fenèstra principala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "" "Afichar los numèros de setmana dins la vista quotidiana, la vista de setmana " "de trabalh e lo navigador de datas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" "Indica se cal afichar los numèros de setmana a diferents endreches de " "l'agenda" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "Posicion verticala del panèl de las etiquetas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "Mesa en evidéncia dels prètzfaches d'efectuar uèi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" "Indica se cal metre en evidéncia los prètzfaches d'efectuar uèi amb una " "color especiala (task-due-today-color)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Colors dels prètzfaches d'efectuar uèi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" "Color dels prètzfaches que son a efectuar uèi, dins lo format « #rrggbb ». " "Utilizada conjuntament a l'opcion task-due-today-highlight" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels prètzfaches (orizontala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "Estil de l'agençament dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" "L'estil de l'agençament definís cossí dispausar lo panèl d'apercebut per " "rapòrt a la lista dels prètzfaches. « 0 » (vista classica) plaça lo panèl " "d'apercebut jos la lista dels prètzfaches. « 1 » (vista verticala) plaça lo " "panèl d'apercebut al costat de la lista dels prètzfaches" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels prètzfaches (verticala)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" "Posicion del panèl d'apercebut dels prètzfaches per una orientacion verticala" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "Mesa en evidéncia dels prètzfaches tardièrs" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" "Indica se cal metre en evidéncia los prètzfaches tardièr amb una color " "especiala (task-overdue-color)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Color dels prètzfaches en retard" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" "Color dels prètzfaches que son tardièrs, dins lo format « #rrggbb ». " "Utilizada conjuntament a l'opcion task-overdue-highlight." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "Divisions oràrias" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" "Intervals afichats dins las vistas quotidianas e setmanièras de trabalh, en " "minutas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "Fus orari" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" "Lo fus orari per defaut d'utilizar per las datas e los oraris dins l'agenda, " "coma un emplaçament pas tradusit de la banca de donadas dels fuses oraris " "d'Olsen per exemple « America/Nòva York »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "Format de data 24 oras" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "Indica se cal afichar l'ora en format 24h al luòc del format am/pm" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Rapèl dels anniversaris" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" "Indica se un rapèl de data de naissença o d'anniversari deu èsser plaçat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "Rapèl per defaut dels rendètz-vos" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "Indica se cal metre en plaça un rapèl per defaut dels rendètz-vos" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "Utilizar lo fus orari del sistèma" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" "Utilizar lo fus orari del sistèma al luòc de lo qu'es definit dins Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "Version precedenta d'Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "Lista dels plugins desactivats" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "La lista dels plugins desactivats dins Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "Coordenada X de la fenèstra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "Coordenada Y de la fenèstra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "La largor de la fenèstra en pixèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "La nautor de la fenèstra en pixèls" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Indica se la fenèstra es maximizada" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "Importacion de l'agenda de GNOME Calendar realizada" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "Indica se l'agenda de GNOME Calendar es estat importat o pas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "Importacion dels prètzfaches de GNOME Calendar realizada" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" "Indica se los prètzfaches de GNOME Calendar son estats importats o pas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "Verifica se Evolution es lo gestionari de corrièls per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "Jòc de caractèrs per defaut per la redaccion dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "Jòc de caractèrs per defaut per la redaccion dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "" "Emplaçament ont lo contengut de la galariá de fòtos deu èsser recercat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "Correccion ortografica en linha" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "Afichar los indicadors de fautas d'ortografia al fial de la picada." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "Reconéisser los ligams automaticament" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "Reconéisser los ligams dins lo tèxte e los remplaçar." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "Reconéisser automaticament los morrons" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "Messatge d'atribucion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" "Lo tèxte qu'es inserit al moment d'una responsa a un messatge, e qu'atribuís " "lo messatge a l'autor d'origina" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "Messatge de transferiment" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" "Lo tèxte qu'es inserit al moment del transferiment d'un messatge, e " "qu'indica lo messatge transferit seguís" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "Messatge inicial" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" "Lo tèxte qu'es inserit al moment d'una responsa a un messatge, qu'indica que " "lo messatge d'origina seguís (top posting)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "Respondre al grop respond a la lista" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "Posicionar lo cursor en bas de las responsas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "Demandar totjorn un acusat de lectura" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "Mandar per defaut lo corrièl al format HTML" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "Mandar per defaut lo corrièl al format HTML." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "Color del corrector ortografic" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "Lengas de la correccion ortografica" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "" "Tiera dels còdis de lenga de dictionaris utilizats per la verificacion " "ortografica." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Afichar lo camp « Cci » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « Cci » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge. Aquesta opcion " "es contrarotlada pel menú Afichatge quand un compte de messatjariá es causit." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Afichar lo camp « Cc » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « Cc » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge. Aquesta opcion " "es contrarotlada pel menú Afichatge quand un compte de messatjariá es causit." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Afichar lo camp « Respondre a » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « Respondre a » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge. " "Aquesta opcion es contrarotlada pel menú Afichatge quand un compte de " "messatjariá es causit." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « De » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge a un grop de " "discussion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « De » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge a un grop de " "discussion. Aquesta opcion es contrarotlada pel menú Afichatge quand un " "compte de messatjariá es causit." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « Respondre a » al moment del mandadís a un grop de " "discussion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Afichar lo camp « Respondre a » al moment del mandadís d'un messatge a un " "grop de discussion. Aquesta opcion es contrarotlada pel menú Afichatge quand " "un compte de messatjariá es causit." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" "Signar numericament la responsa quand lo messatge d'origina es signat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "Encodar los noms de fichièrs al biais d'Outlook/GMail" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "Apondre las signaturas personalizadas en naut de las responsas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "Apondre pas de separador de signatura" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "Ignorar l'entèsta Reply-To: de las listas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "Lista dels « Re » localizats" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "Format del fichièr d'enregistrament pendent un lisar-depausar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "Pòt èsser siá « mbox », siá « pdf »." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "Afichar las animacions" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" "Activar los imatges animats dens los messatges HTML. Plan de personas los " "tròban embestiants e prefereissen veire d'imatges fixes." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "Activar o desactivar la foncionalitat de recèrca interactiva" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" "Activar la barra de recèrca laterala que permet una recèrca interactiva de " "noms de dorsièrs." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "Activar o desactivar la barra d'espaci magic" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" "Activar aquò per desfilar amb la barra Espaci dins l'apercebut dels " "messatges, las tieras de messatges e los dorsièrs" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "Marcar las citacions dins lo messatge « Preview »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "Marcar las citacions dins lo messatge « Preview »" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Color de susbrilhança de las citacions" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Color de susbrilhana de las citacions." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "Activar/desactivar la lectura al cursor" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "" "Activar la lectura al cursor, atal podetz veire un cursor quand legissetz " "los mails." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "Jòc de caractèrs per defaut per l'afichatge dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "Jòc de caractèrs per defaut per l'afichatge dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "Afichar las animacions" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "Afichar los imatges animats coma una animacion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "Afichar totas las entèstas dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "Aficha totes las entèstas al moment de l'afichatge dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "Afichar la fotografia de l'expedidor" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "" "Afichar la fotografia de l'expedidor dins lo panèl de lectura dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "Marcar coma legit aprèp lo relambi indicat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "Marcar coma legit aprèp lo relambi indicat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "Relambi abans de marcar los messatges coma vistes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "Relambi en millisegondas abans de marcar los messatges coma vistes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "Colomna del corrièl de l'expeditor dins la lista dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" "Indica se cal utilizar las meteissas poliças per las linhas « De » e " "« Subjècte » dens la colomna « Messatges » en aficatge vertical." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "" "Afichar los messatges marcats coma suprimits dins la lista dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "" "Afichar los messatges suprimits (coma raiats) dins la lista dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "Activar los dorsièrs de recèrca sens correspondéncia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "Masca l'aperceb per dorsièr e suprimeis la seleccion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "Nautor del panèl de lista de messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "Nautor del panèl de lista de messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "Largor del panèl de la lista dels messatges" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "Largor del panèl de la lista dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "Estil de mesa en pagina" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "Largor de poliças variabla" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "La poliça de largor variabla per l'afichatge dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "Poliça del terminal" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "La poliça de terminal per l'afichatge dels messatges." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "Utilizar de poliças personalizadas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "Utilizar de poliças personalizadas per afichar lo corrièl." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Compressar l'afichatge de las adreças dins A/Cc/Cci" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" "Compressar l'afichatge de las adreças dins A/Cc/Cci al nombre indicat dins " "address_count." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Nombre d'adreças d'afichar per A/Cc/Cci" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "Lista de messatges basada suls subjèctes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "Valor per defaut per l'estat d'espandiment dels fials de discussion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "" "Indica se los fials de discussion devon èsser triats segon lo darrièr " "messatge de lor fial" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "Jornalizar las accions dels filtres" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "" "Enregistra las accions dels filtres dins lo fichièr de jornal indicat." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "Fichièr de jornal ont enregistrar las accions dels filtres" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "Fichièr de jornal ont enregistrar las accions dels filtres." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "Voidar la bóstia de mandadís aprèp lo filtratge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "Estil de transferimentt per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "Estil de responsa per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "Demandar pels subjèctes voids" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "" "Demandar confirmacion a l'utilizaire quora manda de messatges sens subjècte." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "Demandar quand l'utilizaire neteja" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "Demandar a l'utilizaire quora ensaja de netejar un dorsièr." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "Demandar se l'utilizaire emplena unicament Cci" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "" "Demandar al moment del mandadís de messatges ont solament de destinataris " "sens A o Cc definits." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "" "Se un utilizaire ensaja de dobrir 10 messatges o mai al meteis temps, li " "demandar se es vertadièrament çò que vòl." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "Demandar al moment del marcatge de messatges multiples" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "" "Activar o desactivar la confirmacion al moment del marcatge de mai d'un " "messatge." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" "Aquò activa o desactiva las fenèstras de confirmacion qu'infòrman que la " "supression de messatges del dorsièr de recèrca suprimís definitivament " "aqueles messatges, e los suprimís pas simplament dels resultats de recèrca." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "Voidar los dorsièrs Escobilhièr en quitant" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Vuidar tots los dorsièrspapelèra en quitant Evolucion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "Nombre minimal de jorns abans de vuidar la paperèra en quitant." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "Durada minimum en jorns abans de voidar l'escobilhièr en quitant." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "Darrièr còp que l'escobilhièr es estat voidat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "Durada d'afichatge en segondas de l'error dins la barra d'estat." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "Nivèl a partir del qual los messatges devon èsser jornalizats." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "Afichar la valor d'origina de l'entèsta « Data »." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "Lista de las etiquetas e de lor color" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "Lista de las etiquetas conegudas pel client de messatjariá d'Evolution. " "Aquela lista conten de cadenas de tipe nom:color ont las colors utilizan " "l'encodatge exadecimal HTML." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "Verificar se los messatges entrants son indesirables" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "Aviar lo tèst de corrièr indesirable suls messatges entrants." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "Vuidar los dorsièrs spams en quitant." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Vuidar tots los dorsièrs spams en quitant Evolucion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "Nombre minimal de jorns entre los voidatge de spams en quitant." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "Durada minimum en jorns entre los vuidatge de spam en quitant." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "Darrièr còp que los corrièrs indesirables son estats voidats" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "L'empeuton per defaut pel tractament del corrièr indesirable" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "" "Indica se cal consultar lo quasernet d'adreças per l'expeditor du corrièl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "Indica se cal recercar l'expeditor del mail dins lo quasernet d'adreças. " "S'es trobat, lo messatge es segurament pas un spam. Los quasernets utilizats " "per la complecion automatica seràn consultats, mas l'operacion pòt esser " "lenta s'utilizatz de quasernets d'adreças distants (tal coma LDAP)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" "Indica se cal verificar las adreças pel filtratge dels messatges " "indesirables solament dins lo quasernet d'adreças local" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" "Indica que cal utilizar d'entèstas personalizadas per la deteccion dels " "messatges indesirables." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" "Indica que cal utilizar d'entèstas personalizadas per la deteccion dels " "messatges indesirables. S'aqueste opcion es activa e que d'entèstas son " "completadas, la deteccion serà mai rapida." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "" "Entèstas personalizadas d'utilizar per la deteccion dels messatges " "indesirables." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" "Entèstas personalizadas d'utilizar per la deteccion dels messatges " "indesirables. Los elements de la lista son de cadenas al format « nom-" "entèsta=valor »." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "Cadena UID pel compte per defaut." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "Enregistrar lo dorsièr" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "Dorsièr ont enregistrar los fichièrs àudio per las alarmas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "Dorsièr de l'editor per cargar/jónher" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "Dorsièr ont enregistrar los fichièrs audio per las alarmas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "Verificar los messatges novèls a l'aviada" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "Relambi de sincronizacion amb lo servidor" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "Verifica a quina frequéncia las modificacions localas son sincronizadaes amb " "lo servidor de messatjariá distant. Lo relambi deu èsser d'al mens 30 " "segondas." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" "Lista d'indicis que l'empeuton d'oblit de las pèças juntas deu recercar dins " "lo còs d'un messatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" "Lista d'indicis que l'empeuton d'oblit de las pèças juntas deu recercar dins " "lo còs d'un messatge" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "Font del quasernet d'adreças" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "Contactes Pidgin sincronizats automaticament" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "Activar los autocontactes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "Font del quasernet d'adreças Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "Relambi entre las verificacions de Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "Darrièr MD5 de sincronizacion Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "Darrièr MD5 de sincronizacion Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "Darrièra data de sincronizacion Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "Darrièra data de sincronizacion Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "Lista de las entèstas personalizadas" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "Editor extèrne per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "La comanda d'utilizar per defaut per aviar l'editor." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "Inserir un imatge retrach per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "Supression efectuada" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "Indica se cal suprimir los objèctes iTip tractats" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "Activar los messatges D-Bus." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Generar un messatge D-Bus a la recepcion de messatges novèls." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "Activar l'icòna dins la zòna de notificacion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "Indica se cal emetre un bip." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "Nom del fichièr son de jogar." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "Indica se cal emetre un son." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "Utiliza lo tèma sonòr" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "Mòde d'utilizar per afichar lo corrièl" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "Indica se cal afichar la sortida HTML suprimida" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "Lista de las destinacions per la publicacion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Ignorar los dialògs d'avertiment de desvolopament" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Indica se las fenèstras d'avertiment de la version de desvolopament " "d'Evolution son ignoradas." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "Afichatge inicial de pèça junta" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "Dorsièr inicial del seleccionador de fichièrs" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "Dorsièr inicial per las bóstias de dialòg GtkFileChooser." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "Aviar en mòde fòra linha" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "Camins dels dorsièrs fòra linha" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "Activar lo mòde express" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "Activar una interfàcia d'utilizaire fòrça simplificada." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "Los botons de fenèstra son visibles" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "Indica se la fenèstra dels botons deu èsser visibla." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "Estil de boton de fenèstra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "La barra d'aisinas es visibla" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "Lo panèl lateral es visible" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "Indica se lo panèl lateral deu èsser visible." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "La barra d'estat es visibla" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "Indica se la barre d'estat deu èsser visibla." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "ID o aliàs del component d'afichar per defaut a l'aviada." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "Largor per defaut del panèl lateral" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "Largor per defaut del panèl lateral, en pixèls." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "Utilizar solament de tèsts de corrièls indesirables locals." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "" "Utilizar solament de tèsts de corrièls indesirables locals (pas de DNS)." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "Fichièr junt" msgstr[1] "Fichièrs junts" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "Afichar coma pèça junta" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "De" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "(sens objècte)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "Aqueste messatge es estat mandat per %s pel compte de %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "Imatge normal" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "Aficha la partida jos la forma d'imatge" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "Messatge RFC822" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "Formata la partida coma un messatge RFC822" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "Talha" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "GPG signat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "GPG chifrat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "S/MIME signat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "S/MIME chifrat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguritat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Subjècte" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "Logicial de messatjariá" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "Richtext" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "HTML" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "Formatar la partida en HTML" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "Tèxte simple" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "Formatar la partida en tèxte simple" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "Pas signat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es pas signat. I a pas cap de garantia qu'aqueste messatge " "siá autentic." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "Signatura valida" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es signat e valid, aquò significa qu'aqueste messatge es " "versemblablament autentic." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "Signatura pas valabla" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "" "La signatura d'aquel messatge pòt pas èsser verificada, es possible que siá " "estat alterat al moment de la transmission." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "Signatura valida, mas impossible de verificar l'expeditor" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es signat amb una signatura valida, mas l'expeditor del " "messatge pòt pas èsser verificat." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "La signatura existís, mas requerís una clau publica" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es signat amb una signatura que la clau publica es absenta." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "Pas chifrat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es pas chifrat. Son contengut pòt èsser legit al moment de " "son passatge sus Internet." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "Chifrat, feblament" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es chifrat, mas amb un algoritme de chiframent feble. Serà " "complicat, mas pas impossible, per una tèrça persona de veire lo contengut " "d'aqueste messatge dins un periòde de temps rasonable." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "Chifrat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es chifrat. Serà dificil per una tèrça persona de veire lo " "contengut d'aqueste messatge." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "Chifrat, fòrtament" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Aqueste messatge es chifrat amb un algoritme de chiframent fòrt. Serà " "vertadièrament dificil, per una tèrça persona, de veire lo contengut " "d'aqueste messatge dins un periòde de temps rasonable." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "_Veire lo certificat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "Aqueste certificat es pas afichable" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "Sorga" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "Afichar la font coma una partida MIME" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "Cc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "Bcc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo messatge S/MIME : %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo messatge PGP : %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "Error al moment de la verificacion de la signatura : %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "Partida extèrna del còs mal formada" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "Puntador sul site FTP (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "Puntador sul fichièr local (%s) valid sul site « %s »" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "Puntador sul fichièr local (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "Puntador sus de donadas distantas (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "Puntador sus de donadas extèrnas desconegudas (tipe « %s »)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo messatge MIME. Afichar coma font." #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "Tipe de chiframent pas pres en carga per multipart/encrypted" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo messatge PGP/MIME : %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "Format de signatura pas pres en carga" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "Respondre a" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "Data" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "Gropes de discussion" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "Cara" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "%s fichièr junt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Estandard" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "Proprietari" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "Secret" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "Top secret" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "Ultraconfidencial" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "Acusat de recepcion" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "R_esponsa demandada" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "D_ins" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "jorns" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "Quand aquò vos _conven" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "Responsas" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "_Retardar la distribucion del messatge" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "_Aprèp" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "jorns" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "_Definir una data d'expiracion" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "_Fins al" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "Opcions de distribucion" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "_Prioritat :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "_Classificacion :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "Opcions gene_ralas" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "Cr_ear un element mandat per seguir l'informacion" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "_Distribuit" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "Desli_urat e dobèrt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "_Totas las entresenhas" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "S_uprimir automaticament l'element mandat" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "Seguiment de l'estat" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "_Quand es dobèrt :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "Quand _refusat :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "Quand es aca_bat :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "Quand es acce_ptat :" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "Tornar mandar una notificacion" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "_Seguiment de l'estat" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "_Ordenar..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "A_gropar per..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "_Camps afichats..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "_Tot voidar" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "_Afichar lo camp dins Afichatge" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "Creissent" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "Descreissent" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "Agropar los elements per" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "Afichar lo _camp dins Afichatge" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "Puèi per" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "Afichar lo camp _dins Afichatge" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "Afichar lo camp dins A_fichatge" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "Ordenar" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "Tot voidar" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "Triar los elements per" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "Seleccionatz un fus orari" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "Fuses oraris" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "_Seleccion" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrant" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "la data actuala" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "la data qu'indicatz" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "una data relativa a la data actuala" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "segondas" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "setmanas" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "meses" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "annadas" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "i a" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "dins l'avenidor" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "Afichar los filtres pel corrièl :" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "Règlas de _filtratge" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "Comparar amb" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "La data del messatge serà comparada a la data\n" "actuala al moment del filtratge." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "La data del messatge serà comparada a la\n" "qu'es indicada a 12:00 am." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "La data del messatge serà comparada a una data\n" "relativa al moment que lo filtre es executat." #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "_Crear una visualizacion novèla" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "_Nom :" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "_Remplaçar la vista existenta" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anullar" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "%s (anullat)" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "%s (efectuat)" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "%s (en espèra)" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "%s (anullacion en cors)" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (%d%% acabat)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "Afichatge en icònas" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "Afichatge en lista" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "Proprietats dels fichièrs junts" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "Nom de f_ichièr :" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "Tipe MIME :" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "_Suggerir l'afichatge automatic de la pèça junta" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "Impossible de definir coma rèire plan" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "Definir coma _fons" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "Cargament" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "Enregistrament" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "Amagar la _barra dels fichièrs junts" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "Afichar la _barra dels fichièrs junts" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "Apondre una pèça junta" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "Jó_nher" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "Enregistrar la pèça junta" msgstr[1] "Enregistrar las pèças juntas" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "pèçajunta.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "Dobrir amb una autra aplicacion..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "Tot enregistr_ar" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "A_pondre una pèça junta..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "_Amagar" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "Ama_gar tot" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "_Afichar dins lo messatge" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "Afic_har tot dins lo còs" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "Dobrir amb \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "Dobrir aquesta pèça junta dins %s" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "Messatge junt" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "Un cargament es ja en cors" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "Un enregistrament es ja en cors" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de cargar « %s »" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "Impossible de cargar la pèça junta" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir « %s »" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir la pèça junta" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "Lo contengut de la pèça junta es pas cargat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar « %s »" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar la pèça junta" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "Marcar coma quasernet d'adreças per defaut" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "Utilizar aqueste quasernet d'adreças per l'autocomplecion" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" "Copiar localament lo contengut del quasernet per las operacions fòra linha" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "Clicatz en quichant sus Ctrl per dobrir un ligam" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "Marcar coma agenda per defaut" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "Marcar coma lista de prètzfaches per defaut" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "Marcar coma lista de memòs per defaut" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Color :" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" "Copiar localament lo contengut d'agenda per las operacions fòra linha" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" "Copiar localament lo contengut de la lista dels prètzfaches per las " "operacions fòra linha" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" "Copiar localament lo contengut de la lista dels memos per las operacions " "fòra linha" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "%B" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "%Y" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "%B %Y" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "Mes precedent" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "Mes seguent" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "Annada precedenta" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "Annada seguenta" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "Agenda del mes" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "Categorias _disponiblas :" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "lista dels popups" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ara" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "Uèi" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "Validar" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "La data deu èsser dins lo format : %s" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "Lo percentatge deu èsser comprés entre 0 e 100 inclús" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "Encodatge dels caractèrs" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "Picatz lo jòc de caractèrs d'utilizar" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Autre..." #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arab" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "Baltic" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "European central" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "Chinés" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "Cirillic" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grèc" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Ebrèu" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Corean" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Tailandés" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turc" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "Unicode" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "Europèu de l'oèst" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "Europèu de l'oèst, Novèl" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "Tradicional" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "Simplificat" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraïnian" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "Visual" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data e ora" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "Zòna de picada per fixar la data" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "Clicatz sus aqueste boton per afichar una agenda" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "Zòna de lista desenrotlanta de seleccion de la data" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "Ora" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "Ar_a" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "_Uèi" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "_Pas cap" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "Data invalida" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "Ora invalida" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "Deman" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "Ièr" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "Dil. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "Dima. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "Dimè. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "Dij. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "Div. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "Diss. que ven" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "Dim. que ven" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "Utilizar los reglatges locals per defaut" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "Format :" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "(nom de fichièr desconegut)" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "Escritura de « %s »" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "Escritura de « %s » cap a %s" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "1 segonda i a" msgstr[1] "%d segondas i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 segonda" msgstr[1] "Dins %d segondas" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "1 minuta i a" msgstr[1] "%d minutas i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 minuta" msgstr[1] "Dins %d minutas" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "1 ora i a" msgstr[1] "%d oras i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 ora" msgstr[1] "Dins %d oras" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "1 jorn i a" msgstr[1] "%d jorns i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 jorn" msgstr[1] "Dins %d jorns" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "1 setmana i a" msgstr[1] "%d setmanas i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 setmana" msgstr[1] "Dins %d setmanas" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "1 mes i a" msgstr[1] "%d meses i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 mes" msgstr[1] "Dins %d meses" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "1 an i a" msgstr[1] "%d ans i a" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "Dins 1 an" msgstr[1] "Dins %d ans" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "ara" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%d/%b/%Y" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "Seleccionatz una ora per la comparason" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "Causissètz un fichièr" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "Nom de rè_gla :" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "Recercar los elements que respèctan las condicions seguentas" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "Totes los relatius" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "Responsas e parents" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "Pas de responsa o parent" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "I_nclure los fials de discussion :" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "Apon_dre un critèri" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Sortent" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "" "Causissètz lo fichièr d'importar dins Evolution e seleccionatz son tipe dins " "la lista." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "Seleccionatz un fichièr" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "_Tipe de fichièr :" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "Verificar la cibla d'aquesta importacion" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "Causissètz l'assistent d'importacion d'aviar :" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "Importar las donadas e los paramètres de programas _pus ancians" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "Importar pas qu'_un fichièr" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "De %s :" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "_Anullar l'importacion" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "Previsualizar las donadas d'importar" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "Importar de donadas" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion d'Evolution" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "Importar un emplaçament" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "Mena d'importaire" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "Seleccionatz las entresenhas d'importar" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "Seleccionatz un fichièr" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "" "Clicatz sus « Aplicar » per començar d'importar lo fichièr dins Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "Generada automaticament" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "Tampar" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "_Enregistrar e tampar" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "Modificar la signatura" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "Nom de _signatura :" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Sens nom" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "Apondre un e_script" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "Apondre un escript de signatura" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "Modificar l'escript de signatura" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "Es_cript :" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "Lo fichièr d'escript deu èsser executable." #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "Carta del mond" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo ligam." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "Impossible d'afichar l'ajuda d'Evolucion." #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "Quina categoria que siá" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "Recercar" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "Quasernet d'adreças" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Suprimir" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias d'Evolution" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "I a aguda una error al moment d'imprimir" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "" "Lo sistèma d'impression a raportat las informacions seguentas sus aquesta " "error :" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "" "Lo sistèma d'impression a pas raportat d'informacions suplementàrias sus " "aquesta error." #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "Apondre una règla" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "Modificar la règla" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "Correspond : %u" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "Tampa la barra de recèrca" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "_Recercar :" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "Escafa la recèrca" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "Precedent" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Recèrca l'occurréncia precedenta de la frasa" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Seguent" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Recèrca l'occurréncia venenta de la frasa" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "Respectar la _cassa" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "" "La fin de la pagia es estada atencha, la recèrca contunha dempuèi lo " "començamentt" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "" "Lo començament de la pagina es estat atench, la recèrca contunha dempuèi la " "fin" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "Corrièl" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "Quand es sup_rimit :" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Tipe :" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nom :" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "Actualizar cada" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "Utilizar una connexion securizada" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "Utilizaire" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "(pas cap de suggestions)" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "Mai encara..." #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "Apondre « %s » al diccionari" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "Ignorar tot" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "Suggestions ortograficas" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Un fichièr nomenat « {0} » existís ja. Lo volètz remplaçar ?" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "Lo fichièr existís ja dins « {0} ». Lo remplaçar espotirà son contengut." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "_Remplaçar" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar lo fichièr \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "Per que \"{1}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo fichièr \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "Impossible de suprimir la font de donadas « {0} »." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "L'error senhalada èra « {1} »." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "Impossible de metre a jorn la font de donadas « {0} »." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "clicatz per apondre" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(creiscent)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(descreiscent)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "Pas ordenat" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "Pas cap d'agropament" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "Afichar los camps" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "Apondre una colomna" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "Per apondre una colomna a vòstra taula, lisatz-la\n" "a l'emplaçament ont deu aparéisser." #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s : %s (%d element)" msgstr[1] "%s : %s (%d elements)" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d element)" msgstr[1] "%s (%d elements)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "Personalizar la visualizacion actuala..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "Triada _creissenta" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "Triada _descreissenta" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "_Triar pas" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "Gropar per aqueste _camp" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "Agropar per _bóstia" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "Suprimir aquesta _colomna" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "Apondre una c_olomna..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "A_linhament" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "_Melhor ajustament" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "Format de las colomna_s..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "Personali_zar la visualizacion actuala..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "_Ordenar per" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "_Personalizat" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "Tot seleccionar" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "Metòdes de picada" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "_Copiar l'emplaçament del ligam" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia lo ligam dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "_Dobrir lo ligam dins lo navigador" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "Dobrís lo ligam dins un navigador Web" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "_Copiar l'adreça electronica" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "_Copiar l'imatge" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "Còpia l'imatge dins lo quichapapièrs" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "Selecciona tot lo tèxte e los imatges" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per apeler %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "Clicatz per amagar/afichar las adreças" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "Clicatz per dobrir %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "Enregistrar l'_imatge..." #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "Enregistrar l'imatge dins un fichièr" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Enregistrar l'imatge" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%d %B %Y" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "Agenda : del %s al %s" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "element de l'agenda d'Evolution" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "Identitat" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "Data mancanta." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "Debètz causir una data." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "Lo fichièr « {0} » existís pas o es pas un fichièr regular." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "Error dins l'expression regulara « {0} »." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "Impossible de compilar l'expression regulara « {1} »." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "Nom mancant." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "Debètz balhar un nom a-n aqueste filtre." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "Nom « {0} » ja utilizat." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "Causissètz un autre nom." #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "aficha un filh" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "bascuola la cellula" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "desplèga la rengada de l'ETree que conten aquesta cellula" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "reduís la rengada de l'ETree que conten aquesta cellula" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "Cellula de tablèu" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "clic" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "ordenar" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "Enregistrar la visualizacion personalizada" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "Volètz enregistrar vòstras modificacions ?" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "" "Aquesta signatura es estada modificada, mas es pas estada enregistrada." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "_Ignorar las modificacions" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "Signatura voida" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "Picatz un nom unic per identificar aquesta signatura." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "Impossible de cargar la signatura." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar la signatura." #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "Enregistrament del messatge dins lo dorsièr « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "Messatges trasmeses" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Recuperacion de %d messatge" msgstr[1] "Recuperacion de %d messatges" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "Verificacion de la preséncia de doblons demest los messatges" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "Supression del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "Lo fichièr « %s » es estat suprimit." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "Lo fichièr es estat suprimit." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "Supression de las pèças juntas" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Enregistrament de %d messatge" msgstr[1] "Enregistrament de %d messatges" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "URI de dorsièr pas valida « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "L'aplicacion dels filtres de sortida a fracassat : %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "L'ajout au dossier local « Envoyés » a échoué : %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Mandadís del messatge" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Bóstia de recepcion" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "Borrolhons" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "Bóstia de mandadís" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Mandats" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "Modèls" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "Desconnexion de « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "Reconnexion a « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "Preparacion del compte « %s » per utilizacion fòra linha" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "Ping suc %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "Filtratge dels messatges seleccionats" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "Mandadís del messatge %d sus %d" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Anullat." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "Acabat." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "Desplaçament dels messatges cap a « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "Còpia dels messatges cap a « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "Emmagazinatge del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "Netejatge e emmagazinatge del compte « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "Emmagazinatge del compte « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "Voidatge de l'escobilhièr dins « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr spool « %s » : %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "Temptativa de movemail d'una font pas mbox « %s »" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "Messatge trasmés - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "Messatge trasmés" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "Mesa en plaça del dorsièr de recèrca : %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "Valor per de_faut" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activat" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "Nom del compte" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "Defaut" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "Tampar la fenèstra" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "(Pas de subjècte)" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "Assistent de compte Evolution" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "Felicitacions, la configuracion de vòstra messatjariá es acabada.\n" "\n" "Ara, podètz mandar e recebre de corrièls amb Evolution.\n" "\n" "Clicatz sus « Aplicar » per enregistrar los paramètres." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "Terminat" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "Dorsièrs especials" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr dels _messatges mandats :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "Redaccion de messatges" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "Totjorn botar en còpia (b_cc) :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "Totjorn botar en còpia amagada (_bcc) :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "Acusats de recepcion dels messatges" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "Jamai" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "Totjorn" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "Demandar per cada messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Valors per defaut" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "Informacions sul compte" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "Informacions requesidas" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "Nom compl_et :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "_Adreça electronica :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "Entresenhas opcionalas" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "Res_pondre a :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "Or_ganizacion :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "Apondre una signatura no_vèla..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "Verificar los messatges _novèls cada" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "Opcions de recepcion" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "Recepcion de messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "General" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritme de si_gnatura :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "SHA384" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "SHA512" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "Certificat de _signatura :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritme de signat_ura :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "Mandadís del corrièl" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "_Tipe de servidor :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "Recepcion en cors" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "Mandadís en cors" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "Seguretat :" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" "Benvenguda dins l'assistent de configuracion de messatjariá d'Evolution.\n" "\n" "Clicatz sus « Contunhar » per començar." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Benvenguda" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "Editor de compte" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "_Apondre dins lo quasernet d'adreças..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "_A aquesta adreça" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "_D'aquesta adreça" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "Mandar un _Respondre a..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "Manda un messatge de responsa a aquela adreça" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de _recèrca" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "Logicial de filtratge de corrièr indesirable :" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "_Nom de l'etiqueta :" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "I_mportant" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "_Trabalh" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "_Personal" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "_De far" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "_Pus tard" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "Apondre una etiqueta" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Modificar l'etiqueta" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" "Nòta : lo jonhent bas dins las etiquetas es utilizat\n" "coma acorchi dins lo menú." #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Color" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "Caps" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "Pagina %d sus %d" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "Copiar dins lo dorsièr" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "C_opiar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "Desplaçar cap al dorsièr" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "_Desplaçar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "_Pausar pas mai la question." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge « %s »" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "A_pondre l'expedidor al quasernet d'adreças" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "Apond l'expeditor al quasernet d'adreças" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "Verificar se i a de corrièr in_desirables" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "" "Filtra los messatges seleccionats per la recèrca de corrièr indesirables" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "_Copiar dins lo dorsièr..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Copiar los messatges seleccionats dins un autre dorsièr" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "_Suprimir lo messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats per supression" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "Filtrar suls _destinataris..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "Crear una règla per filtrar los messatges a-n aquestes destinataris" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "Filtrar sus l'_expeditor..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "Crear una règla per filtrar los messatges d'aqueste expedidor" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "Filtrar sul _subjècte..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "Crear una règla per filtrar los messatges amb aqueste tèma" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "A_plicar los filtres" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "Aplicar las règlas de filtre als messatges seleccionats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "_Recercar dins lo messatge..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "Recèrca un tèxte dins lo còs del messatge afichat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "_Escafar lo marcador" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "Suprimís la marca « balhar seguida » dels messatges seleccionats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "Marcar coma _acabat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "" "Definís la marca « donar seguida » a « acabat » pels messatges seleccionats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "Far seg_uir..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats coma De seguir" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "_Junt" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "Transmetre lo messatge seleccionat a qualqu'un coma fichièr junt" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "Far seguir coma pèça _junta" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "En _linha" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "Fa seguir lo messatge seleccionat dins lo còs d'un messatge novèl" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "Far segu_ir dins lo còs" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "_Citat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "Fa seguir lo messatge seleccionat en lo citant coma una responsa" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "Far seg_uir en citacion" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "_Cargar los imatges" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "Fòrça lo cargament dels imatges contenguts dins los corrièls HTML" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "_Important" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "Marcar los messatges seleccionats coma importants" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "Corrièr in_desirable" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats coma corrièr indesirables" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "_Pas corrièr indesirable" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats coma pas indesirables" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "_Lectura" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats coma legits" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "Pas i_mportant" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "Marcar los messatges seleccionats coma pas importants" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "_Pas legit" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "Marca los messatges seleccionats coma pas legits" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "_Modificar coma un messatge novèl..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "Dobrís los messatges seleccionats dins l'editor" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "Escriure un messatge _novèl" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "Dobrir una fenèstra per escriure un messatge electronic" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "_Dobrir dins una fenèstra novèla" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "Dobrir los messatges seleccionats dins una fenèstra novèla" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "_Desplaçar dins lo dorsièr..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Desplaçar los messatges seleccionats dins un autre dorsièr" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "Messatge _seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "Afichar lo messatge seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "Messatge _important precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "Aficha lo messatge important seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "_Fial de discussion seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "Afichar lo fial seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "Messatge _pas legit seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "Afichar lo messatge pas legit seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "Message _precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "Afichar lo messatge precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "Messatge important pr_ecedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "Afichar lo messatge important precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "_Fial de discussion precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "Aficha lo fial de discussion precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "Messatge pas legit pr_ecedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "Afichar lo messatge pas legit precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "Imprimir lo messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "Previsualiza lo messatge d'imprimir" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "Re_dirigir" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "Redirigís lo messatge seleccionat a un correspondent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "Sup_rimir las pèças juntas" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "Suprimís las pèças juntas" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "Sup_rimir los messatges en doble" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "Verifica la preséncia de doblon demest los messatges seleccionats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "Respondre a _totes" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "Respond a totes los destinataris del messatge seleccionat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "Respondre a la _lista" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "Respond a la lista de difusion del messatge seleccionat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "_Respondre a l'expedidor" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "Escriure una responsa al expedidor del messatge seleccionat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "Enregi_strar coma mbox..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "Enregistra los messatges seleccionats coma un fichièr mbox" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "Font del _messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "Aficha la font bruta del messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "_Recuperar lo messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "Recupèra los messatges seleccionats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "Talha _normala" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "Restablís la talha del tèxte a sa valor d'origina" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "_Zoom +" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "Aumenta la talha del tèxte" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Zoom _-" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "Disminuís la talha del tèxte" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "Cr_ear" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "Encodatge dels c_aractèrs" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "_Far seguir coma" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "Respondre al _grop" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "_Anar a" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "Mar_car coma" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "_Messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "_Zoom" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de recèrca a partir de la _lista de difusion..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "Crèa un dorsièr de recèrca per aquesta lista de difusion" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de recèrca a partir dels des_tinataris..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "Crèa un dorsièr de recèrca per aquestes destinataris" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de recèrca a partir de l'e_xpeditor..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "Crèa un dorsièr de recèrca per aqueste expeditor" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de recèrca a partir del _subjècte..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "Crèa un dorsièr de recèrca per aqueste subjècte" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "Marcar per _donar seguida..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "Marcar coma _important" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "Marcar coma por_rièl" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "Marcar coma _pas indesirable" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "Mar_car coma legit" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "Marcar coma pas im_portant" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "Marcar coma _pas legit" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "_Mòde de reticula" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "Aficha un cursor cluquejant dins lo còs dels messatges afichats" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "Totas las _entèstas de messatges" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "Aficha los messatges amb totas las entèstas" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "_Transmetre" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "Transmetre lo messatge seleccionat a qualqu'un" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "Respondre al grop" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "Respond a la lista de difusion o a totes los destinataris" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "Seguent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Precedent" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "Respondre" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "M'avisar pas mai" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "Impression" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" "Lo dorsièr « %s » conten %u messatge en doble. Sètz segur que lo volètz " "suprimir ?" msgstr[1] "" "Lo dorsièr « %s » conten %u messatges en doble. Sètz segur que los volètz " "suprimir ?" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "Enregistrar lo messatge..." msgstr[1] "Enregistrar los messatges..." #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "Messatge" msgstr[1] "Messatges" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "Analisi del messatge" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "Marcar per contunhar" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "Lo ${AbbrevWeekdayName} ${Day} de-${Month}-de ${Year}, at " "${24Hour}:${Minute} ${TimeZone}, ${Sender} escriguèt :" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- Messatge trasmés --------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-----Messatge d'origina-----" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "un expedidor desconegut" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "Destinacion de mandadís" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "Causissètz los dorsièrs als quals mandar aqueste messatge." #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "Seleccionar un dorsièr" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "Ajustar la marca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Atribuir la color" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "Atribuir la marca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "BCC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "Bip" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "CC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "Acabat lo" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "Data de recepcion" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "Data de mandadís" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Suprimit" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "finís pas per" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "existís pas" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "conten pas los mots" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "retorna pas" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "sembla pas a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "comença pas per" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "Borrolhon" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "finís per" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "existís" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "Expression" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "Balhar seguida" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "Far seguir a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "conten los mots" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "Important" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "es aprèp" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "es abans" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "es marcat" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "es pas marcat" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "es pas definit" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "es definit" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Corrièr indesirable" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "Tèst corrièl indesirable" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "Lista de difusion" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "Verifica tot" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "Còs del messatge" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "Entèsta de messatge" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "Lo messatge es malvolent" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "Lo messatge es pas malvolent" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "Emplaçament del messatge" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "Transferiment cap al programa" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "Legir lo son" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "Legit" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Destinataris" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "Correspondéncia Regex" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "Respondut a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "retorna" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "es superior a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "es inferior a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "Aviar lo programa" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "Marca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "Expeditor" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "Expedidor o destinatari" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "Definir l'etiqueta" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "Definir l'estat" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "Talha (ko)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "se sembla a" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "Compte d'origina" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "Entèsta especifica" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "comença per" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "Arrestar lo tractament" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "Levar la color" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "Lavar l'estat" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "Doncas" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "Apondre una ac_cion" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "Messages pas legits :" msgstr[1] "Messages pas legits :" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "Total dels messatges :" msgstr[1] "Total dels messatges :" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "Utilizacion de vòstre quota (%s) :" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "Utilizacion de vòstre quota" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "Proprietats del dorsièr" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "C_rear" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "_Nom de dorsièr :" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "Los noms de dorsièr pòdon pas conténer '/'" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "Arborescéncia dels corrièls" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "Desplaçament del dorsièr %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "Còpia del dorsièr %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "Desplaçament dels messatges dins lo dorsièr %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "Còpia de messatges dins lo dorsièr %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "" "Impossible de depausar lo o los messatges dins l'emmagazinatge de naut nivèl" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "CORRESPONDPAS" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Cargament..." #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "Desplaçar lo dorsièr cap a" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "Copiar lo dorsièr cap a" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "Crear un dorsièr" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "Precisatz l'emplaçament de creacion del dorsièr :" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "_S'abonar" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "S'a_bonar als elements afichats" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "S'abonar a _tot" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "Se _desabonar" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "Se _desabonar dels elements amagats" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "Se desabonar de _tot" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "Gerir los abonaments" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "_Compte :" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "Escafar la recèrca" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "Afic_har los elements que contenon :" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "Abona al dorsièr seleccionat" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "S'a_bonar" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "Desabona lo dorsièr seleccionat" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "Agropa totes los dorsièrs" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "Gropar _tot" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "Desplega totes los dorsièrs" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "Des_plegar tot" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "Actualizar la lista dels dorsièrs" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "Arrestar l'operacion en cors" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "Sètz segur que volètz dobrir %d messatge en un còp ?" msgstr[1] "Sètz segur que volètz dobrir %d messatges en un còp ?" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "Afichar _pas pus aqueste messatge." #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "Filtres de messatges" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "Messatges de %s" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "_Dorsièrs de recèrca" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "Apondre un dorsièr" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "Fonts de dorsièr de recèrca" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "Metre a jorn automaticament en cas de modificacion del dorsièr _font" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "Totes los dorsièrs locals" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "Totes los dorsièrs actius distants" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "Totes los dorsièrs distants locals e actius" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "Dorsièrs especifics" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "inclure los sosdorsièrs" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "Importacion de donadas Elm." #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion Elm d'Evolution" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "Importacion de las bóstias de letras de Elm." #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr de _destinacion :" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "Seleccionatz un dorsièr" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "Seleccionatz un dorsièr per l'importacion" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "Subjècte" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "A partir de" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "Impòrta los dorsièrs al format de bóstia de letras Berkeley" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "Importacion de las bóstias de letras" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "Importacion de « %s »" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "Examèn de %s" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "Importacion de las donadas de Pine" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "Assistent d'importacion Pine d'Evolution" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "Importacion de las bóstias de letras de Pine." #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "Corrièl a %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "Messatge de %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "Lo tèma es %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "Lista de difusion %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "Apondre una règla de filtre" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "La règla de filtre « %s » es estada modificada per prene en compte la " "supression\n" "del dorsièr « %s »." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "Definir una entèsta de corrièrs indesirables personalizada" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "Nom de l'entèsta" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "Contengut de l'entèsta" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "Compòrtament per defaut" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "Inserir automaticament los imatges de mo_rrons" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "Demandar totjorn un acusat de _lectura" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "Responsas e transferiments" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "Estil de _responsa :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "Estil de _transferiment :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "_Començar la redaccion en bas al moment de las responsas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "Sig_naturas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "Signaturas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "_Lengas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "Tablèu de lengas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "Verificar l'or_tografia pendent la picada" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Color pels _mots mal ortografiats :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Causissètz una color" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "Verificacion ortografica" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "Mandadís d'un m_essatge desprovesit de subjècte" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "Confirmacions" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "a" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "b" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Paramètres del servidor mandatari" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "_Utilizar las valors per defaut del sistèma" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "Connexion _dirècta a Internet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "Configuracion _manuala del proxy :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "Proxy H_TTP :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "_Servidor mandatari HTTP securizat :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "Pas de servidor mandatari _per :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Pòrt :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "Utilizar l'_autentificacion" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "Nom d'_utilizaire :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "_Senhal :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "Aviada" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "Verificar los messatges _novèls a l'aviada" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "Verificar los messatges _novèls de totes los comptes actius" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "Afichatge dels messatges" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "_Utilizar las meteissas poliçaes que dins las autras aplicacions" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "Poliça per _defaut :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "Seleccion d'una poliça HTML de largor fixa" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "Seleccion d'una poliça HTML de largor variabla" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "Poliça de largor fi_xa :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "_Marcar los messatges coma legits aprèp" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "Metre las citacions en _susbrilhança amb" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "color" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "En_codatge dels caractèrs per defaut :" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "Aplicar los meteisses _paramètres d'afichatge a totes los dorsièrs" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "Tornar a la triada dels messatges per sub_jècte" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "Suprimir lo corrièl" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "_Confirmar abans lo netejatge d'un dorsièr" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "A_fichar los imatges animats" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "Cargament dels imatges" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "Cargar pas _jamai los imatges d'internet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "_Totjorn cargar los imatges d'internet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "Messatges HTML" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "Etiquetas" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "Fòto de l'expeditor" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "" "_Afichar la fotografia de l'expedidor dins la previsualizacion del messatge." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "Afichar las entèstas dels messatges" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "Entèstas dels messatges" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "Format de data e d'ora" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "Pas de chiframent" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Chiframent TLS" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "Chiframent SSL" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "_Marcador :" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "_Tèrme : abans" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "_Acabada" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "Sonada" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "Transmetre pas" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "Balhar seguida" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "Per vòstra informacion" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Transmetre" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "Cap de responsa pas necessària" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "Respondre a totes" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "Critica" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contracte de licéncia" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "Marcatz aicí per acceptar los _tèrmes de la licéncia" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "_Acceptar la licéncia" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Informacions de seguretat" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "Signatura numerica" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Chiframent" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "Autentificacion invalida" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "" "Vòstre identificacion sul servidor « {0} » en tant que « {0} » a fracassat." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz mandar un messatge un messatge al format HTML ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz mandar un messatge sens títol ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz mandar un messatge amb sonque de destinataris amagats " "(BCC) ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "Mandar una responsa en privat ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "Respondre en _privat" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "Mandar una responsa a totes los destinataris ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "Utilizar lo dorsièr Borrolhons per defaut ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "" "Impossible de dobrir lo dorsièr dels borrolhons d'aqueste compte. Volètz " "utilizar lo dorsièr dels borrolhons del sistèma a sa plaça ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "Utilizar lo _defaut" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir per totjorn totes los messatges seleccionats " "dins lo dorsièr \"{0}\" ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "Se contunhatz, poirètz pas recobrar aquestes messatges." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "Ne_tejar" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "" "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir per totjorn totes los messatges seleccionats " "dins totes los dorsièrs ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "_Voidar l'escobilhièr" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "_Dobrir de messatges" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "" "Se sortissètz, aquestes messatges seràn pas mandats abans qu'Evolution siá " "aviat tornarmai." #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "Error pendent {0}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "Error pendent l'execucion de l'operacion." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "Picatz lo senhal." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "Error de cargament de las definicions del filtre." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar dins lo dorsièr \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar dins lo fichièr \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "Lo fichièr existís mas es impossible de lo remplaçar." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo dorsièr \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo dorsièr del sistèma \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" "Impossible de tornar nomenar o desplaçar lo dorsièr del sistèma \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir lo dorsièr « {0} » ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar « {0} » en « {1} »." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "Un dorsièr que s'apèla \"{1}\" existís ja. Utilizatz un autre nom." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Impossible de desplaçar lo dorsièr \"{0}\" dins \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Impossible de copiar lo dorsièr \"{0}\" dins \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar las modificacions al compte." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "Avètz pas picadas totas las informacions requesidas." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "Vos cal pas crear dos comptes amb lo meteis nom." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueste compte ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "Se contunhatz, las entresenhas del compte seràn suprimidas per totjorn." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "Desactivar _pas" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "_Desactivar" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo dorsièr de recèrca \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo dorsièr de recèrca \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "Un dorsièr que s'apèla \"{0}\" existís ja. Utilizatz un autre nom." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "Dorsièr mancant." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "Vos cal especificar un dorsièr." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "Vos cal balhar un nom a aqueste dorsièr de recèrca." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorar" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "_Remplaçar" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "_Apondre" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "Lo format del corrièl local d'Evolution es estat modificat." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "_Quitar Evolution" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "_Migrar ara" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Impossible de legir lo fichièr de licéncia." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "Esperatz." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "Sincronizar _pas" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "_Sincronizar" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "Volètz marcar totes los messatges coma legits ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "Seleccionar tanben los messatges dels sosdorsièrs ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "Dins lo dorsièr actual e los _sosdorsièrs" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Òc" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "_Non" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "_Totjorn" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "Pas _jamai" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo corrièl" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "Dispausatz pas dels dreches necessaris per suprimir aquel corrièl." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "Fracàs de la deteccion dels corrièrs indesirables" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "Suprimir los messatges en doble ?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "Fracàs de la recuperacion dels messatges." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "Vos cal èsser connectat per acabar aquesta operacion." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Anullacion..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "Mandar e recebre de messatges" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "_Tot anullar" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "A s'actualizar..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "En espèra ..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "Dorsièrs de recèrca" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "Modificar lo dorsièr de recèrca" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "Dorsièr de recèrca novèl" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "Pas vist" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "Vist" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "Respondut" # #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "Trasmes" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "Messatges multiples" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "Lo mai bas" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "Mai bas" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "Mai naut" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "La mai nauta" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "Generacion de la lista dels messatges" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "Uèi %l:%M %p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "Ièr %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %l:%M %p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%b %d %l:%M %p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%b %d %Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "Seleccionatz totes los messatges visibles" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Messatges" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "I a pas de messatge dins aqueste dorsièr." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "Marcat" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "Recebut" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "Estat dels marcadors" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "Indicador de seguiment" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "Tèrme : abans" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "Subjècte - Troncat" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "Lo subjècte o las adreças contenon" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "Dins los destinataris, i a" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "Lo messatge conten" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "Dins lo tèma, i a" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "L'expedidor conten" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "Lo còs conten" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "Colomna de _tablèu :" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "Complecion automatica" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "_Afichar totjorn l'adreça del contacte autocompletat" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "vCards multiplas" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "vCard de %s" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "Entresenhas del contacte" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "Entresenhas de contacte de %s" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "Quasernet d'adreças novèl" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "_Contacte" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "Crear un contacte novèl" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "_Lista de contactes" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "Crear una lista de contactes novèla" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "_Quasernet d'adreças" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "Crear un quasernet d'adreças" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certificats" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "Proprietats del quasernet d'adreças" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "Enregistrar coma vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "Co_piar totes los contactes dins..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "_Suprimir lo quasernet d'adreças" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "Suprimís lo quasernet d'adreças seleccionat" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "Des_plaçar totes los contactes dins..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "Quasernet d'adreças _novèl" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "Proprietats del _quasernet d'adreças" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "Ac_tualizar" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "To_rnar nomenar..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "Arrestar lo cargament" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "_Copiar lo contacte cap a..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "_Suprimir lo contacte" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "_Recercar dins lo contacte..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "_Transmetre lo contacte..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "Mandar los contactes seleccionats a qualqu'un mai" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "_Desplaçar lo contacte cap a..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "Contacte _novèl..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "_Lista de contactes novèla..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "D_obrir lo contacte" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "Aficha lo contacte actual" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "_Mandar un messatge al contacte..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "Mandar un messatge als contactes seleccionats" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "_Accions" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "A_percebut" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Suprimir" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "_Proprietats" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "_Previsualizacion de contactes" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "Apercebut _classic" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "Afichatge _vertical" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Diferent" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "Recèrca avançada" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "Imprimís totes los contactes visibles" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "Imprimís los contactes seleccionats" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "_Enregistrar lo quasernet d'adreças coma vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "_Enregistrar coma vCard..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "_Transmetre de contactes" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "_Transmetre lo contacte" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "Mandar un _messatge als contactes" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "Mandar un _messatge a la lista" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "Mandar un _messatge al contacte" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "_Reaviar Evolution aprèp lo restabliment" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "_Archivar las donadas d'Evolution..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "R_establir las donadas d'Evolution..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "Archiva lo repertòri d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "Tornar aviar Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "Amb interfàcia grafica" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "Tampa Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "Archivatge acabat" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "Reaviada d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "Archivar las donadas actualas d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "Extraccion dels fichièrs de l'archiu" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "Cargament dels paramètres d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "Supression dels fichièrs d'archiu temporaris" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "Archivatge cap al dorsièr %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "Restabliment d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "Restabliment dempuèi lo dorsièr %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "Archivatge de las donadas d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "Restabliment de las donadas d'Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "Lo fichièr d'archiu Evolution es invalid" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz tampar Evolution ?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "Tampar e archivar Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "Tampar e restablir Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "Permissions insufisentas" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "Se pòt pas escriure dins lo dorsièr seleccionat." #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "Opcions de Bogofilter" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "Convertir lo tèxte del messatge en _Unicode" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "Bogofilter" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Entresenhas sul servidor" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Orientacion" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "Utilizar l'adreça electronica" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "En utilizant lo nom distinctiu (DN)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "Recèrca" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descarga" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL :" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "Adreça electronica :" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "I_mportar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "Seleccionar una agenda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "Seleccionar una lista de prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "I_mportar dins lo calendiér" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "I_mportar dins los prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "Agendas seleccionadas per las alarmas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "Data e _ora :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "_Data unicament :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Oras" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "Jorns" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "60 minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "5 minutas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "Segond f_us :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(Afichat dins la vista quotidiana)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "Utilizar lo fus orari del s_istèma" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "Format de data :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12 oras (AM/PM)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24 oras" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "Setmana de trabalh" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "La se_tmana comença lo :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "Jorns de trabalh :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "Lo _jorn comença :" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "_Lun" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "_Mar" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "_Mèc" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "Jò_u" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "_Ven" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "_Sab" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "D_im" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "Lo jorn s'acaba :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Alèrtas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "_Demandar confirmacion al moment de suprimir d'elements" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "Di_visions oràrias :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "" "_Afichar las oras de fin de rendètz-vos dins las vistas mesadièras e " "setmanièras" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "_Compressar las dimenjadas dins la vista mesadièra" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "Afichar los _numèros de setmana" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "Far desfila_r la vista mesadièra d'una setmana" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "Afichar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "Lista dels prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "_Amagar los prètzfaches acabats aprèp" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "Af_ichar un rapèl" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "abans cada rendètz-vos" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "Afichar un _rapèl" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "abans cada anniversari" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "Servidor Liure/Ocupat per defaut" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "Modèl :" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "Publicacion de las informacions" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "Agenda novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "_Rendètz-vos" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "Crear un rendètz-vos novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "Rendètz-vos _per tota la jornada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "Crear un rendètz-vos per tota la jornada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "A_massada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "Crear una demanda d'acamp novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "A_genda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "Crear una agenda novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "Agenda e prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "Selector d'agenda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "Imprimir" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "Proprietats de l'agenda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" "Aquesta operacion va suprimir definitivament totes los eveniments mai " "ancians que la data seleccionada. Se contunhatz, poiretz pas pus recuperar " "aqueles eveniments." #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "Netejar los eveniments mai ancians que" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "Còpia d'elements" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "Desplaçament d'elements" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "eveniment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "Enregistrar coma iCalendar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "_Copiar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "Suprim_ir l'agenda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "Suprimís l'agenda seleccionada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "Tornar en rèire" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "Tornar al precedent" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "Seleccionar uèi" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "Seleccionatz una _data" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "Seleccionatz una data especifica" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "Agenda _novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "N_etejar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "Actualiza l'agenda seleccionada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "Cop_iar dins l'agenda..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "Delegar un aca_mp..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "Su_primir lo rendètz-vos" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "Suprimir aquesta escasença" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "Suprimir totas las escasenças" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Transmetre coma iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "Acampada novèla..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "Crèa una acampada novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "Des_plaçar dins l'agenda..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "_Rendètz-vos novèl..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "Far aquesta occurréncia _desplaçabla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "_Dobrir lo rendètz-vos" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "Aficha lo rendètz-vos actual" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "_Respondre" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "Planificar un aca_mp..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "Conv_ertir en rendètz-vos..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "Jorn" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "Afichar un jorn" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "Lista" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "Afichar en lista" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "Mes" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "Afichar un mes" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "Setmana" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "Afichar una setmana" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "Aficha una setmana de trabalh" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "Rendètz-voses actius" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "Rendètz-voses pel 7 jorns que venon" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "La descripcion conten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "Lo resumit conten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "Imprimir l'agenda" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "Previsualiza l'agenda d'imprimir" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Enregistrar coma iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "Anar a" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "memò" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "_Memò novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "Crear un memò novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "_Dobrir lo memò" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "Dobrir la pagina _web" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "_Atribuir un prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "_Marcar coma acabat" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "Marcar los prètzfaches seleccionats coma acabats" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "_Marcar coma incomplet" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "_Prètzfach novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "Crear un prètzfach novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "Dobrir lo _prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "Novèla lista de memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "M_emò" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "_Memò partejat" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "Crear un novèl memò partejat" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "Li_sta de memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "Crear una lista de memòs novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "Imprimir de memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "Proprietats de la lista de memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "Lista de memòs _novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "Imprimir la lista dels memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d memò" msgstr[1] "%d memòs" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "%d seleccionada" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "Novèla lista de prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "_Prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "Prètzfach _atribuit" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "Crèa un prètzfach atribuit novèl" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "Crear una lista de prètzfaches novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "Imprimir de prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "Proprietats de la lista dels prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "Aquesta operacion va escafar definitivament totes los prètzfaches marcats " "coma acabats. Se contunhatz, poiretz pas pus recuperar aqueles prètzfaches.\n" "\n" "Sètz segur que volètz escafar los prètzfaches ?" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "_Suprimir lo prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "_Recercar dins lo prètzfach..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "Copiar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "S_uprimir la lista dels prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "Lista de prètzfaches _novèla" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "_Marcar coma incomplet" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "Suprimir los prètzfaches acabats" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "A_percebut del prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches actius" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches acabats" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches pel 7 jorns que venon" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches en retard" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "Prètzfaches amb de pèças juntas" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "Imprimir la lista dels prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "Suprimir los prètzfaches" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "Suprimir lo prètzfach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "Netajament" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "%d prètzfach" msgstr[1] "%d prètzfaches" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "Uèi %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "Uèi %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "Uèi %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "Deman %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "Deman %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "Deman %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "Deman %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A %B %e" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A %B %e %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %B %e %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %B %e %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A %B %e %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A %B %e %Y %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %B %e %Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "Una persona desconeguda" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "Recebut per delegacion de %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s a publicar lo prètzfach seguent :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s a refusat lo prètzfach atribuit seguent :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s per l'intermediari de %s a publicat lo memò seguent :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s a publicat lo memò seguent :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "Jornada entièra :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "Jorn de despart :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "Ora de debuta :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "Jorn de fin :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "Ora de fin :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "Tot _refusar" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "_Refusar" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "Tot _provisòri" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "_Provisòri" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "Metre a jo_rn l'estat del participant" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_Metre a jorn" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "Comentari :" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "Mandar de _mesas a jorn als participants" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "_Aplicar a totas las ocurréncias" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "Afichar lo periòde coma _liure" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "_Conservar mos rapèls" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "Rapèl eire_itat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "_Prètzfaches :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "_Memòs :" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "Estat del participant mes a jorn" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "" "Un rendètz-vos dins l'agenda '%s' es en conflicte amb aquesta acampada" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "Rendètz-vos trobat dins l'agenda « %s »" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "Impossible de trobar d'agenda" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "Impossible de trobar aquesta acampada dins una agenda" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "" "Impossible de trobar aqueste prètzfache dins una lista de prètzfaches" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "Impossible de trobar aqueste memò dins una lista de memòs" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "Impossible de mandar l'element dins l'agenda '%s'. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "Mandar dins l'agenda '%s' coma acceptat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "Mandar dins l'agenda '%s' coma refusat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Mandar dins l'agenda '%s' coma anullat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo contengut de l'element" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "L'organizaire a suprimit la delegacion %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Impossible de mandar l'avís d'anullacion al delegat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "Impossible de metre a jorn lo participant. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "" "L'estat del participant pòt pas èsser mes a jorn perque l'element n'existís " "pas pus" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "" "Impossible de mandar las entresenhas de l'acampada perque existís pas" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "" "Impossible de mandar las entresenhas del prètzfach per que existís pas" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "Impossible de mandar las entresenhas del memò per que existís pas" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "calendar.ics" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "Enregistrar l'agenda" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "L'element dins l'agenda es invalida" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Acceptat provisòriament" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "Aquesta acampada es recurrenta" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "Aqueste prètzfach es recurrent" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "Aqueste memò es recurrent" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "Aqueste acamp es estat delegat" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "Convits a d'acampadas" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "_Suprimir lo messatge aprèp intervencion" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "Recèrca de conflicte" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "Formator Itip" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "Afichar las partidas MIME « text/calendar » dins los messatges." #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuracion" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "_Servidor :" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "_Pòrt :" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "Nom d'_utilizaire :" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "T_ipe :" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "Messatge _electronic" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "Escriure un messatge electronic novèl" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "_Dorsièr de messatges electronics" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "Crear un dorsièr de corrièls novèl" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "Comptes de corrièl" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias de corrièl" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias de l'editor" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "Preferéncias de la ret" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "_Desactivar lo compte" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "Desactivar aqueste compte" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "Voi_dar la bóstia de mandadís" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "_Copiar lo dorsièr dins..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Copiar lo dorsièr seleccionat dins un autre dorsièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "Suprimir aqueste dorsièr per totjorn" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "N_etejar" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "Mar_car totes los messatges coma legits" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "_Desplaçar lo dorsièr cap a..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Desplaçar lo dorsièr seleccionat dins un autre dorsièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "_Novèl..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "Modificar las proprietats d'aqueste dorsièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "Actualiza lo contengut del dorsièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "Modificar lo nom d'aqueste dorsièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "Voidar l'_escobilhièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "Etiqueta _novèla" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "_Pas cap" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "_Gerir los abonaments" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "Mandar / _recebre" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "R_ecebre tot" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "Mandar _tot" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "Des_plegar totes los fials de discussion" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "Desplie totes los fials de discussion" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "Filtres de _messatges" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "_Abonaments..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "Repertò_ri" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "_Etiqueta" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "C_rear un dorsièr de recèrca a partir d'una recèrca..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "Dorsièrs de _recèrca" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "Dorsièr novèl..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "Afichar l'a_percebut del messatge" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "Aficha los messatges _suprimits" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "Afichar los messatges suprimits coma raiats" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "_Gropar per fials de discussion" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "Totes los messatges" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "Messatges importants" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "Messatges dels 5 darrièrs jorns" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "Messatges pas indesirables" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "Messatges amb una pèça junta" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "Pas cap d'etiqueta" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "Messatges legits" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "Messatges pas legits" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "totes los comptes" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "lo compte actual" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "Dorsièr actual" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "Recercar totes los comptes" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "Recercar un compte" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "%d seleccionat, " msgstr[1] "%d seleccionats, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d suprimit" msgstr[1] "%d suprimits" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d porrièl" msgstr[1] "%d porrièls" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d borrolhon" msgstr[1] "%d borrolhons" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d pas mandat" msgstr[1] "%d pas mandats" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d mandat" msgstr[1] "%d mandats" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d pas legit, " msgstr[1] "%d pas legits, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "%d al total" msgstr[1] "%d al total" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Escobilhièr" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "Mandar / recebre" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "Lenga(s)" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "Entèsta" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "Conten la valor" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "Entèsta de _data :" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "Afichar la valor d'entèsta d'_origina" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "Vòstre messatge « %2$s » del %3$s a %1$s es estat legit." #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "Evolution es actualament fòra linha." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "Autor(s)" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "Gestionari de moduls extèrnes" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumit" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Modul extèrne" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "_Moduls extèrnes" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "Activar e desactivar de moduls extèrnes" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "Afichar en HTML se i es" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "Afichar al format tèxte se present" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "Afichar las partidas HTML s_uprimidas coma pèças juntas" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "_Mòde HTML" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "Preferir lo tèxte simple" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "Mòde tèxte simple" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "Opcions de Spamassassin" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "I_nclure los tèsts distants" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "SpamAssassin" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "Importacion de fichièrs" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "Cargament dels comptes..." #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "Existís un autre contacte." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "Existís %d autre contacte." msgstr[1] "Existisson %d autres contactes." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "A_fichat pas pus aqueste messatge." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Mots clau" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "Lo messatge a pas de fichièr junt" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "_Modificar lo messatge" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "Doblit de las pèças juntas" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Contactes automatics" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Seleccionatz un quasernet d'adreças pels contactes automatics" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "Contactes de messatjariá instantanèa" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" "Seleccionatz un quasernet d'adreças per la lista de contactes de Pidgin" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "Sincronizar ara amb la lista de _contactes" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "Importacion de las donadas Outlook Express" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "Importacion Outlook DBX" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "Dorsièrs personals Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx)" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "Seguretat :" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "Pas classificat" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "Protegit" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Confidencial" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "Secret" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "Top secret" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "Pas cap" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "Entèsta _personalizada" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clau" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "Valors" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "Entèsta personalizada" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "Entèsta de corrièl personalizat" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "Comanda d'executar per aviar l'editor : " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "Edicion dins un editor extèrne" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "Editor extèrne" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "Impossible d'aviar l'editor" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "Impossible de crear un fichièr temporari" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "L'editor extèrne es en cors d'execucion" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Error desconeguda" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "Seleccionar un imatge retrach" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "Fichièrs d'imatges" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "_Inserir un image retrach per defaut" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "Inclure un _retrach" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "Fracàs de lectura" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "Impossible de legir lo fichièr" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "Talha d'imatge invalida" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "Seleccionatz un imatge de 48x48 pixèls" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "Es pas un imatge" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "Integracion dels imatges" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "Recuperar l'_archiu de la lista" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "_Proprietari de la lista de contactes" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "_Mandar un messatge a la lista" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "S'_abonar a la lista" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "Se _desabonar de la lista" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "_Lista de difusion" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "Accions de la lista de difusion" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "Accion pas disponibla" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "_Mandar lo messatge" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "_Modificar lo messatge" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "Avètz recebut %d messatge novèl." msgstr[1] "Avètz recebuts %d messatges novèls." #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "De : %s" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "Subjècte : %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "Dobrir %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "_Bip" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "Utilizar lo _tèma sonòr" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "Jogar lo f_ichièr :" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "Seleccionar un fichièr son" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "Notificacion de corrièl novèl" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Avertiment a la recepcion de messatges novèls." #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "Creat a partir d'un corrièl de %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[Pas cap de resumir]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "Una error s'es producha pendent lo tractament : %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir l'agenda. %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "Crear un mem_ò" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "Crear un prè_tzfach" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "Crear una a_campada" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "Importacion Outlook PST" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "Dorsièrs personals Outlook (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "Importacion de messatges Outlook a partir d'un fichièr PST" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "_Corrièl" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr de destinacion :" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "Qu_asernet d'adreças" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "Ren_dètz-vos" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "_Prètzfaches" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "Entradas de _jornal" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "Importacion de las donadas Outlook" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "Publicacion de l'agenda" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "Emplaçaments" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "Publica las agendas sul Web" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir %s :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment de la publicacion sus %s :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "La publicacion sus %s s'es acabada amb succès" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "Lo montatge de %s a fracassat :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "A_ctivar" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "Sètz segur que volètz suprimir aqueste emplaçament ?" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "Impossible de crear lo thread de publicacion." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "_Publicar las entresenhas de l'agenda" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "iCal" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Cada jorn" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Cada setmana" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "Manual (via lo menú Accions)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "FTP securizat (SFTP)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "FTP public" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "FTP (amb identificacion)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "Partiment Windows" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "WebDAV (HTTP)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "WebDAV segur (HTTPS)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "Emplaçament personalizat" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "_Publicar coma :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "Frequéncia de publicacion :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "_Durada :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "Fonts" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "_Tipe de servici :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "_Fichièr :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "Pò_rt :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "_Nom d'utilizaire :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "Se_nhal :" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "_Memorizar lo senhal" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "Emplaçament de publicacion" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "Emplaçament novèl" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "Modificar l'emplaçament" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%F %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID - Identificant d'utilizaire" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "Lista de descripcions" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "Lista de categorias" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "Lista de comentaris" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "Lista de contactes" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "Aviar" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "Tèrme" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "percentatge efectuat" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "Lista dels participants" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "Modificat" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "_Opcions avançadas pel format CSV" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "_Apondre un entèsta" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "_Delimitador dels camps :" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "_Separador d'enregistrament :" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "En_capsular las valors amb :" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "_Seleccionar" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "" #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "RDF (.rdf)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "_Format :" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "Sens títol" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "Enregistrar coma _modèl" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "Enregistrar coma modèl" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "Preparacion a la mesa fòra linha..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "Preparacion a la mesa en linha..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "Preparacion de l'arrèst..." #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "Recèrcas" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "Enregistrar la recèrca" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "_Afichar :" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "_Recercar :" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "_dins" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs (*)" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "Enregistrament de l'estat de l'interfàcia d'utilizaire" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Cristòl COBÈS (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cristol\n" " Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cvalmary\n" " Yannig MARCHEGAY (Kokoyaya) https://launchpad.net/~yannick-marchegay\n" " carmentano https://launchpad.net/~carme-armentano" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "Sit web d'Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "Editor de categorias" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "Bug Buddy es pas installat." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "Bug Buddy pòt pas èsser executat." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "Aficha las informacions a prepaus d'Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "_Tampar la fenèstra" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "Ensen_hador" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "I_mportar..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "Impòrta las donadas d'autres programas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "_Fenèstra novèla" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "Cate_gorias disponiblas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "_Ficha d'acorchis" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "Aficha los acorchis de clavièr d'Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "Sortir del programa" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "Recèrca _avançada..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "_Modificar las recèrcas enregistradas..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "Gerir vòstras recèrcas enregistradas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "Clicatz aicí per modificar lo tipe de recèrca" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "_Recercar ara" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "Aplica los paramètres de recèrca actuals" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "_Enregistrar la recèrca..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "Enregistra los paramètres de recèrca actuals" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "Sometre un _rapòrt d'anomalia..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "Somet un rapòrt d'anomalia en utilizant Bug Buddy" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "_Trabalhar desconnectat" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "Bascuola Evolution en mòde fòra linha" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "_Trabalhar connectat" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "Bascuola Evolution en mòde en linha" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "_Agençament" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "_Novèl" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "_Recercar" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "A_paréncia del selector" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "_Fenèstra" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "Afichar la _barra laterala" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "Aficha la barra laterala" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "Afichar los b_otons" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "Aficha los botons del selector" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "Afichar la _barra d'estat" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "Aficha la barra d'estat" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "Afichar la barra d'ai_sinas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "Aficha la barra d'aisinas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "Sonque las _icònas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "Afichar los botons de las fenèstras amb sonque las icònas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "Sonque lo _tèxte" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "Afichar los botons de las fenèstras amb sonque de tèxte" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "Icònas _e tèxte" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "Afichar los botons de las fenèstras amb d'icònas e de tèxte" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "Estil de la _barra d'aisinas" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "Enregistrar la visualizacion personalizada..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "Visualizacion _actuala" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "Visualizacion personalizada" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "La visualizacion actuala es una visualizacion personalizada" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "Executar aquestes paramètres de recèrca" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "Novèl" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - Evolution" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "Mercé,\n" "L'equipa d'Evolution\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "Me o dire pas pus" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "Aplica la geometria indicada a la fenèstra principala" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "Ignòra la disponibilitat de la ret" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "Fòrça l'arrèst d'Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "Desactivar lo cargament de totes los moduls extèrnes." #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "Contunhar malgrat tot" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "Quitar ara" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "Nom de certificat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "Numèro de seria" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "Subjèctes" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Emés per" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "Publicat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "Expira lo" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "Emprencha numerica SHA1" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "Emprencha numerica MD5" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Adreça electronica" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "Seleccionatz un certificat d'importar..." #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs PKCS12" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs de certificacion de corrièl" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs de certificacion CA" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "Certificat de client SSL" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificat de servidor SSL" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "Certificat de signatari de corrièl" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "Certificat de destinatari de corrièl" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Emés per" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "Nom corrent (CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organizacion (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Unitat d'organizacion (OU)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Validitat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "Provesit lo" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "Expira lo" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "Emprenchas numericas" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "Ierarquia del certificat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "Camps de certificat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "Valor del camp" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalhs" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "Picatz lo senhal per « %s »" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "Picatz lo senhal novèl per la basa de certificacion" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "Picatz un senhal novèl" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Emés cap a :\n" " Subjècte : %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Emés per :\n" " Subjècte : %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "Seleccionatz lo certificat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "Taula de certificats" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "A_rchivar" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "_Archivar tot" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "Vòstres certificats" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "Certificats dels contactes" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "Autoritats" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "Entresenhas de certificat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "Paramètres d'aprovacion del certificat de corrièr electronic" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Se fisar de l'autenticitat d'aqueste certificat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Se fisar pas de l'autenticitat d'aqueste certificat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "M_odificar l'aprovacion CA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "Version 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "Version 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "Version 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD2 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD5 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-1 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-256 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-384 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-512 amb chiframent RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "Chiframent RSA PKCS #1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "Utilizacion de clau de certificat" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "Tipe de certificacion de Netscape" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "Identificant de la clau de l'autoritat de certificacion" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "Identificant de l'objècte (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "Identificant de l'algoritme" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "Paramètres de l'algoritme" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "Informacion de clau publica de subjècte" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritme de clau publica de l'objècte" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "Clau publica de l'objècte" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "Error : Impossible de tractar l'extension" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "Signatari de l'objècte" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "Autoritat de certificacion SSL" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "Autoritat de certificacion d'adreças electronicas" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Signatura" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "Non-repudiacion" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "Chiframent de la clau" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "Chiframent de las donadas" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "Acòrd de clau" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "Signatari del certificat" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "Signatari LRC" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "Critic" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "Pas essenciala" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "Extensions" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritme de signatura del certificat" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "Emissor" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "ID unenca d'emissor" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "ID unenca de subjècte" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "Valor de la signatura del certificat" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Signar" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "Chifrar" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "Lo certificat existís ja" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "Fichièr de senhals PKCS12" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "Picatz lo senhal pel fichièr PKCS12 :" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "Certificats importats" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "Cartas d'_adreças" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "Afichatge en _lista" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "Per _societat" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "Afichatge del _jorn" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "Afichatge de la setmana de _trabalh" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "Afichatge de la s_etmana" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "Afichatge del _mes" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "_Messatges" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "Coma dorsièr de messatges _mandats" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "Per _tèma" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "Per _expedidor" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "Per es_tat" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "Per _indicador de seguiment" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "Per l'afichatge _larg" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "Coma lo dorsièr _Mandats per l'afichatge larg" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "_Memòs" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "Amb _data d'escasença" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "Amb l'es_tat" language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000054614012321560251023341 0ustar # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2006-2008. # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Occitan translation of Evolution # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) 2007 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-18 05:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "La supression de fichièr « %s » a fracassat : %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "La creacion del repertòri %s a fracassat : %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "La creacion del ligam per la ressorsa « %s » a fracassat : %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "Pas cap d'UID dins lo contacte" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Cargament..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Recèrca..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "Contacte « %s » pas trobat" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Error desconeguda" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "Recèrca de mesa a jorn de contactes…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "Recèrca de mesa a jorn de gropes…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "Lo motor de tractament pren pas en carga los apondons en massa" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "Lo motor de tractament pren pas en carga las modificacions en massa" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "Lo motor de tractament pren pas en carga las supressions en massa" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "Cargament…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "Amics" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familha" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "Collègas" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Pas connectat" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "Impossible de s'autentificar que siá per « bind » v3 o v2" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "Reconnexion al servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "Sintaxi DN invalida" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "Error LDAP 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s : NULL tornat de ldap_first_entry" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s : Tipe de resultat %d tornat pas pres en carga" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s : Tipe de resultat de recèrca %d tornat pas pres en carga" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "Recepcion dels resultats de la recèrca LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "Error al moment de la recèrca" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "Apondon del contacte sul servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Modificacion del contacte sul servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Supression del contacte del servidor LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "La recuperacion del DN de l'utilizaire « %s » a fracassat" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "Cargament del somari del quasernet d'adreças…" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" "La requèsta PROPFIND sus webdav a fracassat amb l'estat HTTP : %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "Pas de contengut dins lo resultat renviat per PROPFIND sul webdav" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "Cargament dels contactes (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "Impossible de transformar SoupURI en cadena" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "" "Lo contacte sul servidor es estat modificat -> pas d'aplicacion dels " "cambiaments" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "L'accion DELETE a fracassat amb l'estat HTTP %d" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "Aqueste quasernet d'adreças existís pas" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "Contacte pas trobat" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "L'ID del contacte existís ja" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "Aquesta font existís pas" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "Pas d'espaci" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "ID unica" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "Classat jos" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "UID del quasernet" #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nom complet" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Pichon nom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Nom d'ostal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Escais" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "Adreça electronica 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "Adreça electronica 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "Adreça electronica 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "Adreça electronica 4" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "Logicial de messatjariá" #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "Libellat de l'adreça personala" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta d'adreça professionala" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta d'una autra adreça" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Telefòn (assistent)" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Telefòn personal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Telefòn personal 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Fax professional" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Respondedor" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Telefòn de veitura" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Telefòn professional" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Telefòn personal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Telefòn personal 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Fax personal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Telefòn mobil" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Autre telefòn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Autre fax" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Recebedor d'apèl" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Telefòn principal" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Ràdio" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Telex" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organizacion" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Unitat d'organizacion" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "Burèu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "Títol" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "Ròtle" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Gestionari" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Assistent" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "URL de la pagina d'acuèlh" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "URL del weblog" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Categorias" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "URI de l'agenda" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "URL Liure/Ocupat" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "Agenda ICS" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "URL per las conferéncias vidèos" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "Nom de maridatge" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "Nòta" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire AIM al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire GroupWise al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "Identificant Jabber a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "Identificant Jabber a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "Identificant Jabber a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "Identificant Jabber al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "Identificant Jabber al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "Identificant Jabber al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Yahoo! al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire MSN al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "Identificant ICQ a l'ostal 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "Identificant ICQ a l'ostal 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "Identificant ICQ a l'ostal 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "Identificant ICQ al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "Identificant ICQ al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "Identificant ICQ al burèu 3" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "Darrièra revision" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "Nom o Org" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "Tièra d'adreças" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "Adreça personala" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "Adreça professionala" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "Autra adreça" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "Tièra de la categoria" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "Fotografia" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Lògo" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "Lista d'adreças electronicas" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms d'utilizaire AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "Lista dels identificants GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "Lista dels identificants Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms d'utilizaire Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms d'utilizaire MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "Lista dels identificants ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "Desira de corrièls al format HTML" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "Tièra" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "La lista aficha las adreças" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "Data de naissença" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Aniversari" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "Certificat X.509" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu al domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu a l'ostal 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu a l'ostal 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "Identificant Gadu-Gadu al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Lista d'identificants Gadu-Gadu" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "Informacion geografica" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefòn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "Nom d'utilizaire Skype al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms d'utilizaire Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "Adreça SIP" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "Nom Google Talk a domicili 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "Nom Google Talk a domicili 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "Nom Google Talk a domicili 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "Nom Google Talk al burèu 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "Nom Google Talk al burèu 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "Nom Google Talk al burèu 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "Lista dels noms Twitter" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "Lista de contactes sens nom" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "Proprietat de quasernet « %s » desconeguda" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de cambiar la valor de la proprietat de quasernet « %s »" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "I a pas pro de memòria" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "Requèsta invalida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succès" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "Lo motor es ocupat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "Depaus fòra linha" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "Autorizacion refusada" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "Fracàs de l'autentificacion" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "Autentificacion necessària" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "Camp pas pres en carga" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "Metòde d'autentificacion pas pres en carga" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "TLS pas disponible" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "Lo quasernet d'adreças existís pas" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "Quasernet suprimit" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "Pas disponible en mòde fòra linha" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "Talha limita de recèrca depassada" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "Temps limit de recèrca depassat" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "Requèsta refusada" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "Impossible d'anullar" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "Version del servidor invalida" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "Argument invalid" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "Pas pres en carga" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "Lo motor de tractament es pas encara dobèrt" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "Autra error" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "Requèsta invalida : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo quasernet : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "Impossible d'actualizar lo quasernet d'adreças : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo contacte : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer la lista de contactes : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer las UID de la lista de contactes : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo contacte : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "Impossible de modificar los contactes : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "Impossible de suprimir los contactes : " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "Pas de nom de motor dins la font « %s »" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "UID de la font mancant" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "Pas de font per l'UID « %s »" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "Lo servidor es inaccessible (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "Impossible de se connectar a un servidor en utilizant SSL : %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "Lo còde d'estat HTTP renviat (%d) es imprevist (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "Lo motor CalDAV es pas encara cargat" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "URL de redireccion invalida" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "Lo servidor es inaccessible, l'agenda es dobèrt en mòde lectura sola.\n" "Messatge d'error : %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr d'escondedor local « %s »" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV pren pas en carga los apondons en massa" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV pren pas en carga las modificacions en massa" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV pren pas en carga las supressions en massa" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "L'agenda pren pas en carga las informacions Liure/Ocupat" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "URL de la bóstia de mandadís d'agenda pas trobada" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "Responsa inesperada dins schedule-response" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Aniversari" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "Aniversari : %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "Aniversari : %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar las donadas de l'agenda : URI erronèa." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar las donadas de l'agenda" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "URI mal formada : %s" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "Redirigit cap a un URI invalid" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "Marrit format de fichièr." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "Es pas una agenda." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo fichièr amagatal" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "Impossible de recuperar las informacions metèo" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "Metèo : Bruma" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "Metèo : nuèch nivolosa" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "Meteò : nivolós" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "Meteò : Cobèrt" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "Meteò : Raissas" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "Meteò : nèu" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "Meteò : Nuèch clara" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "Meteò : solelh" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "Meteò : Auratges" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "Previsions" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "Lo depaus es fòra linha" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "Agenda inexistenta" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "Impossible de trobar l'objècte" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "Objècte invalid" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "URI pas cargat" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "URI ja cargat" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "Utilizaire desconegut" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "L'ID de l'objècte existís ja" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "Protocòl pas pres en carga" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "L'operacion es estat anullat" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "Impossible d'anullar l'operacion" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "L'autentificacion a abocat" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "Autentificacion requesida" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "Una excepcion D-Bus s'es producha" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "Pas cap d'error" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "Utilizaire desconegut" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "Plaja invalida" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Proprietat d'agenda « %s » desconeguda" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de cambiar la valor de la proprietat de calendièr « %s »" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "Rendètz-vos sens títol" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1èr" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "5" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "28" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "Elevada" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normala" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "Bassa" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Pas definida" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "« %s » requerís un argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "« %s » requerís una cadena coma primièr argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "« %s » requerís dos o tres arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "« %s » requerít un time_t coma primièr argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "« %s » requerís un time_t coma segond argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "« %s » requerís una cadena coma tresen argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "« %s » requerís pas cap o dos arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "« %s » requerís dos arguments" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "« %s » requerís pas d'argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "« %s » requerís una cadena coma segond argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "« %s » requerís que lo primièr argument siá « any », « summary », " "« description », « location », « attendee », « organizer » o " "« classification »" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "« %s » requerís al mens un argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "" "« %s » requerís totes los arguments coma cadena o solament un argument coma " "boolean fals (#f)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "" "« %s » requerís una cadena al format data/ora ISO 8601 coma primièr argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "« %s » requerís un nombre entièr coma segond argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "Metòde pas pres en carga" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "L'agenda existís pas" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "Impossible de dobrir l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "Impossible d'actualizar l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "Impossible de recuperar lo camin de l'objècte agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "Impossible de recuperar la lista d'objèctes agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "" "Impossible de recuperar la lista de las disponibilitats de l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "Impossible de crear l'objècte agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "Impossible de modificar l'objècte agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'objècte agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "Impossible de recebre los objèctes de l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "Impossible de mandar los objèctes de l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "Impossible de recuperar las URI de pèças juntas : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "Impossible d'anullar lo rapèl : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "Impossible de recuperar lo fus orari de l'agenda : " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo fus orari de l'agenda : " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "La signatura es pas presa en carga per aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "La verificacion es pas presa en carga per aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "L'encodatge es pas pres en carga per aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Lo dechiframent es pas pres en carga per aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "Podètz pas importar de clau amb aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "Podètz pas exportar de clau amb aqueste chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "Signatura del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "Chiframent del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "Dechiframent del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri d'amagatal" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "Fichièr d'escondedor void" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'entrada de l'amagatal : %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "Impossible d'escriure l'entrada de jornal : %s.\n" "D'informacions d'aqueste servidor seràn pas rejogadas\n" "quand vos reconnectaretz a la ret." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "Impossible de dobrir « %s » :\n" "%s\n" "Las modificacions aportadas a aqueste dorsièr seràn pas resincronizadas." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "Resincronizacion amb lo servidor" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "Telecargar los messatges novèls pel mòde fòra linha" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "Preparacion del dorsièr « %s » per lo fòra linha" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "" "Copiar lo c_ontengut del dorsièr en local per las operacions fòra linha" #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "Vos cal trabalhar en linha per acabar aquesta operacion" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Anullat" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "La creacion d'un processus filh « %s » a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "Flux de messatges invalid en provenéncia de %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "Sincronizacion dels dorsièrs" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Error d'analisi del filtre : %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Error d'execucion del filtre : %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo dorsièr spool" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "Impossible de tractar lo dorsièr spool" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge %d (%d%%)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "Anomalia al messatge %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "Sincronizacion del dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Complet" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge %d sur %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "Anomalia al messatge %d sus %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "La recuperacion del messatge a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "Arguments invalids (system-flag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "Arguments invalids (user-tag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "Error al moment de la recèrca filtrada : %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Aprendissatge del novèl spam dins « %s »" msgstr[1] "Aprendissatge dels novèls spams dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Aprendissatge del novèl corrièr desirable dins « %s »" msgstr[1] "Aprendissatge dels novèls corrièrs desirables dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Filtratge del novèl messatge dins « %s »" msgstr[1] "Filtratge dels novèls messatges dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "Desplaçament de messatges" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "Còpia de messatges" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "Las informacions de quota son pas presas en carga pel dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "Netejatge del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge « %s » dins %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "Recuperacion de las informacions de quota per « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "Actualizacion del dorsièr « %s »" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) requerís un resultat boolean unic" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) es pas autorizat dins %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) requerís un tipe de cadena de comparar" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) espèra un tablèu en resultat" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) requerís un ensemble de dorsièrs" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Impossible d'analisar l'expression de recèrca : %s :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Error al moment de l'execucion de l'expression de recèrca : %s :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "L'aviada de GPG a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconegut" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Messatge d'estatut GnuPG inesperat rencontrat : \n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "L'analisi de l'indicacion ID d'utilizaire de GPG a fracassat." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "L'analisi de la requèsta de senhal de GPG a fracassat." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Avètz besonh d'un numèro d'identificacion personal (PIN) per\n" "desblocar la clau per vòstre SmartCard : « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Avètz besonh d'un senhal per\n" "desblocar la clau de l'utilizaire : « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "Requèsta inesperada de GnuPG per « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" "Notatz que lo contengut chifrat conten pas cap d'informacion a prepaus d'un " "destinatari, en consequéncia un senhal serà demandat per cada clau privada " "enregistrada." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Anullat" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "" "Lo desblocatge de la clau secreta a fracassat : 3 senhals incorrèctes son " "estats picats." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "Responsa inesperada de GnuPG : %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "" "Lo chiframent a fracassat : cap de destinatari valid pas entresenhat." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "Impossible de generar las donadas signadas : " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "L'aviada de GPG a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "" "Impossible de verificar la signatura d'aqueste messatge : format de messatge " "incorrècte" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "Impossible de verificar la signatura del messatge : " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "Impossible de generar de donadas chifradas : " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "Aquò's una partida de messatge numericament signada" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "" "Impossible de deschifrar lo messatge : lo format del messatge es incorrècte" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "Lo deschiframent de la partida MIME a fracassat : error de protocòl" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "Contengut chifrat" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "Aplicar los _filtres de messatges a aqueste dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr de resumit per %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "Impossible de crear l'escondedor per %s : " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "Servidor desconnectat" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "Pas autentificat" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "Error al moment de la realizacion de IDLE" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "La connexion al servidor IMAP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "STARTTLS pas pres en carga" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "La connexion al servidor IMAP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "Lo servidor IMAP %s pren pas en carga l'autentificacion %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "Pas cap de supòrt per l'autentificacion %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "Impossible de s'autentificar sens nom d'utilizaire" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "Senhal d'autentificacion pas disponible" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "La tampadura del flux temporari a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "La còpia del fichièr temporari a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "Error al moment de la còpia dels messatges" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "Error al moment de l'apondon del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion de las entèstas del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "" "Recuperacion de las informacions de resumit dels novèls messatges dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "Examèn dels messatges modificats dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion dels messatges novèls" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion dels messatges" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" "Recuperacion de las informacions de resumit de %d messatge dins « %s »" msgstr[1] "" "Recuperacion de las informacions de resumit de %d messatges dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "Error al moment del refrescament del dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "Error al moment de la purga del messatge" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "Error al moment de la recuperacion dels dorsièrs" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "Error al moment de l'abonament al dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "Error al moment de la creacion del dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "Error al moment de la supression del dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "Error al moment del cambiament de nom del dorsièr" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "Error al moment de la realizacion de NOOP" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "Error al moment de la sincronizacion de las modificacions" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo messatge qu'a per identificador « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "Pas cap de messatge correspondent" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "Impossible de crear lo fichièr tampon : " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Bóstia de recepcion" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "Servidor IMAP %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "Servici IMAP per %s sus %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de pas" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "" "Aquela opcion utilizarà un senhal en clar per se connectar al servidor IMAP." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "Pas cap de dorsièr de tipe « %s »." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "Recuperacion de la lista dels dorsièrs per %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "Lo nom de dorsièr « %s » es invalid perque conten lo caractèr « %c »" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "Dorsièr parent desconegut : %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "Lo dorsièr parent es pas autorizat a conténer de sosdorsièrs" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "Lo flux font a pas renviat cap de donada" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "Flux font pas disponible" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo fichièr de varrolhatge per %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "" "Ralambi depassat per obténer lo fichièr de varrolhatge sus %s. Tornatz " "ensajar mai tard." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "L'obtencion del varrolh amb fcntl(2) a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "L'obtencion del varrolh amb flock(2) a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo tube de l'ajuda de varrolhatge : %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "Impossible de clonar l'ajuda de varrolhatge : %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "" "Impossible de varrolhar « %s » : error de protocòl amb l'ajuda de varrolhatge" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de varrolhar '%s'" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de verificar lo fichièr de corrièls %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo fichièr de corrièls %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo fichièr temporari de corrièls %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "" "L'estocatge del corrièl dins lo fichièr temporari %s a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo tube : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "Impossible de clonar : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "Lo programa Movemail a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(Error desconeguda)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "Error de lectura del fichièr de corrièls : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Error d'escritura del fichièr temporari de corrièls : %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Error de còpia del fichièr temporari de corrièls : %s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "Pas cap de contengut disponible" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "Pas cap de signatura disponibla" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "error d'analisi" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "Resolucion de : %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "La resolucion de l'òste a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "Resolucion de l'adreça" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "La resolucion del nom a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "La resolucion del nom a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "Sincronizacion dels messatges del dorsièr « %s » sul disc" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "Provesidor de dorsièr virtual de corrièls" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "" "Per la lectura del corrièl coma requèsta sus un autre ensemble de dorsièrs" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "" "Impossible de cargar %s : lo cargament de moduls es pas pres en carga sus " "aqueste sistèma." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de cargar %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "" "Impossible de cargar %s : pas cap de còde d'inicializacion dins lo modul." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "Pas cap de provesidor disponible pel protocòl « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "Anonim" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà una identificacion anonima per se connectar al " "servidor." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "L'autentificacion a fracassat." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Traça d'una adreça electronica invalida :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Informacion de traça opaca invalida :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Informacion de traça invalida :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà un senhal securizat CRAM-MD5 per se connectar al " "servidor se lo servidor lo supòrta." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà un senhal securizat DIGEST-MD5 per se connectar al " "servidor se lo servidor lo supòrta." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "Servidor Challenge tròp long (>2048 octets)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "Servidor Challenge invalid\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "" "Lo servidor Challenge conten un geton « Quality of Protection » invalid" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "La responsa del servidor conteniá pas de donadas d'autorizacion" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "" "La responsa del servidor conteniá de donadas d'autorizacion incompletas" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "La responsa del servidor correspond pas" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà una autentificacion Kerberos 5 per se connectar al " "servidor." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "Lo mecanisme indicat es pas pres en carga per la referéncia provesida, o es " "pas reconegut per l'implementacion." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "Lo paramètre target_name provesit es erronèu." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "" "Lo paramètre target_name provesit conten un tipe de nom invalid o pas pres " "en carga." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "" "Lo paramètre input_token conten de ligasons de canal diferentas de las " "indicadas via lo paramètre input_chan_bindings." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "" "Lo paramètre input_token conten una signatura invalida, o una signatura qu'a " "pas pogut èsser verificada." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "" "Las informacions d'identificacion provesidas son pas validas per " "l'iniciacion contextuala o l'identificador a pas referenciat cap " "d'informacion d'identificacion." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "" "L'identificador contextual provesit est ligat a cap de contèxte valid." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "" "Los tèsts de coeréncia aplicats al paramètre input_token an fracassat." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "" "Los tèsts de coeréncia aplicats a las informacions d'identificacion an " "fracassat." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "Las informacions d'identificacion an expirat." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "Marrida responsa d'autentificacion en provenéncia del servidor." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "Jaç de seguretat pas presa en carga." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "Connexion" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà un simple senhal per se connectar al servidor." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "Estat d'autentificacion desconegut." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion se connectarà a un servidor Windows via lo metòde NTLM / " "Secure Password Authentification." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "CLAR" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP abans SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "Aquesta opcion autorizarà una connexion POP abans d'ensajar SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "UID de la font POP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "POP abans autentificacion SMTP qu'utiliza un transpòrt desconegut" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "POP abans autentificacion SMTP executat amb un servici %s" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "La compilacion de l'expression regulara a fracassat : %s : %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "GType invalid enregistrat pel protocòl « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "Fracàs de l'autentificacion de %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "Lo transferiment de messatges es pas gerit" #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "Picatz lo senhal %s per %s sus l'òste %s." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "Impossible de trobar de certificat per « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "Impossible de crear un messatge CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "Impossible de crear la donada signada CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "Impossible de jónher la donada signada CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "Impossible de jónher la donada CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "Impossible de crear las informacions sul signatari CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "Impossible de trobar la cadena de certificacion" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre l'ora de signatura CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "Lo certificat de chiframent per « %s » existís pas" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre l'atribut SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre l'atribut MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo certificat de chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre las informacions de signatari CMS" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "Pas verificada" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "Bona signatura" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "Marrida signatura" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "Contengut modificat amb o pendent lo transpòrt" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "Certificat de signatura pas trobat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "Certificat de signatura pas esprovat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "Algoritme de signatura desconegut" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "Algoritme de signatura pas pres en carga" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "Signatura erronèa" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "Error de tractament" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "Pas cap de donada signada dins la signatura" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "Digests absents de l'envolopa de donadas" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "Impossible de calcular los digests" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "Impossible de definir los digests dels messatges" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "L'importacion del certificat a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "" "Messatge que conten pas qu'un certificat, impossible de verificar los " "certificats" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "" "Messatge que conten pas qu'un certificat, certificats importats e verificats" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "Digests de signaturas introbablas" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "Signatari : %s <%s> : %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo contèxte de chiframent" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre las doncadas al chiframent CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "Lo chiframent de donadas a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "Lo deschiframent a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "Impossible de trobar un algoritme de chiframent pel blòt comun" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "" "Impossible d'atribuir un emplaçament a la clau de chiframent per blòt" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "Impossible de crear un messatge CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Impossible de crear las donadas encapsuladas CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Impossible d'estacar las donadas encapsuladas CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "Impossible d'estacar l'objècte de donadas CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Impossible de crear las informacions de destinatari CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre las informacions de destinatari CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "L'apondon de las donadas a chifrar a fracassat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "Deschiframent S/MIME : cap de contengut chifrat pas trobat" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' : existís ja" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "Dobertura del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "Examèn dels dorsièrs dins « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Escobilhièr" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Corrièr indesirable" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri : %s existís ja" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "Creacion del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo dorsièr : %s : operacion invalid" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar lo dorsièr : %s : operacion invalida" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "" "Sola la reïnicializacion al començament es presa en carga amb " "CamelStreamFilter" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "" "Sola la reïnicializacion al començament es presa en carga amb CamelHttpStream" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "Connexion anullada" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "Impossible de se connectar amb la comanda « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "Abonament al dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "Desabonament al dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "Còde d'error NSPR %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "L'òste servidor mandatari pren pas en carga SOCKS4" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "L'òste servidor mandatari a refusat vòstra requèsta  : còde %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "L'òste servidor mandatari pren pas en carga SOCKS5" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "Impossible de trobar un tipe d'autentificacion adeqüat : còde 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "Error generala de servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "Las règlas del servidor SOCKS permeton pas la connexion" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "La ret es pas atenhibla dempuèi lo servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "L'òste es pas atenhible dempuèi lo servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "Connexion refusada" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "Expiracion TTL (Time-to-live)" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "La comanda es pas presa en carga pel servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "Lo tipe d'adreça es pas pres en carga pel servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "Error desconeguda en provenéncia del servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "Una adreça de tipe desconegut es estada obtenguda del servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "Responsa incompleta en provenéncia del servidor SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "Lo nom d'òste es tròp long (maximum 255 caractèrs)" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "Responsa del servidor mandatari invalid" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "Impossible d'analizar l'URL '%s'" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "Mesa a jorn del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "" "Impossible de copiar o desplaçar de messatges cap a de dorsièrs virtuals" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "Pas cap de messatge de tipe %s dins %s" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "Error al moment de l'emmagazinatge de « %s » : " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "" "Me_tre a jorn automaticament en cas de modificacions dins los dorsièrs font" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Diferent" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo dorsièr : %s : dorsièr inexistent" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar lo dorsièr : %s : dorsièr inexistent" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "Activar lo dorsièr Autres _corrièls" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "Impossible de copiar de messatges cap al dorsièr Escobilhièr" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "Impossible de copiar de messatges dins lo dorsièr de Spam" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "Verificar se i a de messatges novèls" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "Veri_ficar los messatges novèls dins totes los repertòris" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "_Verificar los messatges novèls dins los dorsièrs abonats" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "Utilizar « _Quick Resync » se lo servidor lo pren en carga" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "Es_cotar las notificacions de modificacion del servidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Repertòris" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "_Afichar unicament los dorsièrs abonats" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "_Otrapassar l'espaci de noms provesit pel servidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "Espaci de noms :" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "Aplicar los _filtres als novèls messatges dins totes los dorsièrs" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "" "_Aplicar los filtres als messatges novèls dins la brústia de recepcion " "d'aqueste servidor" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "Verifcar se los messatges novèls contenon de contengut _indesirable" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "Verificar la preséncia de spams dons la _bóstia de recepcion" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "S_incronizar automaticament localament los corrièls distants" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "Pòrt IMAP per defaut" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP sus SSL" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "Per legir e emmagazinar los corrièls sus de servidors IMAP." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "bóstia de letras : %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "_Indexar las donadas del còs dels messatges" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Impossible d'obténer lo messatge %s del dorsièr %s\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "_Utilizar lo fichièr de resumit de dorsièr « .folders » (exmh)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "Repertòris de corrièls al format MH" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "Per emmagazinar lo corrièl local dins de repertòris de tipe MH." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "Distribucion locala" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "" "_Aplicar los filtres als novèls messatges dins la bóstia de recepcion" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "Repertòris de corrièls al format Maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "" "Per emmagazinar lo corrièl local dins de repertòris al format Maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "Emmaga_zinar las entèstas d'estatut al format Elm/Pine/Mutt" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "Fichièr Unix estandard de spool mbox" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "Repertòri Unix estandard de spool mbox" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar lo dorsièr %s cap a %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "Fichièr de corrièl local %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "La raiç d'emmagazinatge %s es pas un camin absolut" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "La raiç d'emmagazinatge %s es pas un repertòri normal" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo repertòri : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo fichièr d'indèx del dorsièr « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo metafichièr del dorsièr « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre un messatge al resumit : rason desconeguda" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "Pas cap de messatge correspondent" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo messatge al dorsièr Maildir : %s : " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo messatge %s del dorsièr %s : " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "" "Impossible de transferir lo messatge dins lo dorsièr de destinacion : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "Lo dorsièr %s existís ja" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo repertòri '%s' : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo repertòri '%s' : existís ja." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "" "Impossible d'obténer lo dorsièr « %s » : aquò's pas un repertòri Maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' : existís ja." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo repertòri '%s': %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "es pas un repertòri Maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible d'examinar lo dorsièr « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo repertòri Maildir : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "Verificacion de la coeréncia del dorsièr" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "Recèrca de messatges novèls" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "Emmagazinatge del dorsièr" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "Impossible de dobrir la bóstia de letras : %s : " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo messatge al fichièr mbox : %s : " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "Lo dorsièr sembla irremediablament corromput." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo varrolh sul dorsièr %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "Impossible de crear un dorsièr amb aqueste nom." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "" "Impossible d'obténer lo dorsièr « %s » : s'agís pas d'un fichièr normal." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' : %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "Lo repertòri existís ja" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Impossible de suprimir lo repertòri '%s':\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "« %s » es pas un fichièr normal." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "Lo repertòri '%s' es pas void. Pas suprimit." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de suprimir lo fichièr de resumit del dorsièr « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "Lo novèl nom del dorsièr es pas valid." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de renommar lo repertòri '%s' : '%s' : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar « %s » en %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo repertòri : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "" "Error fatala d'analisi del corrièr electronic prèp de la posicion %s dins lo " "dorsièr %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de verificar lo dorsièr : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo fichièr : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir la bóstia de letras temporària : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de tampar lo dorsièr font %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "Impossible de tampar lo dorsièr temporari : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "Impossible de tornar nomenar lo dorsièr : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'emmagazinar lo dorsièr : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "Error desconeguda : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "L'escritura dins la bóstia de letras temporària a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "" "L'escritura dins la bóstia de letras temporària a fracassat : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "Impossible d'apondre lo messatge al dorsièr mh : %s : " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo repertòri '%s' : es pas un repertòri" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo repertòri format MH : %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir lo spool « %s » : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "Lo spool « %s » es pas un fichièr o un repertòri normal" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "Fichièr de spool de corrièls %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "Arborescéncia de dorsièrs spool %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "Spool invalid" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "Lo repertòri '%s/%s' existís pas." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Impossible de dobrir lo repertòri '%s' :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "Lo repertòri '%s' existís pas." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Impossible de crear lo repertòri '%s' :\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "« %s » es pas un fichièr de bóstia de letras." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "L'emmagazinatge pren pas en carga cap de bóstia de recepcion" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "Los dorsièrs spool pòdon pas èsser suprimits" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "Los dorsièrs spool pòdon pas èsser renomenats" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de sincronizar lo dorsièr temporari %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible de sincronizar lo dorsièr tampon %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "Error intèrna : format d'UID invalid : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo messatge %s : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo messatge %s : " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "Aqueste messatge es pas disponible" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "Lo mandadís a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "Lo mandadís a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "Podètz pas copiar cap de messatges a partir d'un dorsièr NNTP !" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "" "_Afichar los dorsièrs en notacion abreujada (per exemple c.o.linux puslèu " "que comp.os.linux)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "Dins lo _dialòg d'abonament, afichar los noms relatius dels dorsièrs" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "Pòrt NNTP per defaut" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP sus SSL" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "Nòvas USENET" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion utilizarà un senhal en clar per l'autentificacion al servidor " "NNTP." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "Impossible de legir las salutacions de %s : " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "Lo servidor NNTP %s a tornat un còde d'error %d : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "Novèlas USENET via %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Error al moment de la recuperacion dels gropes de discussion :\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "" "Impossible de crear un dorsièr dins un emplaçament de novèlas : abonatz-vos " "a la plaça." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "" "Impossible de tornar nomenar un dorsièr dins un emplaçament de novèlas." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "" "Impossible de suprimir un dorsièr dins un emplaçament de novèlas : " "desabonatz-vos a la plaça." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "Vos podètz pas abonar a aqueste grop de discussion :\n" "\n" "Lo grop de discussion es pas estat trobat. L'element seleccionat es " "probablament un dorsièr parent." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "Vos podètz pas abonar a aqueste grop de discussion :\n" "\n" "Lo grop de discussion existís pas !" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "La comanda NNTP a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "Pas connectat." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "Dorsièr pas trobat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s : examèn dels messatges novèls" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "Responsa del servidor inesperada de xover : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "Responsa del servidor inesperada de head : %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "L'operacion a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "Pas cap de messatge amb l'UID %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "Recuperacion del messatge POP %d" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "Rason desconeguda" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "Recuperacion del resumit POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "Impossible d'obténer lo resumit POP : " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "Purgar los messatges ancians" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "Purgar los messatges suprimits" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "Emmagazinatge dels messatges" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "_Conservar los messatges sul servidor" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "_Suprimir aprèp %s jorn(s)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "Suprimir los messatges _netejats de la Bóstia de recepcion locala" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "Desactivar lo _supòrt de totas las extensions POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "Pòrt POP3 per defaut" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3 sus SSL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "" "Per la connexion e lo telecargament del corrièr electronic dempuèi dels " "servidors POP." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "La lectura de salutacions validas del servidor POP %s a fracassat" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "La connexion al servidor POP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "STLS pas pres en carga pel servidor" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "La connexion al servidor POP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "La connexion al servidor POP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "" "Identificacion sul servidor POP %s impossible : error de protocòl SASL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "L'autentificacion sul servidor POP %s a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "Servidor POP3 %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "Servidor POP3 per %s sus %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "Impossible de se connectar al servidor POP %s :\trecepcion d'un ID APOP " "invalid. Aquò pòt èsser un indici d'un atac per usurpacion d'identitat. " "Contactatz vòstre administrator." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "Impossible de se connectar al servidor POP %s.\n" "Error al moment del mandadís del senhal : " #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "Impossible de se connectar al servidor POP %s.\n" "Error al moment del mandadís del nom d'utilizaire %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "Cap de dorsièr pas nomenat « %s »." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "L'emmagazinatge POP3 a pas de ierarquia de dorsièrs" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "" "Per distribuir lo corrièr electronic via lo programa « sendmail » del " "sistèma local." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "Distribucion del corrièr electronic via lo programa sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar la lista dels destinataris" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "Impossible de mandar lo messatge : " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "Pòrt SMTP per defaut" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP sus SSL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "Pòrt de mandadís dels messatges" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "Error al moment de la responsa de benvenguda : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "La connexion al servidor SMTP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "La comanda STARTTLS a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "La connexion al servidor SMTP %s en mòde securizat a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "Servidor SMTP %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "Distribucion del corrièr electronic en SMTP via %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "Lo servidor SMTP %s pren pas en carga l'autentificacion %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "Cap de mecanisme SASL es pas estat especificat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "La comanda AUTH a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "Impossible de mandar lo messatge : servici pas connectat." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "" "Impossible de mandar lo messatge : l'adreça de l'expeditor es pas valida." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Mandadís del messatge" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "" "Impossible de mandar lo messatge : cap de destinatari es pas definit." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "" "Impossible de mandar lo messatge : un o mantun destinataris es pas valid" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Error de sintaxi, comanda pas reconeguda" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "Error de sintaxi dins los paramètres o los arguments" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "Comanda pas encara escricha" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "Paramètre de comanda pas implementat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "Estat del sistèma o responsa a una ajuda sistèma" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "Messatge d'ajuda" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "Servici prèst" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "Servici de tampadura del canal de transmission" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "Servici pas disponible, tampadura del canal de transmission" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "Accion corrièr electronic demandada OK, acabat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "Utilizaire non local ; transferiment cap a " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:895 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:897 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "La transaccion a fracassat" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "Acuèlh SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "La comanda HELO a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "La comanda MAIL FROM a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "La comanda RCPT TO a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO <%s> a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "La comanda DATA a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "La comanda RSET a fracassat : " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "La comanda QUIT a fracassat : " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Commemoracion" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Anniversari" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "Professional" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "Concurréncia" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Marcapaginas" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "Presents" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "Tòcas/Objectius" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "Vacanças" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "Cartas postalas" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "Contactes importants" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "Idèas" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "Internacional" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "Client estrategic" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divèrs" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personal" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Apèls telefonics" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "Estatut" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "Estrategias" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "Provesidors" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "Temps & Despensas" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "En espèra" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "Font pas cargadas" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "Font ja cargada" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "Error D-Bus" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%I:%M %p" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%I %p" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "Còde : %u - Responsa imprevista del servidor" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "Fracàs de l'analisi XML de la responsa autodiscover" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "Impossible de trobar l'element Autodiscover" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "Impossible de trobar l'element Response" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "Impossible de trobar l'element Account" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "Impossible de trobar ASUrl e OABUrl dins la responsa autodiscover" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Agenda" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contactes" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "Re_fusar" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "Acceptar _temporàriament" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "_Acceptar definitivament" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Prètzfaches" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "Sus aqueste ordenador" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011603312321560251020731 0ustar # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Occitan translation of file-roller. # Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # # # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2007-2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 14:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yannig MARCHEGAY (Kokoyaya) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "Lo fichièr es pas un fichièr « .desktop » valid." #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "La version « %s » del fichièr desktop es pas reconeguda" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "Aviada de %s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "L'aplicacion accèpta pas los documents en linha de comanda" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Opcion d'aviada pas reconeguda : %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "Impossible de passar de documents a aquel element de burèu" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "L'element pòt pas èsser aviat" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "Desactiva la connexion amb lo gestionari de sesilhas" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "Indica un fichièr que conten la configuracion enregistrada" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "FICHIÈR" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "Indica l'ID de la gestion de sesilhas" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "Identificant (ID)" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "Opcions de gestion de sesilhas :" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "Afichar las opcions de gestion de sesilhas" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "Gestionari d'archius" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "Crear e modificar d'archius" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;extraire;descompressar;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "Cossí triar los fichièrs" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" "Lo critèri utilizat per triar los fichièrs. Las valors possiblas son : name " "(nom), size (talha), type (tipe), time (data), path (camin)." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "Tipe de triada" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" "Indica se la triada es creissenta o descreissenta. Las valors possiblas " "son : ascending (creissent), descending (descreissent)." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "Mòde lista" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" "Utilizar « all-files » per visualizar totes los fichièrs contenguts dins " "l'archiu dins una sola lista, utilizatz « as-folder » per percórrer l'archiu " "per dorsièr." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "Afichar lo tipe" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "Afichar la colomna del tipe dins la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "Afichar la talha" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "Afichar la colomna de la talha dins la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "Afichar la data" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "Afichar la colomna de la data dins la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "Afichar lo camin" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "Afichar la colomna del camin dins la fenèstra principala." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "Largor de la colomna dels noms" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "" "La largor per defaut de la colomna del nom dins la lista dels fichièrs." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "Longor maximum de l'istoric" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "" "Nombre maximum d'elements afichats dins lo sosmenú « Dobèrts recentament »." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "Afichar la barra d'aisinas" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "Indica se cal afichar la barra d'aisinas." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "Afichar la barra d'estat" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "Indica se cal afichar la barra d'estat." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "Visualizar lo panèl dels repertòris" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "Indica se l'onglet dels dorsièrs deu èsser afichat." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "Editors" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "Lista de las aplicacions picadas dins la bóstia de dialòg « Dobrir lo " "fichièr » que sont pas associadas amb lo tipe de fichièr." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "Nivèl de compression" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" "Lo nivèl de compression utilizat al moment de l'apondon de fichièrs dins un " "archiu. Valors possiblas : very-fast (fòrça rapid), fast (rapid), normal, " "maximum." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "Chifrar l'entèsta dels archius" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" "Indica se l'entèsta dels archius deu èsser chifrat. Se l'entèsta es chifrat, " "lo senhal es tanben necessari per afichar lo contengut de l'archiu." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "Espotir pas los fichièrs mai recents" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "Tornar crear los dorsièrs emmagazinats dins l'archiu" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "Talha dels volums per defaut" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "La talha per defaut dels volums." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "Traire aiçí" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "Extraire l'archiu seleccionat dins l'emplaçament actual" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "Traire dins..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "Traire l'archiu seleccionat" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "Compressar..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "Crear un archiu compressat amb los elements seleccionats" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "Dobrir" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "Totes los archius" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "Totes los fichièrs" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "Un gestionari d'archiu per GNOME." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) https://launchpad.net/~cvalmary\n" " Vincent L. https://launchpad.net/~vincent-laporte\n" " Yannig MARCHEGAY (Kokoyaya) https://launchpad.net/~yannick-marchegay" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "Impossible d'apondre los fichièrs a l'archiu" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Avètz pas las bonas permissions per legir de fichièrs del dorsièr « %s »" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "Apondre de fichièrs" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Opcions" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "Cargar las opcions" # Titre #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "Enregistrar las opcions" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "Reïnicializar las opcions" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "Nom de las _opcions :" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "Senhal requesit per « %s »" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "Senhal incorrècte" #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "Compression" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "Lo dorsièr de destinacion « %s » existís pas.\n" "\n" "Lo volètz crear ?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "Crear un _dorsièr" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "Extraccion pas facha" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "Impossible de crear lo dorsièr de destinacion : %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Avètz pas la permission de traire d'archius dins lo dorsièr « %s »" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "Extraire" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "" "Una error intèrna s'es producha al moment de la recèrca d'aplicacions :" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "Tipe d'archiu pas gerit." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "Cap de comanda es pas installada pels fichièrs %s.\n" "Volètz recercar una comanda per dobrir aqueste fichièr ?" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir aqueste tipe de fichièr" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "Re_cercar una comanda" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "Picatz un senhal per « %s »" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "Proprietats de %s" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Metre a jorn lo fichièr « %s » dins l'archiu « %s » ?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" "Lo fichièr es estat modificat per una aplicacion exteriora. Se metètz pas a " "jorn lo fichièr dins l'archiu, totas vòstras modificacions seràn perdudas." msgstr[1] "" "%d fichièrs son estats modificats per una aplicacion exteriora. Se metètz " "pas a jorn aqueles fichièrs dins l'archiu, totas vòstras modificacions seràn " "perdudas." #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Metre a jorn los fichièrs de l'archiu « %s » ?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "Apondre de fichièrs dins l'archiu indicat puèi sortir del programa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "ARCHIU" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "" "Apondre de fichièrs dins un archiu de causir puèi sortir del programa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "Extraire los archius dins lo dorsièr indicat puèi sortir del programa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "DORSIÈR" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "Extraire los archius en demandant lo dorsièr de destinacion puèi sortir del " "programa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "" "Extraire los archius dins lo dorsièr indicat puèi sortir del programa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "Dorsièr per defaut d'utilizar per las comandas '--add' e '--extract'" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "Crear lo dorsièr de destinacion sens demandar confirmacion" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "" "Utilizar lo sistèma de notificacion per avisar de la fin de l'operacion" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "Aviar coma servici" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "Afichar la version" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "Extraire l'archiu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- Crear e modificar un archiu" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "File Roller" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "Avètz pas las permissions necessàrias." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "Impossible de modificar aqueste tipe d'archiu" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "Podètz pas apondre un archiu dins el meteis." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "Apondon de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "Extraccion de « %s »" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "Archiu introbable" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "Supression de « %s »" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "Impossible de trobar lo volum :%s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "Suprimir de fichièrs d'un archiu" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "Tornar compressar un archiu" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "Descompressar un archiu" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "Impossible de cargar l'emplaçament" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "Impossible de crear l'archiu" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "Vos cal indicar un nom d'archiu." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "Avètz pas la permission de crear un archiu dins aqueste dorsièr" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "Lo nom novèl es identic a l'ancian, picatz un autre nom." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Lo fichièr nomenat « %s » existís ja, lo volètz remplaçar ?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "Lo fichièr existís ja dins « %s ». Lo tornar metre rescriurà son contengut." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "_Remplaçar" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "Impossible de suprimir l'archiu ancian." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "C_rear" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Apondre" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "_Extraire" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "Operacion acabada" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d objècte (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d objèctes (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d objècte seleccionat (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d objèctes seleccionats (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "Dorsièr" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[lectura sola]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Impossible d'afichar lo dorsièr « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "Creacion de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "Cargament de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "Lectura de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Supression dels fichièrs de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "Tèst de « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "Lectura de la lista de fichièrs" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "Còpia dels fichièrs d'apondre a « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "Apondon dels fichièrs a « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Extraccion dels fichièrs de « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "Còpia dels fichièrs extraches cap a lor destinacion" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "Enregistrament de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Renomenatge dels fichièrs de « %s »" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Mesa a jorn dels fichièrs de « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "D_obrir l'archiu" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "Afichar los _fichièrs" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "%'d fichièr restant" msgstr[1] "%'d fichièrs restants" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "Pacientatz..." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "Extraccion acabada amb succès" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "Lo fichièr « %s » es estat creat amb succès" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "Comanda interrompuda anormalament." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment d'extraire de fichièrs." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "Impossible de dobrir « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment de cargar l'archiu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "" "Una error s'es producha al moment de suprimir de fichièrs de l'archiu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment d'apondre de fichièrs a l'archiu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment de testar l'archiu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment d'enregistrar l'archiu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "" "Una error s'es producha al moment del cambiament de nom dels fichièrs." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "Una error s'es producha al moment de la mesa a jorn dels fichièrs." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Una error s'es producha." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "Comanda pas trobada." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "Resultat del tèst" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "Impossible d'efectuar l'operacion" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "" "Volètz apondre aqueste fichièr a l'archiu actual o lo dobrir coma archiu " "novèl ?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "Volètz crear un archiu novèl amb aquestes fichièrs ?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "Crear un _archiu" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "Archiu novèl" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Dorsièrs" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "Talha" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipe" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "Modificat" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplaçament" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "Dobrir los archius _recents" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "Dobrir un archiu utilizat recentament" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "_Autras accions" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "Autras accions" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Emplaçament :" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "Remplaçar lo fichièr « %s » ?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "Un fichièr amb aqueste nom existís ja dins « %s »." #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "Remplaçar _tot" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "_Ignorar" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrar l'archiu « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "Enregistrar" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "Darrièra operacion" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "Lo nom novèl es void, picatz un nom de fichièr." #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" "Lo nom « %s » es pas valid perque conten al mens un dels caractèrs " "seguents : %s, picatz un autre nom." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Un dorsièr nomenat « %s » existís ja.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "Utilizatz un autre nom." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Un fichièr nomenat « %s » existís ja.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "Tornar nomenar" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "Novèl nom de _dorsièr :" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "Novèl nom de _fichièr :" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "To_rnar nomenar" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "Impossible de renomenar lo dorsièr" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "Impossible de renomenar lo fichièr" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Desplaçament dels fichièrs de « %s » cap a « %s »" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Còpia dels fichièrs de « %s » cap a « %s »" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "Pegar la seleccion" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "Dorsièr de _destinacion :" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "Apondre de fichièrs dins un archiu" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "Impossible d'afichar l'ajuda" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "Cambiar la visibilitat del senhal" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "Apondre" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "Inclure los _fichièrs :" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "E_xclure los fichièrs :" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "_Exclure los dorsièrs :" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "exemple : *.o ; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "Accions" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "Apondre sonque s'es pus _recent" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "_Seguir los ligams simbolics" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "Archiu _novèl" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "Afichar totes los _fichièrs" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "Afichar coma un d _orsièr" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "_Dorsièrs" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Ajuda" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "A pr_epaus del gestionari d'archius" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Quitar" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "Se_nhal :" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "_Fichièrs :" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "exemple : *.txt ; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "_Totes los fichièrs" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "Fichièrs _seleccionats" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "Resultat de la _linha de comanda :" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "_Gardar l'estructura del dorsièr" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "Espotir p_as los fichièrs mai recents" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "_Seleccionar tot" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "Dese_leccionar tot" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "Afichar los fichièrs amagats" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "Montar d'un nivèl" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "_Archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edicion" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "A_fichatge" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "_Adobar los fichièrs" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "Entresenhas a prepaus del programa" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "_Apondre de fichièrs…" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "Apondre de fichièrs dins l'archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "Tampar l'archiu actual" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Contenguts" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "Afichar lo manual de File Roller" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Copiar la seleccion" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Copar la seleccion" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Empegar lo contengut del quichapapièr" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "To_rnar nomenar…" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "Tornar nomenar la seleccion" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "Suprimir la seleccion de l'archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "Deseleccionar totes los fichièrs" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "E_xtraire…" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "Extraire los fichièrs a partir de l'archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "Novèl…" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "Crear un archiu novèl" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "Dobrir…" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "Dobrir l'archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "Dobrir _amb…" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "Dobrir los fichièrs seleccionats amb una aplicacion" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "Se_nhal…" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "Definissètz un senhal per aqueste archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "Afichar las proprietats de l'archiu" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "Tornar cargar l'archiu actual" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "Enregistrar jos…" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "Enregistrar l'archiu actual jos un autre nom" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "Seleccionar totes los fichièrs" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "_Provar l'integritat" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "Testar se l'archiu conten d'errors" # #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "Dobrir lo fichièr seleccionat" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "Dobrir lo dorsièr seleccionat" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "Anar a l'emplaçament visitat precedent" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "Va a l'emplaçament visitat seguent" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "Anar a vòstre dorsièr personal" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "Barra d'_aisinas" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "Afichar la barra d'aisinas principala" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "Barra d'es_tat" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "Afichar la barra d'estat" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "Recercar…" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "Recercar los fichièrs per nom" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "Nom de _fichier :" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplaçament" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "_Chifrar tanben la lista de fichièrs" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "Devesir en _volums de" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "Mio" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "_Autras opcions" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "Senhal" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "Chi_frar la lista dels fichièrs" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nom :" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "Talha de l'archiu :" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Emplaçament :" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "Taus de compression :" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "Darrièra modificacion :" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "Talha del contengut :" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "Nombre de fichièrs :" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Tipe :" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_Metre a jorn" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "S_eleccionatz los fichièrs que volètz actualizar :" language-pack-gnome-oc-base/data/oc/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000021702012321560252017572 0ustar # Translation of oc.po to Occitan # Occitan translation of GConf. # Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf package. # # Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) , 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-18 05:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "" "L'obtencion del camin del fichièr de configuracion dempuèi « %s » a fracassat" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "" "La font Evolution/LDAP qu'utiliza lo fichièr de configuracion « %s » es " "estada creada" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "Impossible d'analisar lo fichièr XML '%s'" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "Lo fichièr de configuracion '%s' es void" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "Lo nosèl raiç de « %s » deu èsser e non pas <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No